tm2324110-15_s1a - block - 34.9165152s
TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2023.
Registration No. 333-275004
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Waystar Holding Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
7373
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
84-2886542
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
1550 Digital Drive, #300
Lehi, Utah 84043
(844) 492-9782
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Matthew R. A. Heiman
Chief Legal & Administrative Officer
888 W. Market Street
Louisville, Kentucky 40202
(844) 492-9782
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s agent for service)
With copies to:
William B. Brentani
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
2475 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, California 94304
Tel: (650) 251-5000
Fax: (650) 251-5002
Xiaohui (Hui) Lin
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Tel: (212) 455-2000
Fax: (212) 455-2502
Jason M. Licht
Christopher J. Clark
Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, NW—Suite 1000
Washington, D.C. 20004
Tel: (202) 637-2200
Fax: (202) 637-2201
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to completion, dated                 , 2023
Prospectus
              Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_waystar-4c.jpg]
WAYSTAR HOLDING CORP.
Common stock
This is Waystar Holding Corp.’s initial public offering of common stock. We are offering                 shares of common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We expect that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $      and $      per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “WAY.”
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus summary—Implications of being an emerging growth company.”
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per share
Total
Initial public offering price $             $            
Underwriting discount(1) $             $            
Proceeds, before expenses, to us $             $            
(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.
We have granted the underwriters the right, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to        additional shares of common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about    , 2023.
J.P. Morgan Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Barclays
William Blair
Evercore ISI
BofA Securities
RBC Capital Markets
Deutsche Bank Securities
Canaccord GenuityRaymond James
The date of this prospectus is                 , 2023

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: cv_waystar01-4c.jpg]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: cv_waystar02-4c.jpg]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: cv_waystar03-4c.jpg]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: cv_waystar04-4c.jpg]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: cv_waystar05-4c.jpg]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Table of contents
Page
iii
iii
iii
iv
1
16
52
55
56
57
58
60
79
101
108
124
127
129
138
140
143
152
152
152
F-1
Through and including the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information or representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any applicable free writing prospectus, as the case may be, or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, results of operations, and financial condition may have changed since such date.
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For investors outside the United States: we are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any applicable free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any applicable free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or any applicable free writing prospectus outside the United States.
 
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
Within this prospectus, we reference information and statistics regarding the industry in which we operate. We have obtained this information and statistics from various independent third-party sources, independent industry publications, reports by market research firms, and other independent sources. Some data and other information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of internal surveys and independent sources, as well as third-party reports commissioned by us. The information is as of its original publication dates (and not as of the date of this prospectus). Data regarding the industries in which we compete and our market position and market share within these industries are inherently imprecise and are subject to significant business, economic, and competitive uncertainties beyond our control, but we believe they generally indicate size, position, and market share within these industries. While we believe such information is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information, and our internal company research, data, and estimates have not been verified by any independent source.
In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Forward-looking statements.” As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking, and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data may not be reliable. Neither we nor the underwriters can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information contained in this prospectus.
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS, TRADENAMES, AND COPYRIGHTS
We own a number of registered and common law trademarks and pending applications for trademark registrations in the United States. Unless otherwise indicated, all trademarks, service marks, trade names, and copyrights appearing in this prospectus are proprietary to us, our affiliates, and/or licensors. This prospectus also contains trademarks, tradenames, service marks, and copyrights of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, tradenames, service marks, and copyrights referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM, SM, or © symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, tradenames, service marks, and copyrights. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, tradenames, service marks, or copyrights to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The following terms are used in this prospectus and have the following meanings unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context:

“Bain” means those certain investment funds of Bain Capital, LP and its affiliates;

“CPPIB” means Canada Pension Plan Investment Board;

“Credit Facilities” means, collectively, the First Lien Credit Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Second Lien Credit Facility, and the Receivables Facility;

“Derby Topco” means Derby TopCo Partnership LP, our direct parent entity prior to the Equity Distribution, in which the Institutional Investors, other equity holders, and certain members of management hold equity interests;

“DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended;

“EQT” means those certain investment funds of EQT AB and its affiliates;

“Equity Distribution” means the following transaction which is expected to occur in connection with this offering: the distribution of shares of common stock of the Company held by Derby TopCo to the limited partners
 
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of Derby TopCo in accordance with the limited partnership agreement of Derby Topco. The number of shares of common stock of the Company to be so distributed to such limited partners will be on the basis of a ratio that takes into account the value of distributions that the holder thereof would have been entitled to receive had Derby TopCo been liquidated on the date of such distribution in accordance with the terms of the distribution “waterfall” set forth in such limited partnership agreement. Following the Equity Distribution, EQT, CPPIB, Bain, and other equity holders, including members of management, will directly hold shares of common stock of the Company;

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

“First Lien Credit Facility” means the term loan credit facility under the first lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019, by and among Waystar Technologies, Inc. and the lenders party thereto, as amended from time to time;

“GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles;

“Institutional Investors” means EQT, CPPIB, and Bain, and their respective affiliates;

“JOBS Act” means the U.S. Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended;

“Net Revenue Retention Rate” means the total amount invoiced to clients in a given twelve-month period divided by the total amount invoiced to those same clients from the prior twelve-month period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key performance metrics and non-GAAP financial measures—Net Revenue Retention Rate;”

“Receivables Facility” means the receivables facility under the receivables financing agreement, dated as of August 13, 2021, by and among Waystar RC LLC, PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, Waystar Technologies, Inc., as initial servicer, and PNC Capital Markets LLC, as structuring agent, as amended from time to time;

“Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility under the first lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019, by and among Waystar Technologies, Inc. and the lenders party thereto, as amended from time to time;

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

“Second Lien Credit Facility” means the term loan credit facility under the second lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019, by and among Waystar Technologies, Inc. and the lenders party thereto, as amended from time to time;

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

“Stockholders Agreement” means the stockholders agreement to be entered into by and among the Institutional Investors, certain stockholders, and certain members of management in connection with this offering;

“underwriters” means the firms listed on the cover page of this prospectus; and

“Waystar,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean the business of Waystar Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries.
Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
This prospectus contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted EBITDA” and “Adjusted EBITDA margin.” Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have been presented in this prospectus as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance
 
iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful to investors in highlighting trends in our operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate, and capital investments. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to establish discretionary annual incentive compensation, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. Management supplements GAAP results with non-GAAP financial measures to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone provide.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or net income (loss) margin as measures of financial performance or cash provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, these measures are not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments, and debt service requirements. The presentations of these measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company. For a discussion of the use of these measures and a reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see “Summary—Summary historical financial and other data.”
 
v

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.
Our Mission
Our mission is to simplify healthcare payments through our modern cloud-based software, enabling our healthcare clients to prioritize patient care and optimize their financial performance.
Overview
Waystar provides healthcare organizations with mission-critical cloud software that simplifies healthcare payments. Our enterprise-grade platform streamlines the complex and disparate processes our healthcare provider clients must manage to be reimbursed correctly, while improving the payments experience for providers, patients, and payers. We leverage internally developed artificial intelligence (“AI”) as well as proprietary, advanced algorithms to automate payment-related workflow tasks and drive continuous improvement, which enhances claim and billing accuracy, enriches data integrity, and reduces labor costs for providers.
Put simply, our software helps providers get paid faster, accurately, and more efficiently, while ensuring patients receive a modern, transparent, and consumer-friendly financial experience.
The healthcare payment ecosystem is highly complex, beginning with pre-service patient onboarding and extending through post-service revenue collection, with dozens of interdependent steps in between. Within this multi-step workflow, the process for determining how much a provider should be reimbursed involves millions of permutations of variables, such as over 10,000 diagnosis codes that are constantly changing and unique payer contracts, each with individual rules, processes, and reimbursement requirements. The burden borne by providers of tracking and managing all of these variables, coupled with a constantly evolving regulatory framework, often results in incorrect payments or denials that require time-consuming appeals procedures to resolve. Historically, healthcare providers have relied upon a patchwork of manual processes and systems to navigate these complexities and support their payment functions. However, this legacy approach has resulted in workflow delays, lost revenue, and slower time to payment. Our purpose-built software platform addresses these challenges and optimizes healthcare payments across all stages of the patient journey. Our clients utilize our software to manage pre-encounter workflows such as eligibility checks and prior authorization approvals, as well as mid- and post-encounter workflows such as co-pay collection, claims submission and monitoring, and payer remittances.
Our software is used daily by providers of all types and sizes across the continuum of care, including physician practices, clinics, surgical centers, and laboratories, as well as large hospitals and health systems. We currently serve approximately 30,000 clients of various sizes, representing approximately one million distinct providers practicing across a variety of care sites, including 18 of the top 22 U.S. News Best Hospitals. Our client base is highly diversified, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022, our top 10 clients accounted for only 11.5% and 11.4%, respectively, of our total revenue. Our business model is designed such that as our clients grow to serve more patients, their claims and transactional volumes increase, resulting in corresponding growth in our business. In addition, our clients frequently adopt a greater number of our solutions over time and introduce our solutions across new sites of care. The number of clients from whom we generate over $100,000 of revenue has grown from 733 in the twelve months ended March 31, 2021 to 1,033 in the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, driven by large, new client wins and successful cross-selling and up-selling efforts. In 2022, we facilitated over 4 billion healthcare payments transactions, including over $900 billion in gross claims volume, spanning approximately 50% of patients in the United States.
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our platform benefits from powerful network effects. Our cloud-based software is driven by a sophisticated, automated, and curated rules engine, employing AI to generate and incorporate real-time feedback from millions of network transactions processed through our platform each day. Every transaction we process provides additional data insights across providers, patients, and payers, which are embedded in updates that are deployed efficiently across our client base. This results in cumulative benefits to us over time — as we capture more data from each transaction we process, we leverage that data to continue to improve the Waystar platform through embedded machine learning, advanced algorithms, and other in-house AI technologies to deliver added value to our clients. In turn, the more value we create for our clients, the more likely it is that they will continue to use our products, allowing us to continue to capture more data that results in tangible improvements to our platform. As a result, our clients benefit from faster and more efficient performance from software that is evolving to meet ever-changing regulatory and payer requirements, enabling accurate and timely reimbursement.
We have demonstrated an ability to drive recurring, predictable, and profitable growth. Over 99% of our revenue is either recurring subscription or based on highly predictable volumes. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, our Net Revenue Retention Rate was 109.0%, and for the year ended December 31, 2022, our Net Revenue Retention Rate was 109.5%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we generated revenue of $584.3 million (reflecting a 11.8% increase compared to revenue of $522.8 million for the same period in the prior year), net loss of $36.9 million (reflecting a 2.8% decrease compared to net loss of $35.9 million for the same period in the prior year), and Adjusted EBITDA of $247.5 million (reflecting a 13.9% increase compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $217.2 million for the same period in the prior year). For the year ended December 31, 2022, we generated revenue of $704.9 million (reflecting a 22% increase compared to revenue of $578.6 million in the prior year), net loss of $44.0 million (reflecting a 6% decrease compared to net loss of $47.1 million in the prior year), and Adjusted EBITDA of $295.5 million (reflecting a 16% increase compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $254.5 million in the prior year).
 
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: fc_automation-4c.jpg]
Industry Background
Healthcare is one of the largest and most complex vertical end-markets within the U.S. economy, accounting for 18.3% of the U.S. gross domestic product as of 2021. According to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), total U.S. healthcare spending was $4.3 trillion in 2021 and is expected to grow at a 5% annual rate to $6.8 trillion in 2030. According to the Journal of the American Medical Association, the annual cost of wasteful spending in healthcare has ranged from $760 billion to $935 billion in recent years, or nearly one-quarter of total healthcare spending. Of this, $350 billion is administrative-related, which is inclusive of healthcare payments-related waste.
 
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Waystar platform is purpose-built to address the administrative headwinds faced by healthcare providers, including:

Antiquated, legacy technology systems and data silos. The historically slow pace of digital adoption by healthcare organizations has led to a patchwork of disparate software point-solutions that lack the interoperability and scalability of a modern cloud-based technology architecture.

Reliance on inefficient, manual processes. Poorly integrated legacy systems have led many healthcare organizations to employ labor-dependent solutions to address the critical demands of their businesses, often resulting in suboptimal financial performance for providers and a substandard experience for patients.

Increasing labor and administrative costs. Staffing costs continue to present a major challenge, with clinical labor costs in 2021 increasing an average of 8% per patient day when compared to a pre-pandemic baseline period in 2019, according to an analysis by Premier, Inc.

Reimbursement complexity and collection challenges. Determining reimbursement to a provider from a payer or a patient is dependent on a myriad of factors that are both highly complex and constantly evolving. Providers bear the burden of navigating reimbursement obstacles, and missteps can ultimately result in lost revenue or delayed cash flow. In addition, healthcare providers often struggle to convert patient bills (i.e., patient responsibility) to cash payments as patients are also tasked with navigating ever-changing benefits policies and interacting with outdated technology.

Accelerating consumer demand for digital tools. Patients are bearing a greater burden of healthcare costs than ever before, with more than 50% of American employees enrolling in high deductible health plans according to SHADAC Data (2022). Out-of-pocket costs constituted 12% of total U.S. personal healthcare expenditures in 2021 according to CMS, and the estimated average patient lifetime spending is $1.4 million, based on a 2021 Health Management Academy Research report. Despite these trends, patients lack access to digital tools and accurate information for healthcare payments, such as transparency in insurance coverage and out-of-pocket cost estimates pre-service, as well as flexible payment arrangements to pay for care, resulting in 40% of patients paying their bills late, according to a Company survey.
Our Market Opportunity
Over time, administrative workflows that were traditionally insourced by healthcare providers have undergone a meaningful transformation. Seeking more effective solutions to address industry challenges, providers initially outsourced these functions to third-party specialized services vendors. However, with advances in technology infrastructure and cloud-based software, as well as increased interoperability between systems, providers are increasingly utilizing automated software solutions to further enhance efficiency. We believe the healthcare payments workflow is currently undergoing such an evolution, and that Waystar is well-positioned to benefit from providers gravitating towards more modern, software-oriented solutions.
We estimate that our total addressable market (“TAM”) with respect to our current software solution set is approximately $15 billion today. To estimate our market opportunity, we categorized the United States healthcare provider market into tiers based on setting of care and size of practice. We then applied our average pricing by product, accounting for pricing differences at varying sized providers, and multiplied the average product price by the corresponding practice count per setting of care to determine our TAM.
Based on a third-party study commissioned by the Company, we believe our TAM has the potential to increase to almost $20 billion in 2027, reflecting a 5% compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) over the next five years, driven by growth within healthcare payments (notably, in prior authorizations, patient payments, and revenue cycle management analytics), increased outsourcing in revenue cycle management, as well as secular technology tailwinds such as greater utilization of AI. We expect to expand our TAM further over time as we develop new solutions and address adjacent workflows.
We believe we have consistently grown in excess of the market since 2016 and expect we will continue to grow our market share in the future by virtue of our differentiated platform and capabilities. We believe the market share
 
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of our solutions within the hospital segment and ambulatory practice segment is approximately 3% and 7% (calculated as a percentage of our revenue as compared to our TAM estimates by setting of care), respectively, demonstrating the ample white space in which we can continue driving our growth.
The Waystar Platform
Our innovative, cloud-based software platform is purpose-built to simplify our clients’ payment-related challenges. We believe our platform significantly outperforms those of our competitors, who lack either modern functionality or the ability to address the full end-to-end payments workflow.
The key components of our platform include:

Modern, differentiated software. We provide modern, cloud-native, scalable healthcare payments software solutions. Our single-instance, multi-tenant infrastructure is underpinned by an event-driven microservices architecture, all of which we have built in-house.

A comprehensive solution set. Our software addresses the entire healthcare payments workflow, from pre-service patient onboarding and prior authorization through post-service payment collection, allowing our clients to address the full demands of their organizations with a single software platform.

Seamless integrations. Our solutions are integrated with a broad range of systems provided by over 200 channel partners, including enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) applications, as well as practice management (“PM”) and electronic health record (“EHR”) systems.

An expansive network. Our extensive network of clients and counterparties, which we have built over two decades of industry experience, underpins our platform and has allowed us to develop a large database of information to generate insights and drive continuous improvements.

Advanced AI capabilities driven by proprietary data asset. We build predictive scoring capabilities using extensive training data sets and advanced machine learning which we apply to data that passes through our platform. Using these machine-learning models, we are able to predict an outcome for a variety of reimbursement workflows which we incorporate into our solutions to drive improved results for payers, providers, and patients. Our data asset is comprised of the billions of transactions we facilitate each year and the numerous variables that factor into each of those payments. This allows us to leverage the compounding value of this data asset to advance our AI and automation capabilities, which continuously learn and improve our platform.
Our platform provides the following benefits to our clients:

Increased revenue. Our software solutions simplify the payment process, allowing our clients to increase the share of revenue they collect.

Quicker payments. Our software helps expedite payments by streamlining and automating cumbersome workflows that create excessive delays.

Greater productivity. Our ability to automate portions of the payment cycle allows our clients to reduce operating costs and focus on their core mission of caring for their patients.

Financial visibility. We deploy analytics, reporting, and forecasting tools that provide our clients with unprecedented visibility into areas where they can further improve their payment process and collections.

Rapid time-to-value. Our architecture seamlessly integrates with our clients’ existing systems and technology, allowing our clients to quickly realize value from our solutions.
 
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our platform enables us to provide industry-leading technology at scale to more than 30,000 clients across more than four billion healthcare payment transactions worth over $900 billion in annual gross claims. The quality and innovation of our technology has been widely recognized, as evidenced by our receipt of a MedTech Breakthrough Award for healthcare payments innovation and numerous Best in KLAS awards.
[MISSING IMAGE: fc_flatform-4c.jpg]
Why Waystar Wins
Through decades of experience, we have honed our deep domain expertise, fostered long-standing client relationships, and built our library of rules and algorithms. We believe our modern, cloud-based platform combined with our subject matter expertise are extremely difficult to replicate and provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage. We believe these factors, together with the following additional strengths, position us well for continued success:

Strong brand with attractive client return on investment (“ROI”). The Waystar brand is synonymous with quality, reliability, robust analytics, exceptional customer service, and a deep and interconnected network. This strength is evidenced by our high provider Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) of 74 and #1 rank versus competitors in percentage of clients indicating the highest level of satisfaction with our services based on a third-party survey commissioned by us in 2023. Our brand, as well as the tangible ROI that we deliver, drives strong client loyalty, as evidenced by our 109.0% Net Revenue Retention Rate for the twelve months ended September 30, 2023. Our clients view us as a trusted vendor and support our success by recommending Waystar to other providers, further driving growth and adoption of our solutions.

Differentiated client experience. We have a relentless focus on operational execution and deliver outstanding client experience. According to a third-party survey commissioned by us in 2023, Waystar ranked #1 in client satisfaction with implementation time versus competitors, 94% of clients are satisfied with our integrations with other systems, and 98% of clients say we deliver on trust very well or extremely well. For our larger clients, we deploy a client success team, which serves as both a dedicated resource and trusted strategic partner to help drive our value proposition. From our consistently on-time implementations to our highly responsive client service, we seek to support our clients so they can maximize the benefits of our software.

Mission-driven innovation culture. We have cultivated a company culture that is focused on helping our clients by developing and delivering industry-leading software solutions. This innovation-focused culture has been foundational in creating a modern technology platform that delivers a comprehensive end-to-end suite of solutions with an intuitive user interface. According to a third-party survey commissioned by us in 2023, Waystar ranked #1 in satisfaction with rate of product innovation and vision versus competitors, and 94% of clients are satisfied with our capabilities in automation.
 
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Experienced leadership and technology teams with a track record of execution. Our values-driven and award-winning leadership team brings together deep experience in the software and healthcare industries and strong relationships with our clients and key stakeholders. We believe our team has the strategic vision, leadership qualities, technological expertise, and operational capabilities to continue to successfully drive our growth.
We believe our platform strengths and differentiation are most evident in our ability to win clients. We have an 82% win rate against our competitors over the past 30 months in situations where the client ultimately elected to switch vendors or purchase a new solution.
Our Growth Strategy
We plan to capitalize on our market opportunity by executing on the following growth strategies:

Expand our relationships with existing clients. We believe we have a meaningful opportunity to continue driving growth within our current client base. We grow with existing clients in three ways—first, as they expand their businesses, provide more healthcare services, and see more patients; second, through cross-selling as they adopt additional Waystar offerings; and third, through up-selling as they leverage our solutions across additional providers and sites of care. We have a track record of building long-standing relationships with our clients, often growing from an initial solution to multi-solution adoption. Based on the estimated whitespace within our existing clients for the solutions we currently provide, we believe we have the opportunity to approximately double our revenue through cross-sell and up-sell of our solutions to existing clients.

Grow our client base. We address a large and growing market that has a meaningful need for the solutions we provide. While we serve over one million providers today, there are over 7.5 million providers that we believe can benefit from our solutions.

Deepen and expand our relationships with strategic channel partners. We are highly focused on furthering our strategic channel partnerships. Our channel partners accelerate our growth by providing us access to a larger client base and actively promoting Waystar. We have established strong relationships with the nation’s leading EHR and PM providers, which drives a significant competitive advantage. We will continue to invest in deepening our current relationships and building new ones to drive our growth.

Innovate and develop adjacent solutions. We will continue to invest heavily in the Waystar platform to expand our product breadth and depth, increase automation, strengthen system performance, and improve the user experience. Our product roadmap is informed by both continuous client feedback as well as our own assessments of opportunities to further streamline and simplify healthcare payments. Due to our modern architecture and purpose-built software, we have little technical debt as compared with legacy software platforms serving the market. As a result, we can focus our resources on innovating and advancing our platform for the benefit of our clients.

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions. Since 2018, we have completed and successfully integrated seven acquisitions, and we recently closed our eighth. These acquisitions complement our organic product roadmap and have helped us enhance our platform, add new solutions, and expand our market reach. Our approach is to fully integrate and consolidate our acquisitions into the Waystar platform, which enables us to provide a seamless user experience for our clients, as well as drive innovation on the combined platform. We will continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that improve our offering and accelerate our growth.
Summary of Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the risks described in “Risk factors” before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, results of operations, prospects, and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock may decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. Below is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

our operation in a highly competitive industry;
 
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

our ability to retain our existing clients and attract new clients;

our ability to successfully execute on our business strategies in order to grow;

our ability to accurately assess the risks related to acquisitions and successfully integrate acquired businesses;

our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships;

the growth and success of our clients and overall healthcare transaction volumes;

consolidation in the healthcare industry;

our selling cycle of variable length to secure new client agreements;

our implementation cycle that is dependent on our clients’ timing and resources;

our dependence on our senior management team and certain key employees, and our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees;

the accuracy of the estimates and assumptions we use to determine the size of our total addressable market;

our ability to develop and market new solutions, or enhance our existing solutions, to respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards;

the interoperability, connectivity, and integration of our solutions with our clients’ and their vendors’ networks and infrastructures;

the performance and reliability of internet, mobile, and other infrastructure;

the consequences if we cannot obtain, process, use, disclose, or distribute the highly regulated data we require to provide our solutions;

our reliance on certain third-party vendors and providers;

any errors or malfunctions in our products and solutions;

failure by our clients to obtain proper permissions or provide us with accurate and appropriate information;

the potential for embezzlement, identity theft, or other similar illegal behavior by our employees or vendors and a failure of our employees or vendors to observe quality standards or adhere to environmental, social, and governance standards.

our compliance with the applicable rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association and the applicable requirements of card networks;

increases in card network fees and other changes to fee arrangements;

the effect of payer and provider conduct which we cannot control;

privacy concerns and security breaches or incidents relating to our platform;

the complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and cybersecurity;

our ability to adequately protect and enforce our intellectual property rights;

our ability to use or license data and integrate third-party technologies;

our use of “open source” software;

legal proceedings initiated by third parties alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights;

claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties;

the heavily regulated industry in which we conduct business;

the uncertain and evolving healthcare regulatory and political framework;
 
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

health care laws and data privacy and security laws and regulations governing our Processing (as defined below) of personal information (which may also be referred to as “personal data” or “personally identifiable information”);

reduced revenues in response to changes to the healthcare regulatory landscape;

legal, regulatory, and other proceedings that could result in adverse outcomes;

consumer protection laws and regulations;

contractual obligations requiring compliance with certain provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering laws and regulations;

existing laws that regulate our ability to engage in certain marketing activities;

our full compliance with website accessibility standards;

any changes in our tax rates, the adoption of new tax legislation, or exposure to additional tax liabilities;

limitations on our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income;

losses due to asset impairment charges;

restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our Credit Facilities;

interest rate fluctuations;

unavailability of additional capital on acceptable terms or at all;

the impact of general macroeconomic conditions;

our history of net losses and our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;

the interests of the Institutional Investors may be different than the interests of other holders of our securities;

our status as an “emerging growth company” and whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors; and

the other factors discussed under “Risk factors.”
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other companies that are not emerging growth companies. Accordingly, in this prospectus, we (i) have presented only two years of audited financial statements and (ii) have not included a compensation discussion and analysis of our executive compensation programs. In addition, for so long as we are an emerging growth company, among other exemptions, we will:

not be required to engage an independent registered public accounting firm to report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

not be required to comply with the requirement in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard 3101, The Auditor’s Report on an Audit of Financial Statements When the Auditor Expresses an Unqualified Opinion, to communicate critical audit matters in the auditor’s report;

be permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” in our periodic reports and registration statements, including in this prospectus;

not be required to disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation; or
 
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

not be required to submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency,” and “say-on-golden parachutes.”
We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of:

our reporting of $1.24 billion or more in annual gross revenue;

our becoming a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;

our issuance, in any three year period, of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and

the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering.
The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act.
For additional information, see the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock—We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors.”
Our Principal Stockholders
EQT is a purpose-driven global investment organization focused on active ownership strategies. With a Nordic heritage and a global mindset, EQT has a track record of almost three decades of delivering consistent and attractive returns across multiple geographies, sectors and strategies. EQT today has €126 billion in fee-generating assets under management across strategies covering all phases of a business’ development, from start-up to maturity, and operates with offices in 20 countries across Europe, Asia, and the Americas. EQT manages and advises funds and vehicles that invest with the mission to future-proof companies, generate attractive returns, and make a positive impact with everything EQT does. EQT is one of the most active private equity investors in the healthcare and technology sectors globally, with over 80 healthcare and 100 technology companies across the global portfolio, and over 100 dedicated investment professionals focused on these strategies.
CPPIB is a professional investment management organization that manages the fund in the best interest of the more than 21 million contributors and beneficiaries of the Canada Pension Plan. In order to build diversified portfolios of assets, investments are made around the world in public equities, private equities, real estate, infrastructure, and fixed income. Headquartered in Toronto, with offices in Hong Kong, London, Luxembourg, Mumbai, New York City, San Francisco, São Paulo, and Sydney, CPPIB is governed and managed independently of the Canada Pension Plan and at arm’s length from governments. At March 31, 2023, the fund totaled $570 billion.
Bain Capital is one of the world’s leading private investment firms with approximately $175 billion of assets under management that creates lasting impact for its investors, teams, businesses, and the communities in which it lives. Since its founding in 1984, it has applied its insight and experience to organically expand into several asset classes including private equity, credit, special situations, public equity, venture capital, and real estate. Bain leverages its shared platform to capture cross-asset class opportunities in strategic areas of focus. With offices on four continents, its global team aligns its interests with those of its investors for lasting impact. The firm has a long and successful history of investing in healthcare and software businesses and has a dedicated group of investment professionals focused on these sectors.
Our Corporate Information
We were originally incorporated in Delaware on August 13, 2019 and subsequently changed our name to Waystar Holding Corp. on August 11, 2023. Our principal offices are located at 1550 Digital Drive, #300, Lehi, Utah 84043 and 888 W. Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202. Our telephone number is (844) 492-9782. We maintain a website at waystar.com. The reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
 
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Offering
Issuer
Waystar Holding Corp.
Common stock offered by us
               shares (or               shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full).
Option to purchase additional shares of our common stock
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to         additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
               shares (or          shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock).
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $      million (or approximately $      million, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock), assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. For a sensitivity analysis as to the offering price and other information, see “Use of proceeds.”
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our Second Lien Credit Facility and $      million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under our First Lien Credit Facility, with any remainder to be used for general corporate purposes. See “Use of proceeds.”
Institutional Investors
After this offering, EQT, CPPIB, and Bain will beneficially own approximately    %,    %, and    %, respectively, of our common stock (or    %,    %, and    %, respectively, of our common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).
For so long as EQT, CPPIB, and Bain beneficially own 40% or more of the voting power of our total outstanding common stock, our stockholders will have certain corporate governance rights, such as the right to (i) fix the number of directors, (ii) at the request of at least two of EQT, CPPIB, and Bain, cause special meetings of our stockholders to be called, and (iii) amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws by majority vote rather than supermajority vote of our stockholders. See “Description of capital stock.”
Dividend policy
We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future
 
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, legal, tax, regulatory, and contractual restrictions, including restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend policy.”
Risk factors
Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 16 for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in shares of our common stock.
Proposed trading symbol
“WAY”
Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, this prospectus:

reflects and assumes:

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock;

an initial public offering price of $      per share of our common stock, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and

the occurrence of the Equity Distribution;

does not reflect           shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $     per share; and

does not reflect (i)         shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, which we intend to adopt in connection with this offering, including (a)        shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options with an exercise price equal to the initial offering price and        shares of common stock issuable upon settlement of restricted stock units that, in each case, we expect to award to certain of our employees in connection with this offering and (b)        shares of common stock issuable upon settlement of restricted stock units with an initial value of $200,000 (based on the initial offering price) per award that we expect to award to each of our non-employee directors who are not employed by any of the Institutional Investors in connection with this offering and (ii)        shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See “Executive compensation—Compensation arrangements to be adopted in connection with this offering.”
 
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Summary Historical Financial and Other Data
The following table summarizes our consolidated financial and other data for the periods and dates indicated. The balance sheet data as of September 30, 2023 and the statements of operations and cash flow data for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of September 30, 2022 has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and the statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for a fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future or any other period and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any full fiscal year.
The summary consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Risk factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Nine months ended September 30,
Year ended December 31,
2023
2022
2022
2021
(unaudited)
(audited)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenue
$ 584,315 $ 522,773 $ 704,874 $ 578,565
Operating expenses:
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expenses)
182,578 161,163 214,891 151,766
Sales and marketing
93,490 81,605 111,470 96,545
General and administrative
46,524 57,966 73,089 65,545
Research and development
25,548 24,532 32,807 28,336
Depreciation and amortization
131,780 136,583 183,167 176,058
Total operating expenses
479,920 461,849 615,424 518,250
Income from operations
104,395 60,924 89,450 60,315
Other income (expense):
Interest expense
(147,047) (106,305) (148,967) (123,514)
Related party interest expense
(6,010) (4,228) (6,358) (3,497)
Loss before income taxes
(48,662) (49,609) (65,875) (66,696)
Income tax expense (benefit)
(11,743) (13,688) (21,846) (19,580)
Net loss
$ (36,919) $ (35,921) $ (44,029) $ (47,116)
 
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Nine months ended September 30,
Year ended December 31,
2023
2022
2022
2021
(unaudited)
(audited)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Per Share Data:
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
Basic
$ (0.18) $ (0.18) $ (0.22) $ (0.23)
Diluted
$ (0.18) $ (0.18) $ (0.22) $ (0.23)
Weighted average shares of common stock
outstanding:
Basic
201,114,363 201,139,026 201,131,854 200,692,186
Diluted
201,114,363 201,139,026 201,131,854 200,692,186
Cash Flow Data:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
$ 40,004 $ 80,474 $ 102,634 $ 106,406
Investing activities
(45,753) (14,528) (17,433) (444,334)
Financing activities
(14,032) (62,659) (67,065) 331,500
Other Financial and Operating Data:
Adjusted EBITDA(1)(2)
$ 247,470 $ 217,225 $ 295,508 $ 254,487
Net loss margin
(6.3)%
(6.9)%
(6.2)%
(8.1)%
Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)(2)
42.4%
41.6%
41.9%
44.0%
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 44,450 $ 64,558 $ 47,248
Total assets
4,608,679 4,694,392 4,776,693
Total liabilities
2,526,616 2,580,325 2,655,528
Total stockholders’ equity
2,082,063 2,114,067 2,121,165
(1) Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. These measures are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) and net income (loss) margin as measures of financial performance or cash provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. In addition, in evaluating these non-GAAP measures, you should be aware that in the future, we may incur expenses similar to the adjustments in the presentation of these non-GAAP measures. The presentation of these non-GAAP measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company.
We present these non-GAAP measures because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful to investors in highlighting trends in our operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate, and capital investments. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to establish discretionary annual incentive compensation, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. Management supplements GAAP results with non-GAAP financial measures to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone provide.
(2) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before interest expense, net, income tax benefit, depreciation and amortization, and as further adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, acquisition and integration costs, asset and lease impairments, costs of extinguishing debt, and IPO related costs. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.
However, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider either of them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of the limitations are:

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;
 
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes; and although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the tangible assets being depreciated will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.
The following table reconciles net (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA and net loss margin to Adjusted EBITDA margin:
Nine months ended September 30,
Year ended December 31,
2023
2022
2022
2021
(unaudited)
(audited)
(in thousands)
Net loss
$ (36,919) $ (35,921) $ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Interest expense, net
153,057 110,533 155,325 127,011
Income tax benefit
(11,743) (13,688) (21,846) (19,580)
Depreciation and amortization
131,780 136,583 183,167 176,058
Stock-based compensation expense
6,505 5,646 8,003 6,827
Acquisition and integration costs
3,236 1,491 2,208 10,210
Asset and lease impairments(a)
10,856 10,856
Costs of extinguishing debt
1,549 1,549 1,042
IPO related costs
1,554 176 275 35
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 247,470 $ 217,225 $ 295,508 $ 254,487
Revenue
$ 584,315 $ 522,773 $ 704,874 $ 578,565
Net loss margin
(6.3)%
(6.9)%
(6.2)%
(8.1)%
Adjusted EBITDA margin
42.4%
41.6%
41.9%
44.0%
(a) Reflects the impact of the reclassification of certain leases as operating leases in connection with the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”).
 
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risk factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, results of operations, prospects, and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See “Forward-looking statements.”
Risks related to our business and our industry
We operate in a highly competitive industry.
We operate in a highly fragmented and competitive market that is characterized by rapidly evolving technology standards, evolving regulatory requirements, and frequent changes in client needs and introduction of new products and solutions. Our competitors range from smaller niche companies to large, well-financed, and technologically-sophisticated entities, including EHR and PM, with which we integrate. The increasing standardization of certain healthcare IT products and solutions has made it easier for companies to enter our industry with, or expand their product offerings to include, competitive products and solutions. Many software, hardware, information systems, and business process outsourcing companies, both with and without healthcare companies as their partners, offer or have announced their intention to offer products or solutions that are competitive with products and solutions that we offer. In particular, well-funded large technology companies are increasingly entering the revenue cycle technology market. In addition, EHR and PM providers (including those with which we integrate) could expand their product offerings to include solutions that compete directly with the solutions we provide. Some of these EHR and PM systems already offer, or may begin to offer, solutions that compete with our platform, including claim management and patient management solutions, payment processing tools, and direct patient communication solutions. Further, we expect that competition will continue to increase as a result of consolidation in both the technology and healthcare industries.
We compete on the basis of several factors, including breadth, depth, and quality of products and solutions, ability to deliver financial and operational performance improvement through the use of products and solutions, quality and reliability of solutions, ease of use and convenience, brand recognition, price, and the ability to integrate our platform solutions with various EHR and PM systems and other new and existing technology, including AI. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, lower cost products and solutions, and significantly greater resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or client requirements. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, strategic relationships with vendors of complementary products, solutions, technologies, or services to increase the availability of their products to the marketplace. Our competitors may have greater market share, larger client bases, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources, and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage.
Additionally, the pace of change in the revenue cycle technology market is rapid and there are frequent new solution introductions, solution enhancements, and evolving industry standards and requirements. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to upgrade our existing products and solutions, or introduce new products and solutions at the same rate as our competitors, or at all, nor can we guarantee that upgrades or new products and solutions will achieve market acceptance over or among competitive offerings, or at all.
We also may be subject to pricing pressures as a result of competition within the industry, among other factors. If we reduce our pricing in response to competitive pressure, our margins and results of operations will be adversely affected. Conversely, if we do not reduce our pricing, we could lose clients and be unable to attract new clients to our platform, which would adversely affect our business and our results of operations.
These competitive pressures could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We must retain our existing clients and attract new clients.
Our business substantially depends on our ability to retain our existing clients and attract new clients. We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing clients’ contracts and sales of additional products and solutions to existing clients. As a result, achieving a high client retention rate, expanding within existing clients, and selling additional products and solutions are critical to our revenue. In addition, our ability to increase our client base will be critical to our future growth. In order to retain existing clients and attract new clients, we must provide solutions that enable our existing and prospective clients to simplify and improve the payment process, increase speed and efficiencies, and deliver exceptional client service.
Factors that may affect our client satisfaction, our ability to sell additional products and solutions to existing clients, and expand our client base include, but are not limited to, the following:

the performance and functionality of our platform;

our ability to deliver a high-quality client experience;

our ability to develop and sell complementary products and solutions;

the stability, performance, and security of our hosting infrastructure;

our ability to attract, retain, and effectively train sales and marketing personnel;

the delivery of products that are easy to use and deliver tangible value to clients;

changes in healthcare laws, regulations, or trends, and our ability to quickly adapt;

the business environment of our clients, including healthcare staffing shortages and headcount reductions by our clients;

the price of our products and solutions relative to our competitors;

our ability to integrate with EHR or PM systems; and

our ability to maintain and enhance our reputation and brand recognition.
Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our platform solutions after the initial term expires, which is typically a two to three-year term. Our contracts generally provide for the automatic renewal for one-year subsequent terms, with the ability for our clients to terminate the contract with limited notice to us. Our clients’ renewal rates may fluctuate or decline because of several factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions and support, the prices of our solutions as compared to our competitors’ pricing, or reductions in our clients’ spending levels due to the macroeconomic environment or other factors. In addition, our clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these clients and may decrease our annual revenue. If our clients notify us of intent not to renew, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms, or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and solutions from us, our revenue may decline, or our future revenue growth may be constrained.
We must be able to successfully execute on our business strategies in order to grow.
Our growth strategies include expanding our relationships with existing clients, growing our client base, deepening and expanding our relationships with strategic channel partners, innovating and developing adjacent solutions, and selectively pursuing strategic acquisitions. We are actively identifying growth and expansion opportunities in new markets, technology, or offerings, as well as exploring opportunities to increase our existing client base and cross-sell and upsell to our existing clients. To successfully execute on our growth initiatives, we will need to, among other things, successfully identify and execute on those opportunities and successfully identify, acquire, and integrate complementary businesses. We must also manage changing business conditions, anticipate and react to changes in the regulatory environment, and develop expertise in areas outside of our business’s historical core competencies. In addition, our future financial results will depend in part on our ability to profitably manage our business in new markets that we may enter. Failure to successfully address any of the foregoing risks could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We must accurately assess the risks related to acquisitions and successfully integrate acquired businesses.
We have historically acquired, and in the future may acquire, businesses, technologies, product lines, and other assets. The successful integration of any businesses and assets we have acquired or may acquire may be critical to our business and growth strategy.
The amount and timing of the expected benefits of any acquisition, including potential synergies, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those relating to:

our ability to maintain relationships with the clients and suppliers of the acquired business;

our ability to retain or replace key personnel of the acquired business;

potential conflicts in payer, client, partner, vendor, or marketing relationships;

our ability to coordinate organizations that are geographically diverse and may have different business cultures;

the acceptance of acquired company clients of product upgrades and platform changes;

the diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the operations of businesses or other assets we have acquired;

difficulties in the integration or migration of IT systems, including secure data sharing across networks securely, and maintaining the security of the IT systems;

incurrence of debt or assumption of known and unknown liabilities;

write-off of goodwill, client lists, and amortization of expenses related to intangible assets; and

compliance with regulatory, contracting, and other requirements, including internal control over financial reporting.
We cannot guarantee that any acquired businesses, technologies, services, product lines, or other assets will be successfully integrated with our operations in a timely or cost-effective manner, or at all. Failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or to achieve anticipated operating synergies, revenue enhancements, or cost savings could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. Although we attempt to evaluate the risks inherent in each transaction and evaluate acquisition candidates appropriately, we may not properly ascertain all risks and the acquired businesses or other assets may not perform as expected or enhance our value as a whole. Acquired businesses also may have larger than expected liabilities that are not covered by the indemnification, if any, that we are able to obtain from the sellers. If we are unable to successfully complete and integrate strategic acquisitions in a timely manner, our business and growth strategies could be negatively affected.
Our business depends on our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships.
We depend on strategic relationships, and if we lose any of these strategic relationships or fail to establish additional relationships, or if our relationships fail to benefit us as expected, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results. For example, our solutions are integrated with many EHR and PM solutions offered by providers with whom we have a strategic relationship. Our ability to form and maintain these relationships in order to facilitate the integration of our platform into the EHR and PM systems used by our clients and their patients is important to the success of our business. If providers of EHR or PM solutions amend, terminate, or fail to perform their obligations under their agreements with us, we may need to seek other ways of integrating our platform with the EHR and PM systems of our clients, which could be costly and time consuming, and could adversely affect our business results.
In addition, we have entered into contracts with channel partners to market and sell certain of our solutions, which are generally on a non-exclusive basis. However, under contracts with some channel partners, we may be bound by provisions that restrict our ability to market and sell solutions to potential clients. Our arrangements with
 
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
some of these channel partners involve negotiated payments to them based on percentages of revenue our common clients generate. If the payments prove to be too high, we may be unable to realize acceptable margins, but if the payments prove to be too low, channel partners may not be motivated to work with us at the levels initially contemplated. The success of these partnerships will depend in part upon the channel partners’ own competitive, marketing, and strategic considerations, including the relative advantages of using alternative solutions being developed and marketed by them or by competitors. If channel partners are unsuccessful in marketing our solutions or seek to amend the terms of their contracts, we may need to broaden our marketing efforts and alter our strategy, which may divert planned efforts and resources from other projects and may increase our costs. In addition, as part of the packages these channel partners sell, they may offer a choice to end-users between our solutions and similar solutions offered by competitors or by the channel partners directly. If our solutions are not chosen or renewed by existing channel partner end-users, revenue we earn via our channel partner relationships will decrease. Significant changes in the terms of our agreements with channel partners may also have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully market our solutions.
Our revenues rely, in part, on the growth and success of our clients and overall healthcare transaction volumes, which are subject to factors outside of our control.
We enter into agreements with our clients, under which a significant portion of our fees may be variable, including fees which are dependent upon the number of add-on features that our clients choose to subscribe to and the utilization of our solutions. These fees, above contractual minimums, are generally not required to be paid in the absence of healthcare transactions. Therefore, if there is a general reduction in patient visits, it may result in a reduction in fees generated from our clients or a reduction in the number of add-on features subscribed for by our clients. Our revenue can also be adversely affected by the impact of lower than normal healthcare utilization trends and other negative economic factors such as higher unemployment. For example, weakened economic conditions or a recession could reduce the amounts patients are willing or able to spend on healthcare services. Further, the number of patients utilizing our patient payment solutions, and the amounts those patients pay directly to our clients for services, is often impacted by factors outside of our control, such as the number of patients with high deductible health plans. The growth and success of our clients could also be impacted by changes in governmental policies and regulations, such as the creation of any future government single-payer system, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business.
For these reasons, revenue under these agreements can be uncertain and unpredictable, and if the associated transaction volumes were reduced by a material amount, such decrease would lead to a decrease in our revenue, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Consolidation in the healthcare industry could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Many healthcare provider organizations are consolidating to create integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. As provider networks and managed care organizations consolidate, thus decreasing the number of market participants, competition to provide products and solutions like ours will become more intense, and the importance of establishing and maintaining relationships with key industry participants will increase. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our products and solutions. Further, consolidation of management and billing services through integrated delivery systems may decrease demand for our products. Such consolidation may also lead integrated delivery systems to require newly acquired physician practices to replace our product with that already in use in the larger enterprise. In addition, vertical integration whereby healthcare provider organizations acquire EHR, PM, revenue management cycle, or similar systems may make it more challenging to establish new relationships with such providers or may lead to such provider organizations replacing our solutions with those offered by systems that they acquire. Any of these factors could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, and operating results.
We face a selling cycle of variable length to secure new client agreements.
We face a selling cycle of variable length, which can span from weeks to 18 months or longer, to secure a new agreement with a client. We invest a substantial amount of time and resources on our sales efforts without any
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
assurance that our efforts will produce sales. Even if we succeed at completing a sale, we may be unable to predict the size of the initial arrangement until very late in the sales cycle. We expend time and resources as part of our sales effort, and we may not recognize any revenue to offset such expenditures in the same period, particularly for longer sales cycles. We cannot accurately predict the timing of entering into agreements with new clients due to the complex procurement decision processes of many healthcare providers, which often involves high-level management or board committee approvals that can be delayed due to factors beyond our and their control. Due to our variable selling cycle length, we have only a limited ability to predict the timing of specific new client relationships, which affects our ability to predict future revenues and cash flows.
We face an implementation cycle that is dependent on our clients’ timing and resources.
We face an implementation cycle that is dependent on our clients’ timing, which may pose scheduling challenges, and our clients’ resources, which may be constrained or significantly diverted to larger projects, each of which can impact timing of implementation of our solutions. Providers are faced with labor-intensive, manual tasks as well as disconnected systems and tools, compounded by broad workforce shortages and high staff turnover rates, which can further limit their resources and ability to implement our solutions. Implementation of our solutions may also require other technology implementation or process changes by the client. If implementation periods are delayed or extended, our ability to generate revenue from these solutions would also be delayed even though we have expended time and resources in the implementation of such solutions. Even if implementation has begun, there can be no assurance that we will recognize revenue on a timely basis or at all from our efforts, and any revenue may not be recognized during the same period in which we incur implementation expenses.
We depend on our senior management team and certain key employees and must continue to attract and retain highly skilled employees.
Our success depends, in part, on the skills, working relationships, and continued services of Matthew Hawkins (our Chief Executive Officer), the senior management team, and other key personnel. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. In addition, our hybrid work environment could make it difficult to manage our business and adequately oversee our employees and business functions, potentially resulting in harm to our company culture, increased employee attrition, and the loss of key personnel.
We must attract, train, and retain a significant number of highly skilled employees, including sales and marketing personnel, client support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel, and management personnel, and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained. We also believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and its ability to obtain new clients and to manage our existing client base. If we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our products and solutions will suffer and our growth will be impeded.
Competition for qualified management and employees in our industry is intense and identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense, and attention. Many of the companies with which we compete for personnel have greater financial and other resources than we do. While we have entered into offer letters or employment agreements with certain of our executive officers, all of our employees are “at-will” employees, and their employment can be terminated by us or them at any time, for any reason, and without notice, subject, in certain cases, to severance payment rights. The departure and replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs, may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives, and could materially harm our business. In addition, volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may affect our ability to attract replacements should key personnel depart.
The estimates and assumptions we use to determine the size of our total addressable market may prove to be inaccurate.
Market estimates and growth forecasts that we disclose are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts relating to the size and
 
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
expected growth of the market for our products and solutions may prove to be inaccurate. These estimates and forecasts may be impacted by economic uncertainty that is outside our control, including macroeconomic trends such as domestic supply chain risks, inflationary pressure, interest rate increases, and declines in consumer confidence that impact our clients. While we believe the information on which we base our total addressable market and the underlying estimates and assumptions is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. We cannot assure you that these assumptions will prove to be accurate.
Risks related to our products and solutions
We may not be able to develop and market new solutions, or enhance our existing solutions, to respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards.
The markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid technological and regulatory change, evolving industry standards, and increasingly sophisticated client needs. For example, from time to time, government agencies may alter format and data code requirements applicable to electronic transactions. In addition, clients may request that solutions be customized to satisfy particular security protocols, modifications, and other contractual terms in excess of industry norms and standard configurations. In order to compete successfully, we must keep pace with our competitors in anticipating and responding to these rapid changes and evolving client demands. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to enhance and improve the functionality of our existing solutions (including the successful continued deployment of the use of AI in our products and solutions) and develop and introduce in a timely manner or acquire new solutions that keep pace with technological and regulatory developments and industry requirements, satisfy increasingly sophisticated client requirements, and achieve market acceptance. Because some of our solutions are complex and require rigorous testing, development cycles can be lengthy, depending upon the solution and other factors. Our estimates of research and development expenses may be too low, our revenue may not be sufficient to support the future product development that is required for us to remain competitive, and development cycles may be longer than anticipated. Further, there is no assurance that research and development expenditures will lead to successful solutions or enhancements to our existing solutions. In addition, technological advances also may result in the downward pricing pressures, which could result in us losing sales unless we lower the prices we charge or provide additional efficiencies or capabilities to the client.
In addition, because some of the software and systems that we use to provide solutions to clients are inherently complex, changing, updating, enhancing, or creating new versions of our solutions or the software or systems we use to provide our solutions introduces a risk of errors or performance problems. These updates and enhancements also require training and support to effectively implement, and our clients may have difficulties doing so. If significant problems occur as a result of these changes, we may fail to meet our contractual obligations to clients, which could result in claims being made against us or in the loss of client relationships.
If we are unable, for technological or other reasons, to develop or acquire on a timely and cost-effective basis new software solutions or enhancements to existing solutions or if such new solutions or enhancements do not achieve market acceptance or are not properly implemented, or if new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive offerings at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently, or more securely than our offerings, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our business depends on the interoperability, connectivity, and integration of our solutions with our clients’ and their vendors’ networks and infrastructures.
Our solutions must interoperate, connect, and integrate with our clients’ and their vendors’ existing infrastructures, which often have different specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, deploy products and solutions from multiple vendors, and contain multiple generations of products that have been added to that infrastructure over time. Some of the technologies supporting our clients and their vendors are constantly evolving and we must continue to adapt to these changes in a timely and effective manner at an acceptable cost. In addition, our clients and their vendors may implement new technologies into their existing networks and systems infrastructures that may not immediately interoperate with our solutions. Our continued success will depend on our ability to
 
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
adapt to changing technologies, manage, and process ever-increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features, and reliability of our solutions in response to changing client and industry demands. If we encounter complications related to network configurations or settings, we may have to modify our solutions to enable them to interoperate with our clients’ and their vendors’ networks and manage clients’ transactions in the manner intended. For example, if clients or their vendors implement new encryption protocols, it may be necessary for us to obtain a license to implement or interoperate with such protocols, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such a license on acceptable terms, if at all. On the other hand, any new or enhanced technologies that we employ must be accepted by our clients’ and their vendors’ existing infrastructures and be able to be integrated with their platforms and solutions. For example, we use automated software applications or “bot” technology and Application Interface (“API”) technology in a number of our solutions. Certain of our clients’ platforms may not support those technologies or functionalities for various reasons, which would adversely impact connectivity of our solutions. Any of these difficulties could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction, or marketing of our solutions.
Further, because our solutions are interoperated and integrated, any disruption to our clients’ and their vendors’ networks and infrastructures, such as those of the EHR and PM vendors of our clients, could cause our solutions to become unavailable.
As a consequence of any of the foregoing, our ability to sell our solutions may be impaired, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.
The successful operation of our business depends upon the performance and reliability of internet, mobile, and other infrastructure, none of which are under our control.
Our business and ability to provide our products and solutions is highly dependent upon the reliable performance of our platform and the underlying network and server infrastructure, including the performance and reliability of internet, mobile, and other infrastructures that are not under our control. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, and security for providing reliable internet access and services and reliable mobile device, and telephone all at a predictable and reasonable cost. We have experienced and expect that we will experience interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time.
We serve our clients primarily from third-party data-hosting facilities. These facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, and similar events. They are also subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism, and similar misconduct. Their systems and servers could also be subject to software and hardware errors, hacking, ransomware, viruses, and other disruptive problems or vulnerabilities. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at the facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our solutions. Although we have instituted disaster recovery arrangements, in certain cases, we do not maintain redundant systems or facilities. In the event of a catastrophic event, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with users or clients.
Any disruption in network access or telecommunications could significantly harm our business. Almost all access to the internet is maintained through telecommunication operators who have significant market power that could take actions that degrade, disrupt, or increase the cost of users’ ability to access our platform. Disruptions in internet infrastructure, cloud-based hosting, or the failure of telecommunications network operators to provide us with the bandwidth we need to provide our products and solutions could temporarily disrupt or shut down our business. The insurance coverage under our policies may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost.
Further, the reliability and performance of the internet may be harmed by increased usage or by denial-of-service attacks. The internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damages to
 
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
portions of its infrastructure, and it could face outages and delays in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of internet usage as well as the availability of the internet to us for delivery of our products and solutions. Finally, recent changes in law could impact the cost and availability of necessary internet infrastructure. Increased costs and/or decreased availability would negatively affect our results of operations.
Our business would be adversely affected if we cannot obtain, process, use, disclose, or distribute the highly regulated data we require to provide our solutions.
Our business relies in part on our ability to obtain, process, monetize, use, disclose, and distribute highly regulated data in the healthcare and technology industries in a manner that complies with applicable laws, regulations, and contractual and technological restrictions. The failure by us or our data suppliers, processors, partners, and vendors to obtain, provide, maintain, use, and disclose data in a compliant manner could have a harmful effect on our ability to use and disclose data which in turn could impair our functions and operations, including our ability to share data with third parties or incorporate it into our product offerings. In addition, the processing, use, disclosure, and distribution of data may require us or our data suppliers, processors, partners, and vendors to obtain consent from third parties or follow additional laws, regulations, or contractual and technological restrictions that apply to the healthcare industry. These requirements could interfere with or prevent creation or use of rules and analyses or limit other data-driven activities that benefit us. Moreover, due to lack of valid notice, permission, authorization, consent, or waiver, we may be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information. We have policies and procedures in place to address the proper handling, use, and disclosure of data, but could face claims that our practices occur in a manner not permitted under applicable laws or our agreements with or obligations to data providers, individuals, or other third parties. These claims or liabilities and other failures to comply with applicable requirements could damage our reputation, subject us to unexpected costs, and could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. See “Risks related to information technology systems, cybersecurity, data privacy, and intellectual property—Privacy concerns or security breaches or incidents relating to our platform could result in economic loss, damage to our reputation, deter users from using our products, expose us to legal penalties and liability, and otherwise adversely affect our business” and “Risks related to legal and governmental regulation—We are subject to health care laws and data privacy and security laws and regulations governing our Processing of personal information, including protected health information (“PHI”), personal health records, and payment card data.”
Additionally, to the extent we are permitted to de-identify personal information, including PHI, and use and disclose such de-identified information for our purposes, we must determine whether such PHI has been sufficiently de-identified to comply with our contractual obligations and the privacy standards under HIPAA. Such determinations may require complex factual and statistical analyses and may be subject to interpretation. Accordingly, we may be subject to claims or liability for failure to sufficiently de-identify data to comply with the HIPAA privacy standards and our contractual obligations. These claims or liabilities could damage our reputation, subject us to unexpected costs and could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of PHI entrusted to us, we could be found to have breached our contracts with our clients and be subject to investigation by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”), Office for Civil Rights (“OCR”), or other governmental or regulatory authorities. In the event OCR or other governmental or regulatory authorities find that we have failed to comply with applicable privacy and security standards, we could face civil and criminal penalties. Additionally, in recent years, consumer advocates, media, and elected officials increasingly and publicly have criticized companies in data-focused industries regarding the Processing of personal information, including the licensing of de-identified information, by such companies. Concerns about our practices with regard to the Processing or security of PHI, personal information, the licensing of de-identified information, or other privacy related matters, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, results of operations, or financial condition.
We rely on certain third-party vendors and providers.
We have entered contracts with third-party providers to provide critical services relating to our business, including clearinghouse systems and payment processing services. We primarily use clearinghouse systems for
 
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our claims and payer payment management solutions to facilitate data exchanges between providers and payors in connection with the reimbursement process, and use payment processing services in our patient financial care solutions to facilitate patient payments to their providers. We also rely on third-party data providers to enable us to deliver automated eligibility and benefits verification as part of our financial clearance solutions , as well as third parties who print and deliver paper statements to patients as part of our patient financial care solution. We also use various third-party vendors, such as software as a service and infrastructure as a service, cybersecurity solutions, and cloud based hosting of our proprietary solutions. We rely on hosted software as a service applications from third parties to operate critical functions of our business, including enterprise resource planning, order management, contract management billing, accounting, human resources, and other operational activities. We also rely third parties with respect to internet, mobile, and other infrastructure as described under “—The successful operation of our business depends upon the performance and reliability of internet, mobile, and other infrastructure, none of which are under our control” below.
Our dependence on these third parties to support key functions of our business creates numerous risks, in particular, the risk that we may not maintain service quality, control, or effective management with respect to these operations, which, among other things, could result in our inability to meet certain obligations to our clients. For example, if our clearinghouse partners experience a disruption to their system, this could significantly adversely impact the availability and functionality of our claims management suite and, among other things, could cause us to be in breach of certain client contracts. In the event that these service providers fail to maintain adequate levels of support, do not provide high quality service, increase the fees they charge us, discontinue their lines of business, terminate our contractual arrangements, or cease or reduce operations, we may suffer additional costs and be required to pursue new third-party relationships, which could materially disrupt our operations and our ability to provide our products and solutions, divert management’s time and resources, and cause us to fail to meet required service levels stipulated in our client contracts.
Our reputation and our clients’ willingness to purchase our products and partners’ willingness to use our products depend, in part, on our third-party providers’ compliance with ethical employment practices, such as with respect to child labor, wages and benefits, forced labor, discrimination, safe and healthy working conditions, and with all legal and regulatory requirements relating to the conduct of their businesses. If our third-party providers fail to comply with applicable laws, regulations, safety codes, employment practices, human rights standards, quality standards, environmental standards, production practices, or other obligations, norms, or ethical standards, our reputation and brand image could be harmed and we could be exposed to litigation and additional costs that would harm our business, reputation, and results of operations. The ability of our third-party providers to effectively satisfy our business requirements could also be impacted by financial difficulty of our third-party providers or damage to their operations caused by fire, terrorist attack, natural disaster, or other events.
Any termination of our agreements with, or disruption in the performance of, one or more of these service providers could result in disruption or unavailability of our platform, and harm our ability to continue to develop, maintain, and improve our products, as well as harm our brand and reputation. While we have entered into agreements with these third-party service providers, they have no obligation to renew their agreements on similar terms or on terms that we find commercially reasonable, or at all. Identifying replacement third-party service providers, and negotiating agreements with them, requires significant time and resources. If any one of our material third-party service provider’s ability to perform their obligations was impaired, we may not be able to find an alternative supplier in a timely manner or on acceptable financial terms, and we may not be able to meet the full demands of our clients within the time periods expected, or at all.
Any errors or malfunctions in our products and solutions could result in liability to our clients.
Our products and solutions are used to help simplify the payment process for healthcare providers. If our products and solutions fail to provide accurate and timely information or are associated with errors or malfunctions, then our clients could assert claims against us that could result in substantial costs to us, harm our reputation in the industry, and cause demand for our products and solutions to decline. Although we attempt to
 
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
limit by contract our liability for damages, the allocations of responsibility and limitations of liability set forth in our contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise sufficiently protect us from liability for damages. In certain circumstances, we may also be liable for the acts or omissions of others, such as our vendors or suppliers. On occasion, we enter into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, we indemnify, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent, or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to its technology. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual. See “Business—Indemnification and insurance.”
Moreover, our products and solutions may contain defects, errors, bugs, vulnerabilities, or failures that are not detected until after the software is introduced or updates and new versions are released. From time to time we have discovered defects, errors, bugs, vulnerabilities, or failures in our software, and such defects, errors, bugs, vulnerabilities, or failures can be expected to occur in the future. Defects, errors, bugs, vulnerabilities, or failures that are not timely detected and remedied could expose us to risk of liability to our clients and cause delays in introduction of new solutions, result in increased costs and diversion of development resources, require design modifications, decrease market acceptance or client satisfaction with our solutions, and harm our brand and reputation.
In addition, we create rules within our products and solutions based on payers’ authorization policy documents, and which may be used for financial recovery by our clients. These policies and related legal requirements can be complex and are subject to frequent changes. If such rules are inaccurate or contain errors, or if we fail to timely update our rules to reflect any changes in policies or requirements, then we may be subject to liability. If any of these risks occur, they could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Failure by our clients to obtain proper permissions or provide us with accurate and appropriate information may result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of information.
To the extent we are not otherwise permitted to use and/or disclose client information, we require our clients to provide necessary notices and obtain necessary permissions, consents, and authorizations for the use and disclosure of the information that we receive from our solutions. We then provide patient information to third parties, pursuant to patient permissions, consents, and authorizations that permit the third parties to collect such information, and such patient information may be aggregated or combined with other data sources to gain additional insights from such patient information. Such patient information may also be anonymized/de-identified and sold to or collected by a data aggregator.
If our clients do not provide necessary notices or obtain necessary permissions, consents, or authorizations, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by federal or state privacy or other laws. Such failures by our clients could impair our functions, processes, and databases that reflect, contain, or are based upon such information. In addition, such failures by our clients could interfere with or prevent creation or use of rules, analyses, or other data-driven activities that benefit us or make our solutions less useful. Accordingly, we may be subject to claims or liability for inaccurate claims data submitted to payers, inaccurate or incomplete billing and coding claims or for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notice, permission, consent, or authorization. These claims or liabilities could damage our reputation, subject us to unexpected costs, and could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.
Certain of our solutions present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft, or other similar illegal behavior by our employees or vendors and a failure of our employees or vendors to observe quality standards or adhere to environmental, social, and governance standards could damage our reputation.
As a payments facilitator, we handle payments from payers and from patients for many of our provider clients and are in possession of payment card information and banking account information. Even when we do not facilitate payments, our solutions also involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information that could be used to impersonate third parties or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our
 
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
employees or vendors or other bad actors does not comply with the law or engages in unethical conduct, such as taking, converting, or misusing funds, documents, or information, or if we experience a data breach creating a risk of identity theft, we could be liable for damages, and our reputation could be damaged or destroyed.
In addition, we could be perceived to have facilitated or participated in illegal misappropriation of funds, documents, or data and, therefore, be subject to civil or criminal liability. Federal and state regulators may take the position that a data breach or misdirection of data constitutes an unfair or deceptive act or trade practice. We also may be required to notify individuals affected by any data breaches. Further, a data breach or similar incident could impact the ability of our clients that are creditors to comply with the federal “red flags” rules, which require the implementation of identity theft prevention programs to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with client accounts. Any such data breach could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and reputation.
We must comply with the applicable rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA”), and we, our clients, and our sales partners must comply with the applicable requirements of card networks.
We provide payments solutions for the secure processing of patient payments. Our payment processing tools can connect to multiple financial services providers and acquiring banks and can also connect directly with patients. We have developed partnerships with ACH operators and primary credit card processors to facilitate payment processing as a third-party sender for patient payments as well as funds disbursements to healthcare providers, and we are registered with numerous card networks as a service provider (payment facilitator or the equivalent) for acquiring banks. The NACHA and these card networks set the operating rules and standards with which we must comply. The termination of our status as a third-party sender or a decision by NACHA to bar us from serving as such, the termination of our status as a certified service provider or a decision by the card networks to disallow payment facilitators or bar us from serving as such, or any changes in NACHA or card network rules or standards, including interpretation and implementation of the operating rules or standards, that increase the cost of doing business or limit our ability to provide payment processing solutions to our clients, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
In addition, we and our clients are subject to card network rules that could subject us or our clients to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by card networks for certain acts or omissions by us or our clients. If a client or sales partner fails to comply with the applicable requirements of card networks, we could be subject to a variety of fines or penalties that may be levied by card networks. We may have to bear the cost of such fines or penalties if we cannot collect them from the applicable client or sales partner, resulting in lower earnings or losses for us. Our violation of the network rules may result in the termination or suspension of our registration with the affected network. The termination of our registration, including a card network barring us from acting as a payment facilitator, or any changes in card network rules that would impair our registration, could require us to stop providing payment solutions relating to the affected card network, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
In addition, the rules of card networks are set by their boards, which may be influenced by card issuers. Many banks directly or indirectly sell payment processing services to clients in competition with us. These banks could attempt, by virtue of their influence on the networks, to alter the networks’ rules or policies to the detriment of non-members, including us.
We are subject to increases in card network fees and other changes to fee arrangements.
From time to time, card networks, including Visa, MasterCard, American Express, and Discover, increase the fees that they charge, which are indirectly passed down to payment facilitators like us. Although we may attempt to pass these increases along to our clients, this may result in the loss of clients to our competitors that do not pass along the increases. If competitive practices prevent us from passing along the higher fees to our clients in the future, we may have to absorb all or a portion of such increases, which may increase our operating costs and adversely impact our results of operations.
 
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Further, any future regulations on processing rates being capped when applied to transaction refunds could have a negative impact on our business. A provision of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) known as the Durbin Amendment empowered the Federal Reserve Board to establish and regulate a cap on the interchange fees that merchants pay banks for electronic clearing of debit card transactions. The final rule implementing the Durbin Amendment established standards for assessing whether debit card interchange fees received by debit card issuers were reasonable and proportional to the costs incurred by issuers for electronic debit transactions, and it established a maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction, limiting the fee revenue to debit card issuers and payment processors. To the extent that HSA-linked payment cards and other exempt payment cards used on our platform (or their issuing banks) lose their exempt status under the current rules or if the current interchange rate caps applicable to other payment cards used on our platform are increased, any such amendment, rule-making, or legislation could increase the interchange fees applicable to payment card transactions processed through our platform. As a result, this could decrease our revenue and profit and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the effect of payer and provider conduct which we cannot control.
We offer certain electronic claims submission products as part of our platform. While we have implemented certain product features designed to maximize the accuracy and completeness of claims submissions, these features may not be sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims data from being submitted to payers. Should inaccurate claims data be submitted to payers due to errors and omissions by Waystar, we may be subject to liability claims. Electronic data transmission services are offered by certain payers to healthcare providers that establish a direct link between the provider and payer. This process could reduce revenue to vendors such as us. A significant increase in the utilization of direct links between providers and payers would reduce the number of transactions that we process and for which we are paid, resulting in a decrease in revenue and an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks related to information technology systems, cybersecurity, data privacy, and intellectual property
We and our vendors are subject to attacks of such information technology systems, including cyber-attacks, security breaches, or other incidents impacting the information Processed through our platform.
We collect, create, receive, maintain, process, use, transmit, disclose, transfer, alter, and store (collectively, “Process”) significant amounts of personal information of patients received in connection with the utilization of our platform and otherwise in connection with the operation of our business, and other sensitive, confidential, and proprietary information such as payment data and PHI. Attacks on information technology systems are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication, and intensity, and they are being conducted by increasingly sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise. In addition to extracting personal information and other sensitive or confidential information, such attacks could include the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering, and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity, security, and availability of information. The prevalent use of mobile devices also increases the risk of data security incidents. Further, like all internet-based solutions, our solutions are vulnerable to software bugs, computer viruses, malware, internet worms, break-ins, phishing attacks, attempts to overload servers with denial-of-service, or other attacks or similar disruptions from unauthorized use of our and third-party computer systems, any of which could lead to system interruptions, delays, or shutdowns, causing loss of critical data, or the unauthorized acquisition of or access to data. While we believe we have taken reasonable steps to protect such data, techniques used to gain unauthorized access to or acquisitions of data and systems, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, are constantly evolving, and we may be unable to anticipate such techniques or implement adequate preventative measures to avoid unauthorized access, acquisitions of, or other adverse impacts to such data or our systems. The risk of state-supported and geopolitical-related cyber-attacks may increase in connection with the war in Ukraine and any related political or economic responses and counter-responses. We may not discover all such incidents or activity
 
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or be able to respond or otherwise address them promptly, in sufficient respects or at all. Any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security, and availability of our products, or failure to prevent software bugs and other corruptants such as those listed above, to the satisfaction of our clients or their patients, may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing clients, negatively affect our clients and their patients, and adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
In addition, some of our third-party service providers and vendors also Process our personal information and other sensitive information such as our clients’ data on our behalf. These service providers and vendors are subject to similar threats of cyber-attacks, security incidents, and other malicious internet-based activities, which could also expose us to risk of loss, litigation, and potential liability. We may have limited insight into the data privacy or security practices of third-party vendors and providers, including as it relates to our AI algorithms. We have also acquired and may continue to acquire companies that are vulnerable to cyber-attacks and security incidents and breaches, and we may be responsible for any such attacks, incidents, and breaches of these newly acquired companies.
Further, the security systems in place at our employees’, vendors’, and service providers’ offices and homes may be less secure than those used in our offices, and while we have implemented technical, physical, and administrative safeguards to help protect our systems when our employees, vendors, and service providers work from their offices, homes, and other remote locations, we may be subject to increased cybersecurity risk, which could expose us to risks of data or financial loss, and could disrupt our business operations. There is no guarantee that the data security and privacy safeguards we have put in place will ultimately be effective or that we will not encounter risks associated with employees, vendors, and service providers accessing company data and systems remotely. If an actual or perceived breach of security occurs to our systems or a third-party’s systems, we could be required to expend significant resources to mitigate the breach of security, pay any applicable fines, and address matters related to any such breach, including notifying impacted individuals or regulators, making public disclosures, and addressing reputational harm.
Any theft, loss, or misappropriation of, or access to, clients’, or other proprietary data, or other breach of our third-party service providers’ and vendors’ information technology systems could result in fines, legal claims, or proceedings, including regulatory investigations and actions, or liability for failure to comply with privacy and information security laws, which could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and expose us to claims from clients and individuals, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The costs of mitigating data security risks are significant and are likely to increase in the future. Although we carry cybersecurity insurance, we cannot ensure our limits are sufficient to cover us against all potential losses for damages or fines in an amount exceeding our policy.
Our business is subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and cybersecurity.
There are numerous U.S. federal, state, local, and international laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and cybersecurity that govern the Processing of personal information and other information. The scope of these laws and regulations is expanding and evolving, subject to differing interpretations, may be inconsistent among jurisdictions, or conflict with other rules. We are also subject to the terms of our privacy policies and obligations to third parties related to privacy, data protection, and cybersecurity.
For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”) took effect on January 1, 2020, which broadly defines personal information, gives California residents expanded privacy rights and protections, and provides for civil penalties for certain violations. Furthermore, in November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights and Enforcement Act of 2020 (the “CPRA”), which amended and expanded the CCPA with additional data privacy compliance requirements and established a regulatory agency dedicated to enforcing those requirements. Additional states, such as Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa, Utah, and others have since also passed comprehensive state privacy laws that may impose additional obligations and requirements on
 
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our business. Data privacy laws and regulations are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change and/or interpretive application. Varying jurisdictional requirements could increase the costs and complexity of our compliance efforts and violations of applicable data privacy laws can result in significant penalties. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with applicable data protection or other laws could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others, subject us to significant fines, penalties, judgments, and negative publicity, require us to change our business practices, increase the costs and complexity of compliance, and adversely affect our business. Several of these new laws, including the CCPA, require us to allow individuals to opt-out of the use of their personal information for targeted advertising, which may impact our marketing strategy.
Additionally, businesses are legally required to notify affected individuals, governmental entities, and/or credit reporting agencies of certain security incidents affecting personal information. Such laws are not all consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread security incident is complex and costly and may be difficult to implement. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless clients from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations, or other legal obligations relating to data privacy or health care laws or any inadvertent or unauthorized Processing of personal information or PHI that we store or handle as part of operating our business. Our existing general liability and cyber liability insurance policies may not cover, or may cover only a portion of, any potential claims related to security breaches to which we are exposed or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all or any portion of liabilities that may be imposed. See “Risks related to legal and governmental regulation—We are subject to health care laws and data privacy and security laws and regulations governing our Processing of personal information, including PHI, personal health records, and payment card data” below for further discussion.
If our intellectual property rights are not adequately protected and enforced, we may not be able to build name recognition or protect our technology and products.
Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including software, databases, confidential information and know-how, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade-secret, copyright, and other intellectual property laws, confidentiality procedures, and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights in our proprietary technology, content, and brand. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional trademark, patent, and other intellectual property filings that could be expensive and time-consuming. Effective trademark, trade-secret, and copyright protection is expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of asserting our rights against third parties. Further, these measures may not be sufficient to offer us meaningful protection. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property and assert our rights in such intellectual property against third parties, our brand, competitive position, and business could be harmed, as third parties may be able to dilute our brand or commercialize and use technologies and software products that are substantially the same as ours without incurring the development and licensing costs that we have incurred. Any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or otherwise provide us with competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain products and solutions, or other competitive harm.
Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ products and solutions, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully protect or enforce our intellectual property rights could result in harm to our brand or our ability to compete and reduce demand for our technology and products. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could adversely affect our market positions and business opportunities. Also, some of our
 
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
products and solutions rely on technologies and software developed by or licensed from third parties. Any disruption or disturbance in such third-party products or services, which we have experienced in the past and may experience again in the future, could interrupt the operation of our platform, and could cause us to be in breach of contracts with our clients. We may not be able to maintain our relationships with such third parties or enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all.
Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States and elsewhere, and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage. Our failure to obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our business depends on our ability to use or license data and integrate third-party technologies.
We depend upon licenses from third parties for some of the technology and data used in our products and solutions, and for some of the technology platforms upon which these products and solutions are built and operate. We expect that we may need to obtain additional licenses from third parties in the future in connection with the development of our products and solutions. In addition, we obtain a portion of the data that we use from government entities and public records for specific client engagements. We believe that we have all rights necessary to use the data that is incorporated into our products and solutions. However, we cannot assure you that our licenses for information will allow us to use that information for all potential or contemplated products and solutions. In addition, our ability to use data to support existing products and solutions and to develop new products and solutions is largely dependent upon the contractual rights we secure. For example, certain of our products depend on maintaining our data and analytics platform, which is populated with data disclosed to us by healthcare providers and payers with their consent. If these providers and/or payers revoke their consent for us to maintain, use, de-identify, and share this data, consistent with applicable law, our data assets could be degraded.
In the future, data providers could withdraw their data from us or restrict our usage for any reason, including if there is a competitive reason to do so, if legislation is passed restricting the use of the data, or if judicial interpretations are issued restricting use of the data that we currently use in our products and solutions. In addition, data providers could fail to adhere to our quality control standards in the future, causing us to incur additional expense to appropriately utilize the data. If a substantial number of data providers were to withdraw or restrict their data, or if they fail to adhere to our quality control standards, and if we are unable to identify and contract with suitable alternative data suppliers and integrate these data sources into our offerings, our ability to provide products and solutions to our partners would be materially adversely impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We also integrate into our proprietary products and solutions and use third-party software to maintain and enhance, among other things, content generation and delivery, and to support our technology infrastructure. Some of this software is proprietary and some is open source software. Our use of third-party technologies and open source software exposes us to increased risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with the integration of new technology into our platform, the diversion of our resources from development of our own proprietary technology and our inability to generate revenue from licensed technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs. These technologies may not be available to us in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all and could be difficult to replace once integrated into our own proprietary products and solutions. Most of these licenses can be renewed only by mutual consent and may be terminated if we breach the terms of the license and fail to cure the breach within a specified period of time. Our inability to obtain, maintain, or comply with any of these licenses could delay development until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed, and integrated, which would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive and our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the technology covered by these licenses to compete directly with us. If our data suppliers choose to discontinue support of the licensed technology in the future, we might not be able to modify or adapt our own solutions.
 
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our use of “open source” software could adversely affect our ability to offer our products and solutions and subject us to possible litigation.
We have in the past incorporated and may in the future incorporate certain open source software into our products and solutions. Open source software is licensed by its authors or owners under open source licenses, which in some instances may subject us to certain unfavorable conditions, including requirements that we offer our products and solutions that incorporate such open source software for no cost, that we make publicly available the source code for any modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software, or that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. In addition, the use of third-party open source software could expose us to greater risks than the use of third-party commercial software to the extent open-source licensors do not provide warranties or controls on the functionality or origin of the software equivalent to those provided by third-party commercial software providers. Further, the public availability of open source software may make it easier for attackers to target and compromise our platform through cyber-attacks. Open sourcing such software requires us to make the source code publicly available, and therefore can limit our ability to protect our intellectual property rights with respect to that software. From time to time, companies that use open source software have faced claims challenging the use of open source software or compliance with open source license terms. Furthermore, there is an increasing number of open source software license types, many of which have not been tested in a court of law. We could be subject to suits by parties claiming copyright infringement or noncompliance with open source licensing terms. While we monitor the use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source license, such use could inadvertently occur, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Any requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and could help our competitors develop products and solutions that are similar to or better than ours.
Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights.
Our commercial success depends on our ability to develop and commercialize our products and solutions and use our proprietary technology without infringing the intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties. However, from time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business with respect to intellectual property. Intellectual property disputes can be costly to defend and may cause our business, operating results, and financial condition to suffer. As the market for healthcare technology solutions in the United States expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that there may be patents issued to third parties that relate to our products and technology of which we are not aware or that we must challenge to continue our operations as currently contemplated. Whether merited or not, we may face allegations that we, our licensees, or parties indemnified by us have infringed or otherwise violated the patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights of third parties. Such claims may be made by competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties. Additionally, so-called non-practicing entities collect patents and make claims of infringement in an attempt to extract settlements from companies like ours. We have faced such claims, although we do not believe they are material, and may attract such claims in the future. We may also face allegations that our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property or proprietary rights of their former employers or other third parties.
It may be necessary for us to initiate litigation to defend ourselves in order to determine the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights, or to establish our respective rights. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have merit, such claims can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and financial resources, and can be costly to evaluate and defend. Results of any such litigation are difficult to predict and may require us to stop commercializing or using our products or technology, obtain licenses, modify our solutions and technology while we develop non-infringing substitutes, or incur substantial damages, settlement costs, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or providing the affected products and solutions. If we require a third-party license, it may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, and we may have to pay substantial
 
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
royalties, upfront fees, or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products and solutions. We may also have to redesign our products or solutions so they do not infringe third-party intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time, during which our technology and products may not be available for commercialization or use. Even if we have an agreement to indemnify us against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. If we cannot or do not obtain a third-party license to the infringed technology, license the technology on reasonable terms, or obtain similar technology from another source, our revenue and earnings could be adversely impacted.
Further, some third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. And even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Moreover, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations. Assertions by third parties that we violate their intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.
We receive confidential and proprietary information from third parties in connection with the operation of our business. In addition, we may employ individuals who were previously employed at other technology companies, including our competitors. We may be subject to claims that us or our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise improperly used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees’ or contractors’ former employers. Further, we may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of employees, consultants, or others who are involved in developing our solutions. We may also be subject to claims that former employees, consultants, independent contractors or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging our right to and use of confidential and proprietary information. In addition to paying monetary damages, if we fail in defending against any such claims we may lose our rights therein, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.
Risks related to legal and governmental regulation
We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry.
Our current and future arrangements with our channel partners, healthcare professionals, consultants, clients, and third-party payors subject us to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws and other healthcare laws, including, without limitation, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (the “AKS”) and state kickback laws, the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, civil monetary penalties laws, the Stark Law, HIPAA, and the regulations promulgated under such laws. These laws impact, among other things, proposed sales, marketing, and educational programs, and other interactions with healthcare professionals and provider clients. For more information regarding the risks related to these laws and regulations please see “Business—Regulation—Healthcare fraud and abuse provisions.”
These laws are complex, may change rapidly, and the scope and enforcement and application of each of these laws to our specific services and relationships may not be clear and may be applied to our business in ways we do not anticipate. Federal and state regulatory and law enforcement authorities continue to focus on enforcement activities with respect to Medicare, Medicaid, other government and third-party payor programs, and other healthcare reimbursement laws and rules in an effort to reduce overall healthcare spending. Federal and state
 
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions, and settlements in the healthcare industry. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their statutory or regulatory exceptions and safe harbors, some of our business activities may be subject to challenge under one or more of them. In addition, new and evolving payment structures, for example, such as accountable care organizations and other arrangements involving combinations of healthcare providers who share savings, potentially implicate anti-kickback and other fraud and abuse laws. The government has prosecuted revenue cycle management service providers for causing the submission of false or fraudulent claims in violation of the federal civil False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq. (the “FCA”), and vendors of EHR software for, among other things, misrepresenting the capabilities of their software and payment of kickbacks to certain customers in exchange for promoting their products in violation of the AKS and the FCA. Errors created by our platform and our proprietary products and solutions that relate to entry, formatting, preparation, or transmission of claims, reporting of quality or other data pursuant to value-based purchasing initiatives, or cost report information may be alleged or determined to cause the submission of false claims or otherwise be in violation of these laws. As we continue to build new and evolving technologies, such as AI, machine learning, analytics, and biometrics, into our products and solutions, our business may become subject to additional complex and evolving regulatory requirements pertaining to the sale or use of these technologies. The sale of these technologies, or their use by us or by our clients or partners, may also subject us to additional risks, including reputational harm, competitive harm, or legal liabilities.
Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. Achieving and sustaining compliance requires us to implement controls across our entire organization which may prove costly and challenging to monitor and enforce. The risk of our being found in violation of healthcare laws and regulations is increased by the fact that their provisions are sometimes open to a variety of interpretations. We cannot assure you that our arrangements and activities will be deemed outside the scope of these laws or that increased enforcement activities will not directly or indirectly have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance, or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including administrative, civil, and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, disqualification from providing services to healthcare providers doing business with government programs, individual imprisonment, reputational harm, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, requirements to change or terminate some portions of our operations or business, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. If we are determined to have violated any of these laws, we may be required to give our clients the right to terminate our services agreements with them and/or required to refund portions of our base fee revenues and incentive payment revenues, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Likewise, if any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil, or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs and imprisonment as well. Any violations by, and resulting penalties or exclusions imposed upon, our clients could adversely affect their financial condition and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Even absent an alleged violation of law by us, participants in the healthcare industry receive inquiries or subpoenas to produce documents and provide testimony in connection with government investigations. We could be required to expend significant time and resources to comply with these requests, and the attention of our management team could be diverted by these efforts. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time consuming, and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. If any of the above occur, our ability to operate our business and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The healthcare regulatory and political framework is uncertain and evolving.
Almost all of our revenue is derived from the healthcare industry, which is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory, and other influences. Healthcare laws and regulations are rapidly evolving and may change significantly in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”) was adopted, which is a healthcare reform measure that provides healthcare insurance for millions of Americans. The ACA includes a variety of healthcare reform provisions and requirements that substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, which may significantly impact our industry and our business. As another example, Members of the United States Congress have in recent years proposed measures that would expand the role of government-sponsored coverage, including single payer or so-called “Medicare-for-All” proposals, which could have far-reaching implications for the healthcare industry and our business if enacted. We are unable to predict the full impact of any challenges to current healthcare laws or any health reform initiatives on our operations in light of the uncertainty regarding whether, when, and how alternative reforms (including single payer proposals), if any, may be enacted, the timing of enactment and implementation of alternative provisions and the impact of alternative provisions on various healthcare industry participants.
Further, in 2020, the HHS, Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (the “ONC”) and CMS promulgated final rules aimed at supporting seamless and secure access, exchange, and use of electronic health information (“EHI”), referred to as the Final Rule, by increasing innovation and competition by giving patients and their healthcare service providers secure access to health information and new tools, allowing for more choice in care and treatment. The Final Rule was intended to clarify and operationalize provisions of the 21st Century Cures Act regarding interoperability and “information blocking,” and created significant new requirements for health care industry participants. Information blocking is defined as activity that is likely to interfere with, prevent, or materially discourage access, exchange, or use of EHI, where a health information technology developer, health information network, or health information exchange knows or should know that such practice is likely to interfere with access to, exchange, or use of EHI. The Final Rule focuses on patients enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans, Medicaid, and Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”) fee-for-service programs, Medicaid managed care plans, CHIP managed care entities, and qualified health plans on the federally-facilitated exchanges, and enacts measures to enable patients to have both their clinical and administrative information travel with them.
In April 2023, the ONC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that would modify certain components of the Final Rule, including modifying and expanding certain exceptions to the information blocking regulations, which are intended to support information sharing. The April 2023 proposed rule would also establish new conditions and maintenance of certification requirements for health information technology developers under the ONC Health IT Certification Program.
Recent regulatory reform constitutes a significant departure from previous regulations regarding patient data. While these rules benefit us in that certain EHR vendors will no longer be permitted to interfere with our attempts at integration, they may also make it easier for other similar companies to enter the market, creating increased competition and reducing our market share.
In addition, we are subject to various other laws and regulations, including, among others, anti-kickback laws, antitrust laws, and the privacy and data protection laws described below. See “Business—Regulation—Healthcare fraud and abuse provisions.”
We are subject to health care laws and data privacy and security laws and regulations governing our Processing of personal information, including PHI, personal health records, and payment card data.
Numerous complex federal and state laws and regulations govern the Processing of personal information, including PHI, personal health records, and payment card data. State laws may be even more restrictive and not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by the courts and government agencies. These laws and regulations, including their interpretation by governmental agencies, are subject to frequent change and could have a negative impact on our business. Further, these varying interpretations could create complex
 
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
compliance issues for us and our partners and potentially expose us to additional expense, liability, penalties, negatively impact our client relationships, and lead to adverse publicity, and these risks could adversely affect our business in the short and long term. See “Business—Regulation—Federal and state health information privacy and security laws.”
We are a “Covered Entity” as defined under HIPAA when we provide our clearinghouse services, and we also are a “Business Associate” as defined under HIPAA for other Covered Entities when we provide revenue cycle management and other solutions. The HHS, OCR may impose civil penalties on both Covered Entities and Business Associates for their failure to comply with HIPAA requirements. The U.S. Department of Justice is responsible for criminal prosecutions under HIPAA. Penalties can vary significantly depending on a number of factors, such as whether the Covered Entity’s or Business Associate’s failure to comply was due to willful neglect. Violations of HIPAA could result in criminal penalties up to $250,000 and ten years in prison and civil penalties of up to $63,973 for each violation, with a cap of almost $1.92 million for violations of the same standard per calendar year, administrative fines and penalties, and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if we are required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan. A single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards over many years, resulting in potential penalties in excess of $1.92 million per year. For example, HIPAA violations at one covered entity resulted in total penalties of $16 million in 2018. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of the residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for HIPAA violations, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for recklessness in misusing individuals’ health information. If we are subject to investigation or litigation related to an alleged violation of HIPAA, then we may elect to resolve the matter through additional reporting and oversight obligations through a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. Such settlement could require payment of a civil penalty or damages, corrective action, and/or monitoring of our business by a third party.
The security measures that we and our third-party vendors and subcontractors have in place to ensure compliance with privacy and data protection laws may not protect our facilities and systems from security breaches or incidents, acts of vandalism or theft, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, malfeasance, programming, and human errors or other similar events. We may also be liable for privacy and security breaches and failures of our Business Associates and subcontractors. Even though we provide for appropriate protections through our agreements with our subcontractors, we still have limited control over their actions and practices. A breach of privacy or security of individually identifiable health information by a subcontractor may result in an enforcement action, including criminal and civil liability, against us. We are not able to predict the extent of the impact such incidents may have on our business. Our failure to comply with HIPAA and other health privacy laws may also result in criminal and civil liability. Enforcement actions against us could be costly and could interrupt regular operations, which may adversely affect our business. While we have not received any notices of violation of the applicable privacy and data protection laws and believe we are in compliance with such laws, there can be no assurance that we will not receive such notices in the future.
Our AI platform and the data it uses may also subject us to additional risks. We use de-identified claims data to train our revenue cycle management AI. In order to de-identify PHI for our AI, we must have explicit rights and permissions to do so from our clients. If we do not de-identify PHI in accordance with HIPAA’s safe harbor method or if we do not have rights or permissions to de-identify PHI, but de-identify PHI for such purposes, a regulator or client may consider such actions to be a breach of HIPAA’s requirements or of contractual requirements, and we may be subject to criminal and civil liability or other actions and our clients may not renew or terminate their contracts with us.
Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act (the “FTCA”) 15 U.S.C. § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools
 
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards. The FTC’s current guidance for appropriately securing consumers’ personal information is similar to what is required by the HIPAA security regulations, but this guidance may change in the future, resulting in increased complexity and the need to expend additional resources to ensure we are complying with the FTCA. For information that is not subject to HIPAA and deemed to be “personal health records,” the FTC may also impose penalties for violations of the Health Breach Notification Rule (“HBNR”) to the extent we are considered a “personal health record-related entity” or “third party service provider.” The FTC has taken several enforcement actions under HBNR this year and indicated that the FTC will continue to protect consumer privacy through greater use of the agency’s enforcement authorities. As a result, we expect even greater scrutiny by federal and state regulators, partners, and consumers of our Processing of health information, particularly with our AI-enabled solutions. Additionally, federal and state consumer protection laws are increasingly being applied by FTC and states’ attorneys general to regulate the Processing of personal information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content.
Other federal and state laws that restrict the use and protect the privacy and security of personally identifiable information are, in many cases, not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by the courts and government agencies. These varying interpretations can create complex compliance issues for us and our partners and potentially expose us to additional expense, adverse publicity, and liability, any of which could adversely affect our business. Recently, Washington State enacted a broadly applicable law to protect the privacy of personal health information known as the “My Health, My Data Act,” which generally requires consent for the collection, use, or sharing of any “consumer health data” which is defined as personal information that is linked or reasonably linkable to a consumer and that identifies a consumer’s past, present, or future physical or mental health. Other states have enacted similar bills.
Future laws, regulations, standards, obligations, amendments, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards, and obligations could impair our or our clients’ ability to Process information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our platform, increase our costs, and impair our ability to maintain and grow our client base, and increase our revenue. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, industry standards, and contractual obligations could impair our or our clients’ ability to collect, use, or disclose information relating to patients or consumers, which could decrease demand for our platform offerings, increase our costs, and impair our ability to maintain and grow our client base, and increase our revenue. Accordingly, we may find it necessary or desirable to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or to expend significant resources to modify our software or platform and otherwise adapt to these changes.
We are also subject to self-regulatory standards and industry certifications that may legally or contractually apply to us. These include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“PCI-DSS”) and AICPA Systems and Organization Controls 2 (“SOC 2”), with which we are currently compliant, and HITRUST certification, which we currently maintain. In the event we fail to comply with the PCI-DSS or fail to maintain our SOC 2 or HITRUST certification, we could be in breach of our obligations under client and other contracts, fines, and other penalties could result, and we may suffer reputational harm and damage to our business. Further, our clients may expect us to comply with more stringent privacy, data storage, and data security requirements than those imposed by laws, regulations or self-regulatory requirements, and we may be obligated contractually to comply with additional or different standards relating to our handling or protection of data.
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with domestic laws or regulations, industry standards, or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected breach or privacy or security incident, whether or not resulting in unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other data, may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines, and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our clients to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. We may be unable to make such changes and modifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and our ability to develop new products and features could be limited. Any of these developments could harm
 
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit retention of our platform or services by existing clients or adoption of our platform or services by new clients.
The healthcare industry is rapidly evolving, and we may experience reduced revenues and/or be forced to reduce our prices in response to changes to the healthcare regulatory landscape. Value-based care, surprise medical billing, and other laws and regulations that reduce or otherwise affect physician payments and reimbursement could adversely affect the number of transactions we process and our ability to recover charges for our clients’ services.
We may be subject to revenue reductions or pricing pressures arising from various sources, including government actions and the trend of payors shifting to new reimbursement models and value-based care arrangements that incentivize healthcare providers to improve the health of their patients while managing medical expenses of a particular population. Value-based care reimbursement models implemented by government healthcare programs or private third-party payors could materially change the manner in which our clients are reimbursed. Our clients and other entities with which we have business relationships are also affected by other changes in statutes, regulations, and limitations on government spending for Medicare, Medicaid, and other programs. Recent and future government actions and legislation could limit government spending for Medicare and Medicaid programs, limit payments to healthcare providers, initiate new and expanded value-based care reimbursement programs, impose price controls, and create other programs that potentially could have an adverse effect on our clients and the other entities with which we have a business relationship. If such actions or programs reduce the number of transactions, our revenues may decline along with our ability to absorb overhead costs, which may leave our business less profitable. Any failure to adequately implement strategic initiatives to adjust to these developments could have a material adverse impact on our business.
For example, the federal No Surprises Act, enacted in 2020, has impacted our clients, and may impact our business, product offerings, and procedures surrounding claims processing. The No Surprises Act may impact transaction volume and the manner in which our clients use our platform and may necessitate changes to our client contracting model to better align with the ways that our clients are being reimbursed. The No Surprises Act prohibits, among other things, “balance billing” or “surprise billing” by limiting patient costs for services to cost-sharing amounts and by banning providers from billing patients above these cost-sharing amounts. The No Surprises Act also created additional price transparency requirements, including the requirement that providers send patients and health plans a good faith estimate of the expected charges for furnishing certain items or services. If the actual charges are substantially higher than the estimate, the patient can invoke a dispute resolution process to challenge the higher amount. Further, subject to limited exceptions, the No Surprises Act also prohibited out-of-network providers from charging patients more than the relevant in-network cost sharing amount.
A number of state governments have also enacted or may enact legislation on surprise medical bills, which may adversely affect our revenue in those states. These measures could limit the amount our clients can recover for certain services they furnish where they have not contracted with the insurer, and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. For example, state surprise billing laws have established payment standards based on the median in-network rate or a multiplier of what Medicare would pay. These payment standards are often less than the average out-of-network payment and could therefore have an adverse effect on reimbursement rates, and we may experience additional impacts if more states adopt such laws. Moreover, these measures could affect our client’s ability to contract with certain payors or under historically similar terms, and may cause, and the prospect of these changes may cause, payors to seek to terminate or modify their contracts with our clients, further affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. There is also risk that additional legislation at the federal and state level will give rise to major third-party payors leveraging this legislation or related changes as an opportunity to terminate and renegotiate existing reimbursement rates, which may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Additionally, there have been numerous federal legislative and administrative actions that have affected government programs, including adjustments that have reduced or increased payments to physicians and other
 
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
healthcare providers and adjustments that have affected the complexity of our work. For example, the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 established a Quality Payment Program that requires physician groups to track and report a multitude of data relating to quality, clinical practice improvement activities, use of an EHR, and cost. Success or failure with respect to these measures may impact reimbursement in future years. Similarly, hospitals participating in the Medicare Value-Based Purchasing Program, which requires the reporting of quality and cost measures, may receive a net decrease in payments. It is possible that the federal or state governments will implement additional reductions, increases, or changes in reimbursement under government programs that will adversely affect our client base or increase the cost of providing our services. Any such changes could adversely affect our own financial condition by reducing the reimbursement rates of our clients.
We may be a party to legal, regulatory, and other proceedings that could result in adverse outcomes.
We have been, and may in the future be, a party to legal and regulatory proceedings and investigations, and other proceedings and investigations arising in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes and employment claims made by our current or former employees. Claims may also be asserted by or on behalf of a variety of other parties, including government agencies, patients or vendors of our clients, or stockholders. In addition, there are an increasing number of, and we may be subject to, investigations and proceedings in the healthcare industry generally that seek recovery under HIPAA, anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, civil monetary penalties laws, the Stark Law, state laws, and other statutes and regulations applicable to our business as described in more detail above. These and other similar statutory requirements impose statutory penalties for proven violations, which could be significant. We also may be subject to legal proceedings under non-healthcare federal and state laws affecting our business, such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (the “TCPA”), the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act (the “FDCPA”), the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 (the “CAN-SPAM Act”), Junk Fax Act, the CCPA, employment, banking and financial services, and USPS laws and regulations, as further detailed above and below. Such proceedings are inherently unpredictable, and the outcome can result in verdicts and/or injunctive relief that may affect how we operate our business or we may enter into settlements of claims for monetary payments. In some cases, substantial non-economic remedies or punitive damages may be sought. Governmental investigations, audits, and other reviews could also result in criminal penalties or other sanctions, including restrictions, changes in the way we conduct business, or exclusion from participation in government programs. We evaluate our exposure to these legal and regulatory proceedings and establish reserves for the estimated liabilities in accordance with GAAP. Assessing and predicting the outcome of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Unexpected outcomes in these legal proceedings, or changes in management’s evaluations or predictions and accompanying changes in established reserves, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.
Litigation is costly, time-consuming, and disruptive to normal business operations. The defense of these matters could also result in continued diversion of our management’s time and attention away from business operations, which could also harm our business. Insurance may not cover existing or future claims, be sufficient to fully compensate us for one or more of such claims, or continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our results of operations and resulting in a reduction in the trading price of our common stock. Even if these matters are resolved in our favor, the uncertainty and expense associated with unresolved legal proceedings could harm our business and reputation.
We are contractually required to comply with Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering (“BSA/AML”) laws and regulations as a payment facilitator in certain instances.
We are contractually required to comply with certain anti-money laundering laws and regulations. For instance, we comply with certain provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA”), which are enforced by the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the U.S. Department of Justice. We have policies, procedures, systems, and controls designed to identify and address potentially impermissible
 
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
transactions under these laws and regulations. In addition, we provide BSA/AML training to certain employees to help ensure compliance with such contractual requirements. However, any failure to comply with such contractual requirements could subject us to potential liability for breach of contract, which could adversely affect our business or financial condition.
Existing laws regulate our ability to engage in certain marketing activities.
We rely on a variety of marketing techniques, including email and telephone marketing. These activities are regulated by legislation such as the CAN-SPAM Act and the TCPA. The CAN-SPAM Act imposes penalties for the transmission of commercial emails that do not comply with certain requirements, such as providing an opt-out mechanism for stopping future emails from the sender. The TCPA places certain restrictions on making outbound calls, faxes, and text messages to consumers. Any failure by us to comply fully with any such applicable laws or regulations may subject us to substantial fines and penalties. In addition, any future restrictions in laws such as the CAN-SPAM Act, the TCPA, and various other laws and regulations regarding marketing and solicitation activities could adversely affect the continuing effectiveness of our marketing efforts and could force changes in our marketing strategies. If this occurs, we may not be able to develop adequate alternative marketing strategies, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
We must comply fully with website accessibility standards.
We conduct business through various internet websites and web-based applications that are subject to accessibility requirements. Courts have ruled that the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) applies to internet websites and other digital experiences and litigation related to ADA website accessibility has soared in recent years. Failing to comply with those requirements could leave us subject to claims, litigation, lawsuits, and, ultimately, substantial fines and penalties.
We could be subject to changes in our tax rates, the adoption of new tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities.
Current economic and political conditions make tax rates in any jurisdiction subject to significant change. Our future effective tax rates could also be affected by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws or their interpretation, including changes in tax laws affecting our products and solutions and the healthcare industry more generally. We are also subject to the examination of our tax returns and other documentation by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these examinations or that our assessments of the likelihood of an adverse outcome will be correct. If our effective tax rates were to increase or if the ultimate determination of our taxes owed is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, then this could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “TCJA”) eliminated the option to deduct research and development expenses for tax purposes in the year incurred and requires taxpayers to capitalize and subsequently amortize such expenses over five years for research activities conducted in the United States and over 15 years for research activities conducted outside the United States. This change was effective January 1, 2022. Unless the United States Treasury Department issues regulations that narrow the application of this provision or the provision is deferred, modified, or repealed by Congress, it could harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations. The actual impact of this provision will depend on multiple factors, including the amount of research and development expenses we will incur, whether we achieve sufficient income to fully utilize such deductions, and whether we conduct our research and development activities inside or outside the United States.
Our ability to use our net operating losses (“NOLs”) to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In addition, under the
 
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TCJA, as amended by The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act of 2020, the amount of post 2017 NOLs that we are permitted to utilize in any taxable year is limited to 80% of our taxable income in such year, where taxable income is determined without regard to the NOL deduction itself. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs. We have a valuation allowance related to our NOLs to recognize only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized.
Goodwill and other intangible assets represent approximately 92% of our total assets and we could suffer losses due to asset impairment charges.
In accordance with GAAP, goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life are not amortized but are subject to a periodic impairment evaluation. We assess our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment periodically in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting guidance. Our ability to realize the value of the goodwill and intangible assets will depend on the future cash flows of the businesses we have acquired, which in turn depend in part on how well we have integrated these businesses into our own business. Judgments made by management relate to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and our ability to realize undiscounted cash flows of the carrying amounts of such assets. The accuracy of these judgments may be adversely affected by several factors, including significant:

underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

changes in the manner of our use of acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business;

negative industry or economic trends; or

decline in our market capitalization relative to net book value for a sustained period.
These types of events or indicators and the resulting impairment analysis could result in impairment charges in the future. If we are not able to realize the value of the goodwill and intangible assets, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. Such impairment charges could materially and negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Risks related to our indebtedness
We have a substantial amount of debt, which could adversely affect our financial position and our ability to raise additional capital and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our obligations.
As of September 30, 2023, on a pro forma basis after taking into account the expected use of proceeds of this offering, we would have had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $      million, consisting of $      million outstanding under our First Lien Credit Facility and $      million outstanding under our Receivables Facility. Additionally, we would have had approximately $      million of availability under our Revolving Credit Facility as of September 30, 2023. Our substantial indebtedness may:

make it difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including with respect to our indebtedness;

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general business purposes;

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flow available for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general business purposes;

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including under our secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;

limit our ability to pay dividends;

limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared with our less-leveraged competitors;
 
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic, competitive, and industry conditions; and

increase our cost of borrowing.
Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our Credit Facilities may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.
The credit agreements governing our Credit Facilities contain, and any future credit agreements we may enter into may contain, a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to, subject to certain exceptions:

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

create or incur liens;

enter into sale and lease-back transactions;

engage in fundamental changes;

sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of assets;

pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;

make investments or acquisitions;

prepay, redeem, repurchase, or amend the terms of certain subordinated indebtedness;

create negative pledge clauses; and

enter into transactions with affiliates.
As a result of these covenants and restrictions, we are and will be limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility requires us to maintain a first lien leverage ratio, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered, but only if, on the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate amount of loans under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain letters of credit (in each case subject to certain exceptions specified therein) which are outstanding and/or issued, as applicable, exceeds 35% of the total amount of the commitments in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.
Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those covenants. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. A breach of any such covenants could result in a default under the applicable credit agreement, which could cause all of the outstanding indebtedness under such debt agreement to become immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we are unable to meet our obligations, we may be required to repay any outstanding amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, operations, and strategy. In addition, if we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Interest rate fluctuations may affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Because a substantial portion of our debt is variable-rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates could have a material effect on our business. We currently utilize, and may in the future utilize, derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge some of our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, but such instruments may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest fluctuations, and we may discontinue utilizing them at any time. As a result, we may incur higher interest costs if interest rates increase. These higher interest costs could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and the levels of cash we maintain for working capital.
 
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our current Credit Facilities or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.
We intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new products and solutions, enhance our existing products and solutions, enhance our operating infrastructure, and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies.
Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including the need to:

finance unanticipated working capital requirements;

develop or enhance our technological infrastructure and our existing products and solutions;

fund strategic relationships, including channel partners, joint ventures, and co-investments;

respond to competitive pressures; and

acquire complementary businesses, technologies, products, or solutions.
Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or equity-linked securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
General risk factors
Our business is significantly impacted by general macroeconomic conditions.
The COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical instability, including the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, actual and potential shifts in U.S. and foreign, trade, economic, and other policies, and rising trade tensions between the United States and China, as well as other global events, have significantly increased macroeconomic uncertainty at a global level. The current U.S. macroeconomic environment is characterized by record-high inflation, supply chain challenges, labor shortages, high interest rates, foreign currency exchange volatility, volatility in global capital markets, and growing recession risk. Such economic volatility could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and future market disruptions could negatively impact us. Further, adverse macroeconomic conditions affect our clients’ and prospective clients’ operations and financial condition and make it difficult for our clients and prospective clients to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, which may in turn cause our clients to elect not to renew their contracts or affect their ability to pay amounts owed to us in a timely manner or at all, or adversely affect prospective clients’ ability or willingness to enter into contracts with us. We have also observed the effect of inflation on our labor and cost structure. If these trends continue, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.
An economic downturn or increased uncertainty may also lead to increased credit and collectability risks, higher borrowing costs or reduced availability of capital and credit markets, reduced liquidity, adverse impacts on our suppliers, failures of counterparties including financial institutions and insurers, asset impairments, and declines in the value of our financial instruments.
 
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
We incurred net losses of $44.0 million and $47.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Our operating expenses may increase substantially in the foreseeable future, as we increase investments in our business. Furthermore, as a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result, our net losses may continue for the foreseeable future.
These efforts and additional expenses may prove more expensive than we expect, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase our revenue to offset such expenses. Our revenue growth may slow or our revenue may decline for a number of other reasons, including increased competition, or if we cannot capitalize on growth opportunities. If our revenue does not grow at a greater rate than our operating expenses, we will not be able to achieve profitability.
Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock
The Institutional Investors will continue to hold a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock after this offering and their interests may be different than the interests of other holders of our securities.
Upon the completion of this offering, the Institutional Investors will own approximately    % of our outstanding common stock, or approximately    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. As a result, the Institutional Investors are able to control or influence actions to be taken by us, including future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, amendments to our organizational documents, and the approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets, distributions of our assets, the incurrence of indebtedness, and any incurrence of liens on our assets.
The interests of the Institutional Investors may be materially different than the interests of our other stakeholders. In addition, the Institutional Investors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, the Institutional Investors may cause us to take actions or pursue strategies that could impact our ability to make payments under our Credit Facilities or cause a change of control. In addition, to the extent permitted by agreements governing our Credit Facilities, the Institutional Investors may cause us to pay dividends rather than make capital expenditures or repay debt. The Institutional Investors are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of the Institutional Investors, any of their respective affiliates, or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The Institutional Investors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
So long as the Institutional Investors continue to own a significant amount of our outstanding common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, they will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions and, so long as each of the Institutional Investors continues to own shares of our outstanding common stock, they will have the ability to nominate individuals to our board of directors pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement to be entered into in connection with this offering. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders agreement.” In addition, the Institutional Investors, acting together, will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.
 
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company,” among other exemptions:

we will not be required to engage an independent registered public accounting firm to report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,

we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and

we will not be required to comply with the requirement in Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard 3101, The Auditor’s Report on an Audit of Financial Statements When the Auditor Expresses an Unqualified Opinion, to communicate critical audit matters in the auditor’s report;

we will be permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” in our periodic reports and registration statements, including in this prospectus;

we will not be required to disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation; or

we will not be required submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency,” and “say-on-golden parachutes.”
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, meaning that we can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period, and as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with similarly situated public companies.
We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest to occur of (1) our reporting of $1.24 billion or more in annual gross revenue; (2) our becoming a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (3) our issuance, in any three year period, of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and (4) the fiscal year end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering.
We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be as comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile.
We will incur significant increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, regulatory, finance, accounting, investor relations, and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements and costs of recruiting and retaining non-executive directors. We also have incurred and will continue to incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, and related rules implemented by the SEC, and Nasdaq. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate
 
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements, diverting the attention of management away from revenue-producing activities. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions, and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement, and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
As a privately-held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”). As a public company, we will be subject to significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements, and harm our results of operations. In addition, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report following the completion of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. Once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” our auditors will be required to issue an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal controls on an annual basis.
In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the remediation of any deficiencies identified by us or our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the issuance of their attestation report. Our testing, or the subsequent testing (if required) by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Any material weaknesses could result in a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements or disclosures that may not be prevented or detected.
We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue an unqualified opinion. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report (to the extent it is required to issue a report), investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.
 
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
No market currently exists for our common stock, and an active, liquid trading market for shares of our common stock may not develop or be sustained, which may cause shares of our common stock to trade at a discount from the initial public offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of common stock you purchase.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of a trading market or how active and liquid that market may become. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop or continue, you may have difficulty selling your shares of our common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our common stock will trade in the public market after this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.
Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in “—Risks related to our business and our industry” and the following:

results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors, or failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

changes in economic conditions for companies in our industry;

changes in market valuations of, or earnings and other announcements by, companies in our industry;

declines in the market prices of stocks generally, particularly those of healthcare technology companies or SaaS companies regardless of industry;

additions or departures of key management personnel;

strategic actions by us or our competitors;

announcements by us, our competitors, dispositions, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments;

future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors, and significant stockholders;

changes in preference of our clients and our market share;

changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

changes in business or regulatory conditions;

future sales of our common stock or other securities;

investor perceptions of or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;
 
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business;

announcements, claims and/or allegations relating to litigation, governmental investigations, or compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance;

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock;

changes in accounting principles; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from informational technology system failures and disruptions, data security incidents or breaches, natural disasters, war, including the ongoing conflict in Ukraine, acts of terrorism, or responses to these events.
Furthermore, the stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that, in some cases, may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock are low.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
Investors in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution.
The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be substantially higher than the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of common stock than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders. Assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share of common stock, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $      per share of common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, you will experience additional dilution. See “Dilution.”
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of our common stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.
After this offering we will have approximately                 shares of common stock authorized but unissued. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will authorize us to issue these shares of common stock, other equity or equity-linked securities, options, and other equity awards relating to our common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote, and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock, if any.
We have reserved, or will reserve in the future, shares for issuance (i) for outstanding awards under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan and for grants under our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan and (ii) under our 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See “Executive compensation—Compensation arrangements to be adopted in connection with this offering.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering. In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of
 
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your shares of common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, and will depend on, among other things, general and economic conditions, our results of operations and financial condition, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, including restrictions under our credit agreements and other indebtedness we may incur, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend policy.”
As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.
Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following the completion of this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.
The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of                 shares of our common stock outstanding (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares). Of the outstanding shares, the                 shares sold in this offering (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), including our directors, executive officers, and other affiliates, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares eligible for future sale.”
The remaining outstanding                 shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders after this offering will be subject to certain restrictions on resale. We, our executive officers, directors, and our significant stockholders, including the Institutional Investors, will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock and certain other securities held by them for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares or securities subject to any such lock-up agreements. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up agreements. In addition, all stockholders who are party to the Stockholders Agreement are also subject to certain lock-up provisions during such 180-day period.
Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements and lock-up provisions described above, all of such         shares (or       shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of        shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale, and other limitations under Rule 144.
In addition, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019, by and among Derby Topco and the other parties named therein, which we expect to amend and restate in connection with this offering, certain of our existing stockholders will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration rights agreement.” By exercising their demand registration rights and selling a large number of shares, such existing stockholders could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to
 
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
decline. Following completion of this offering, the shares covered by demand registration rights would represent approximately     % of common stock outstanding (or    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Registration of any of these outstanding shares of our common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares eligible for future sale.”
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover                 shares of common stock.
As restrictions on resale end, or if the existing stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders. These provisions will provide for, among other things:

a classified board of directors until the second annual meeting of stockholders after the date on which the Institutional Investors collectively own less than 15% in voting power of the then-outstanding power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as a result of which our board of directors will be divided into three classes until such time, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms;

the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock;

advance notice requirements for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at our annual meetings;

certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings and taking stockholder action by written consent;

during the Protective Period (as defined in “Description of capital stock”), the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and

during the Protective Period, the required approval of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, to adopt, amend, or repeal certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
 
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board of Directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See “Description of capital stock.”
Our board of directors will be authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue 100,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences, and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce its value.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or if such court does not have jurisdiction, another state or the federal courts (as appropriate) located within the State of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees, or stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or if such court does not have jurisdiction, another state or the federal courts (as appropriate) located within the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, or other employee or stockholder of ours to us or our stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer of ours arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities laws of the United States, including any claims under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. See “Description of capital stock—Exclusive forum.”
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, except our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived (and cannot waive) compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, or stockholders which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our management may use the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may disagree or that may not be profitable.
Although we anticipate using the net proceeds from the offering as described under “Use of proceeds,” we will have broad discretion as to the application of the net proceeds and could use them for purposes other than those
 
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
contemplated by this offering. You may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and use the net proceeds. Our management may use the proceeds for corporate purposes that may not increase our profitability or otherwise result in the creation of stockholder value. In addition, pending our use of the proceeds, we may invest the proceeds primarily in instruments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.
 
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections entitled “Summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and “Business” and relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals, and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity, and capital resources and other financial and operating information. We have used the words “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “future,” “will,” “seek,” “foreseeable,” the negative version of these words or similar terms and phrases to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus.
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on management’s current expectations and are not guarantees of future performance. The forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties, assumptions, or changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict or quantify. Our expectations, beliefs, and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs, and projections will result or be achieved. Actual results may differ materially from these expectations due to changes in global, regional, or local economic, business, competitive, market, regulatory, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We believe that these factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk factors” and the following:

our operation in a highly competitive industry;

our ability to retain our existing clients and attract new clients;

our ability to successfully execute on our business strategies in order to grow;

our ability to accurately assess the risks related to acquisitions and successfully integrate acquired businesses;

our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships;

the growth and success of our clients and overall healthcare transaction volumes;

consolidation in the healthcare industry;

our selling cycle of variable length to secure new client agreements;

our implementation cycle that is dependent on our clients’ timing and resources;

our dependence on our senior management team and certain key employees, and our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees;

the accuracy of the estimates and assumptions we use to determine the size of our total addressable market;

our ability to develop and market new solutions, or enhance our existing solutions, to respond to technological changes, or evolving industry standards;

the interoperability, connectivity, and integration of our solutions with our clients’ and their vendors’ networks and infrastructures;

the performance and reliability of internet, mobile, and other infrastructure;

the consequences if we cannot obtain, process, use, disclose, or distribute the highly regulated data we require to provide our solutions;

our reliance on certain third-party vendors and providers;

any errors or malfunctions in our products and solutions;

failure by our clients to obtain proper permissions or provide us with accurate and appropriate information;
 
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

the potential for embezzlement, identity theft, or other similar illegal behavior by our employees or vendors, and a failure of our employees or vendors to observe quality standards or adhere to environmental, social, and governance standards.

our compliance with the applicable rules of NACHA and the applicable requirements of card networks;

increases in card network fees and other changes to fee arrangements;

the effect of payer and provider conduct which we cannot control;

privacy concerns and security breaches or incidents relating to our platform;

the complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection, and cybersecurity;

our ability to adequately protect and enforce our intellectual property rights;

our ability to use or license data and integrate third-party technologies;

our use of “open source” software;

legal proceedings initiated by third parties alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights;

claims that our employees, consultants, or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties;

the heavily regulated industry in which we conduct business;

the uncertain and evolving healthcare regulatory and political framework;

health care laws and data privacy and security laws and regulations governing our Processing of personal information;

reduced revenues in response to changes to the healthcare regulatory landscape;

legal, regulatory, and other proceedings that could result in adverse outcomes;

consumer protection laws and regulations;

contractual obligations requiring compliance with certain provisions of BSA/AML laws and regulations;

existing laws that regulate our ability to engage in certain marketing activities;

our full compliance with website accessibility standards;

any changes in our tax rates, the adoption of new tax legislation, or exposure to additional tax liabilities;

limitations on our ability to use our NOLs to offset future taxable income;

losses due to asset impairment charges;

restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our Credit Facilities;

interest rate fluctuations;

unavailability of additional capital on acceptable terms or at all;

the impact of general macroeconomic conditions;

our history of net losses and our ability to achieve or maintain profitability;

the interests of the Institutional Investors may be different than the interests of other holders of our securities;

our status as an “emerging growth company” and whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common stock less attractive to investors; and

the other factors discussed under “Risk factors.”
These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize,
 
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.
Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, investments, or other strategic transactions we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise, except as may be required by any applicable securities laws.
 
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $      million from the sale of        shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the net proceeds to us will be approximately $      million.
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our Second Lien Credit Facility and $      million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under our First Lien Credit Facility, with any remainder to be used for general corporate purposes.
As of September 30, 2023, we had $1.7 billion of outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Credit Facility. The First Lien Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on October 22, 2026. As of September 30, 2023, borrowings under the First Lien Credit Facility bore interest at 9.4% per annum.
As of September 30, 2023, we had $468.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Facility. The Second Lien Credit Facility is scheduled to mature on October 22, 2027. As of September 30, 2023, borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Facility bore interest at 13.2% per annum.
See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources—Indebtedness” for additional information regarding our First Lien Credit Facility and our Second Lien Credit Facility.
Certain of the underwriters and/or certain of their affiliates, and affiliates of CPPIB and Bain, are lenders under our First Lien Credit Facility and/or our Second Lien Credit Facility, and, as a result, will receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.
 
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
We currently expect to retain all future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock. The declaration, amount, and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, and will depend on, among other things, general and economic conditions, our results of operations and financial condition, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, including restrictions under our credit agreements and other indebtedness we may incur, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. If we elect to pay such dividends in the future, we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of such dividends at any time.
 
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2023:

on an actual basis; and

on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the issuance and sale of          shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds to us therefrom as described under “Use of proceeds.”
You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of proceeds” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” as well as our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of September 30, 2023
($ in thousands, except share and par value)
Actual
As adjusted(1)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 44,450 $         
Debt:
Revolving Credit Facility(2)
First Lien Credit Facility(2)
1,735,311
Second Lien Credit Facility(2)
468,000
Receivables Facility(2)
50,000
Total debt
2,253,311
Stockholders’ equity:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, 222,000,000 shares authorized, actual; 201,113,805 shares issued and outstanding, actual;        shares authorized, as adjusted;       shares issued and outstanding, as
adjusted
2,011
Additional paid-in capital
2,230,925
Accumulated deficit
(179,934)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
29,061
Total stockholders’ equity
$ 2,082,063 $
Total capitalization
$ 4,335,374 $
(1) To the extent we change the number of shares of common stock sold by us in this offering from the shares we expect to sell or we change the initial public offering price from the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, or any combination of these events occurs, the net proceeds to us from this offering and each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization may increase or decrease. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $      , assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering and each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization by approximately $      after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) See “Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition—Liquidity and capital resources—Indebtedness” for more information regarding our Revolving Credit Facility, First Lien Credit Facility, Second Lien Credit Facility, and Receivables Facility.
 
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders.
Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2023 was approximately $(2,300.7) million, or $(11.44) per share of our common stock. We calculate net tangible book value (deficit) per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.
After giving further effect to (i) our sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering as set forth under “Use of proceeds,” our as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2023 would have been $      million, or $      per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (or a decrease in net tangible book deficit) of $      per share to existing stockholders and an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value (deficit) of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock
$
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our common stock as of September 30, 2023
$ (11.44)
Increase in tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering
As adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering
Dilution per share of our common stock to new investors in this offering
$
Dilution is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share of common stock after the offering from the initial public offering price per share of common stock.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock, the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after giving effect to the offering and the use of proceeds therefrom would be $      per share. This represents an increase in as adjusted net tangible book value (or a decrease in as adjusted net tangible book deficit) of $      per share to the existing stockholders and results in dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) of $      per share to new investors.
Assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the tangible book value attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering by $      per share and the dilution to new investors by $      per share and increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after giving effect to this offering by $      per share.
The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2023, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid. The table below assumes an initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price
 
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, for shares purchased in this offering and excludes the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
Shares purchased
Total consideration
Average price
per share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
(in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages)
Existing stockholders
201,109
    %
$ 2,176
    %
$ 10.82
New investors
%
%
$
Total
100.0%
$
100.0%
If the underwriters were to exercise in full their option to purchase                 additional shares of our common stock from us, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders who are directors, officers, or affiliated persons as of September 30, 2023 would be    % and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be    %.
Assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $      million, $      million, and $      per share, respectively.
To the extent that we grant options to our employees in the future and those options are exercised or other issuances of common stock are made, there will be further dilution to new investors.
 
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations section should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Summary historical financial and other data,” our consolidated financial statements, and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties about our business and operations. Our actual results and the timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those we describe under “Risk factors,” “Forward-looking statements,” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.
Overview
Waystar provides healthcare organizations with mission-critical cloud software that simplifies healthcare payments. Our enterprise-grade platform streamlines the complex and disparate processes our healthcare provider clients must manage to be reimbursed correctly, while improving the payments experience for providers, patients, and payers. We leverage AI as well as proprietary, advanced algorithms to automate payment-related workflow tasks and drive continuous improvement, which enhances claim and billing accuracy, enriches data integrity, and reduces labor costs for providers.
Our software is used daily by providers of all types and sizes across the continuum of care, including physician practices, clinics, surgical centers, and laboratories, as well as large hospitals and health systems. We currently serve approximately 30,000 clients of various sizes, representing approximately one million distinct providers practicing across a variety of care sites, including 18 of the top 22 U.S. News Best Hospitals. Our client base is highly diversified, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022, our top 10 clients accounted for only 11.5% and 11.4%, respectively, of our total revenue. Our business model is designed such that as our clients grow to serve more patients, their claims and transactional volumes increase, resulting in corresponding growth in our business. In addition, our clients frequently adopt a greater number of our solutions over time and introduce our solutions across new sites of care. The number of clients from whom we generate over $100,000 of revenue has grown from 733 in the twelve months ended March 31, 2021 to 1,033 in the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, driven by large, new client wins and successful cross-selling and up-selling efforts. In 2022, we facilitated over 4 billion healthcare payments transactions, including over $900 billion in gross claims volume, spanning approximately 50% of patients in the United States.
Our platform benefits from powerful network effects. Our cloud-based software is driven by a sophisticated, automated, and curated rules engine, employing AI to generate and incorporate real-time feedback from millions of network transactions processed through our platform each day. Every transaction we process provides additional data insights across providers, patients, and payers, which are embedded in updates that are deployed efficiently across our client base. This results in cumulative benefits to us over time — as we capture more data from each transaction we process, we leverage that data to continue to improve the Waystar platform through embedded machine learning, advanced algorithms, and other in-house AI technologies to deliver added value to our clients. In turn, the more value we create for our clients, the more likely it is that they will continue to use our products, allowing us to continue to capture more data that results in tangible improvements to our platform. As a result, our clients benefit from faster and more efficient performance from software that is evolving to meet ever-changing regulatory and payer requirements, enabling accurate and timely reimbursement.
We have demonstrated an ability to drive recurring, predictable, and profitable growth. Over 99% of our revenue is either recurring subscription or based on highly predictable volumes. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, our Net Revenue Retention Rate was 109.0%, and for the year ended December 31, 2022, our Net Revenue Retention Rate was 109.5%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we generated revenue of $584.3 million (reflecting a 11.8% increase compared to revenue of $522.8 million for the same period in the prior year), net loss of $36.9 million (reflecting a 2.8% decrease compared to net loss of $35.9
 
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
million for the same period in the prior year), and Adjusted EBITDA of $247.5 million (reflecting a 13.9% increase compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $217.2 million for the same period in the prior year). For the year ended December 31, 2022, we generated revenue of $704.9 million (reflecting a 22% increase compared to revenue of $578.6 million in the prior year), net loss of $44.0 million (reflecting a 6% decrease compared to net loss of $47.1 million in the prior year), and Adjusted EBITDA of $295.5 million (reflecting a 16% increase compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $254.5 million in the prior year).
Significant items affecting comparability
We believe that the future growth and profitability of our business, and the comparability of our results from period to period, depend on numerous factors, including the following:

Our ability to expand our relationship with existing clients. As our clients grow their businesses and provide more services and see more patients, our volume-based revenues also increase. In addition, our growth in revenues also depends on our ability to sell more products and solutions to existing clients, including through cross-selling as our clients adopt additional Waystar offerings as well as up-selling as our clients leverage our solutions across additional providers and sites of care.

Our ability to grow our client base. We are focused on continuing to grow our client base, which will depend in part on our ability to continue to maintain our product leadership, invest in our research and development team, and maintain our reputation and brand.

Timing and number of acquisitions. Since 2018, we have completed and successfully integrated seven acquisitions, and we recently closed our eighth. The historical results of operations of our acquisitions are only included starting from the date of closing of such acquisition. As a result, our consolidated statements of operations for any given period during which an acquisition closed may not be comparable to future periods, which would include the results of operations of such acquisition for the entirety of such future period.
On August 24, 2021, we closed the acquisition of 100% of the capital stock of Patientco, a leading provider of omnichannel patient payments, communications, and engagement software. We acquired this business to enable us to optimize the patient payments experience to complement our existing solutions, provide us greater access to the hospital market, and improve our competitive positioning. On August 3, 2023, we acquired 100% of HealthPay24 to further enhance our patient payment solutions. The acquired solutions primarily generate volume-based revenue, with a higher cost of revenue relative to the cost of revenue for other Waystar solutions. Our consolidated statements of operations include the results of operations of Patientco for approximately four months of 2021 and the full year in 2022, which impacts the comparability of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2022. The higher cost of revenue associated with the additional volume-based revenue as a result of these acquisitions is not expected to materially change post-acquisition. HealthPay24 is included for approximately two months for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.
Impacts of the initial public offering
Impact of debt extinguishment
Assuming net proceeds after expenses to us of $     million in connection of the sale of common stock in this offering and the application of such net proceeds to all outstanding indebtedness under our Second Lien Credit Facility and $      million aggregate principal amount of indebtedness under our First Lien Credit Facility as described in “Use of proceeds,” we expect to incur debt extinguishment costs of $     million related to the write-off of unamortized debt discounts.
Stock-based compensation expenses
Upon the completion of this offering (and based on the initial offering price being equal to the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus), we expect to recognize initial stock-based compensation expense of $    
 
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
million per year over the applicable vesting periods in connection the following equity awards that we expect to grant in connection with this offering: (i)      options with an exercise price equal to the initial offering price and      restricted stock units that, in each case, we expect to award to certain of our employees and (ii)      restricted stock units with an initial value of $200,000 (based on the initial offering price) per award that we expect to award to each of our non-employee directors who are not employed by any of the Institutional Investors. Such stock-based compensation expense will be reflected in our results of operations from the closing date of this offering through the applicable vesting periods of such awards. In addition, it is expected that future equity awards will be issued under our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan in the ordinary course.
Incremental public company expenses
Following this offering, we will incur significant expenses on an ongoing basis that we did not incur as a private company. Those costs include additional director and officer liability insurance expenses, as well as third-party and internal resources related to accounting, auditing, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, legal, and investor and public relations expenses. These costs will generally be expensed under general and administrative expenses.
Components of results of operations
Revenue
We primarily generate two types of revenue: (i) subscription revenue and (ii) volume-based revenue, which account for 99% of total revenue for all periods presented. We believe we have high visibility into our volume-based and subscription revenue from existing clients. We refer to the solutions our clients use to better process and understand their payment workflows from payers as provider solutions, and we refer to the products that assist healthcare providers in collecting payments from patients as patient payment solutions. We expect provider solutions will continue to generate the substantial majority of our total revenue, although the revenue mix attributable to patient payment solutions is expected to increase slightly over time.

Subscription revenue. Reflects recurring monthly provider count fees and minimum amounts owed. The vast majority of subscription revenue is generated by provider solutions, which constituted approximately 70% of total revenue in each of 2021 and 2022 and the nine months ended September 30, 2023.

Volume-based revenue. Represents recurring fees associated with transaction count or dollar volumes in excess of minimums. Generally, approximately half of our volume-based revenue is generated from provider solutions that are based on transaction count, with the other half from patient payments solutions that are based on either dollar volumes or transaction count.
We also derive revenue from implementation fees for our software, as well as hardware sales to facilitate patient payments. Our implementation fees are billed upfront and the revenue is recognized ratably over the contract term.
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of revenue includes salaries, stock-based compensation, and benefits (“personnel costs”) for our team members who are focused on implementation, support, and other client-focused operations, as well as team members focused on enhancing and developing our platform. Cost of revenue also includes costs for third-party technology such as interchange fees and infrastructure related to the operations of our platform, including communicating and processing patient payments, and services to support the delivery of our solutions. Third-party costs for patient payments solutions are approximately 60% of the revenue generated from these solutions, while third-party costs for provider solutions are approximately 6% of the associated revenue.
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing costs consist primarily of personnel costs, internal sales commissions, channel partner fees, travel, and advertising costs.
 
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs incurred in our corporate service functions such as finance expenses, legal, human resources, and information technology, as well as other professional service costs.
Research and development
Research and development (“R&D”) costs consist primarily of personnel costs for team members engaged in research and development activities as well as third-party fees. All such costs are expensed as incurred, except for capitalized software development costs.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization consists of the depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of certain intangible assets, including capitalized software.
Other expense
Other expense consists primarily of interest expense and related-party interest expense, inclusive of the impact of interest rate swaps.
Income tax benefit
Income tax benefit includes current income tax and income tax credits from deferred taxes. Income tax benefit is recognized in profit and loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in equity or other comprehensive income, in which case the income tax expense is also recognized in equity or other comprehensive income.
 
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022
The following table provides consolidated operating results for the periods indicated and percentage of revenue for each line item:
Nine months ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2023
2022
Change
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
Revenue
$ 584,315
100.0%
$ 522,773
100.0%
$ 61,542
11.8%
Operating expenses
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
182,578
31.2%
161,163
30.8%
21,415
13.3%
Sales and marketing
93,490
16.0%
81,605
15.6%
11,885
14.6%
General and administrative
46,524
8.0%
57,966
11.1%
(11,442)
(19.7)%
Research and development
25,548
4.4%
24,532
4.7%
1,016
4.1%
Depreciation and amortization
131,780
22.6%
136,583
26.1%
(4,803)
(3.5)%
Total operating expenses
479,920
82.1%
461,849
88.3%
18,071
3.9%
Income from operations
104,395
17.9%
60,924
11.7%
43,471
71.4%
Other expense
Interest expense
(147,047)
(25.2)%
(106,305)
(20.3)%
(40,742)
38.3%
Related party interest expense
(6,010)
(1.0)%
(4,228)
(0.8)%
(1,782)
42.1%
Loss before income taxes
(48,662)
(8.3)%
(49,609)
(9.5)%
947
(1.9)%
Income tax (benefit)
(11,743)
(2.0)%
(13,688)
(2.6)%
1,945
(14.2)%
Net loss
$ (36,919)
(6.3)%
$ (35,921)
(6.9)%
$ (998)
2.8%
Revenue
Nine months ended September 30,
($ in thousands)
2023
2022
Change
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
Subscription revenue
$ 297,596
50.9%
$ 272,603
52.1%
$ 24,993
9.2%
Volume-based revenue
284,178
48.6%
248,158
47.5%
36,020
14.5%
Services and other revenue
2,541
0.4%
2,012
0.4%
529
26.3%
Total revenue
$ 584,315
100.0%
$ 522,773
100.0%
$ 61,542
11.8%
Revenue was $584.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $522.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, an increase of $61.5 million, or 11.8%, of which $25.0 million was attributed to subscription revenue primarily from existing clients and was almost entirely generated by provider solutions. Further, an increase of $36.0 million was driven by volume-based revenue primarily related to the increase in existing client usage, with $13.8 million generated by provider solutions and $22.3 million related to patient payments solutions.
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of revenue was $182.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $161.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, an increase of $21.4 million, or 13.3%. The increase was primarily driven by $17.6 million in increased costs stemming from higher transaction volume and associated third-party costs, including higher platform usage, of which $5.2 million was from costs associated with provider solutions and $12.4 million from patient payments solutions.
 
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expense was $93.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $81.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, an increase of $11.9 million, or 14.6%. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in channel partner fees and internal sales commissions of $7.0 million, and an increase in marketing expenses of $2.5 million.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense was $46.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $58.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, a decrease of $11.5 million, or 19.7%. The decrease was primarily driven by an impairment expense of $10.9 million recognized in 2022 related to leasehold improvements and right-of-use assets at closed office locations and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.5 million recognized in 2022. This was partially offset by an increase of $1.6 million in expenses incurred related to costs associated with the initial public offering that do not qualify as deferred offering costs recorded in 2023.
Research and development
Research and development expense was $25.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, which was relatively flat as compared to $24.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense was $131.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $136.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, a decrease of $4.8 million, or 3.5%. The decrease was primarily driven by $6.3 million of amortization in 2022 related to intangible assets that were fully amortized as of January 1, 2023.
Other expense
Total interest expense was $153.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $110.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, an increase of $42.5 million, or 38.5%. The increase was related to higher interest expense with respect to our First Lien Credit Facility and Second Lien Credit Facility of $41.1 million driven by increased interest rates, which is net of the impact of the swap arrangement.
Income tax benefit
Income tax benefit was $11.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $13.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, an increase of $1.9 million, or 14.2%. The decrease was primarily driven by the decrease in pre-tax loss.
 
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021
The following table provides consolidated operating results for the periods indicated and percentage of revenue for each line item:
Year ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2022
2021
Change
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
Revenue
$ 704,874
100.0%
$ 578,565
100.0%
$ 126,309
21.8%
Operating expenses
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization)
214,891
30.5%
151,766
26.2%
63,125
41.6%
Sales and marketing
111,470
15.8%
96,545
16.7%
14,925
15.5%
General and administrative
73,089
10.4%
65,545
11.3%
7,544
11.5%
Research and development
32,807
4.7%
28,336
4.9%
4,471
15.8%
Depreciation and amortization
183,167
26.0%
176,058
30.4%
7,109
4.0%
Total operating expenses
615,424
87.3%
518,250
89.6%
97,174
18.8%
Income from operations
89,450
12.7%
60,315
10.4%
29,135
48.3%
Other expense
Interest expense
(148,967)
(21.1)%
(123,514)
(21.3)%
(25,453)
20.6%
Related party interest expense
(6,358)
(0.9)%
(3,497)
(0.6)%
(2,861)
81.8%
Loss before income taxes
(65,875)
(9.3)%
(66,696)
(11.5)%
821
(1.2)%
Income tax (benefit)
(21,846)
(3.1)%
(19,580)
(3.4)%
(2,266)
11.6%
Net loss
$ (44,029)
(6.2)%
$ (47,116)
(8.1)%
$ 3,087
(6.6)%
Revenue
Year ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2022
2021
Change
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
($)
(%)
Subscription revenue
$ 366,717
52.0%
$ 334,475
57.8%
$ 32,242
9.6%
Volume-based revenue
335,452
47.6%
241,886
41.8%
93,566
38.7%
Services and other revenue
2,705
0.4%
2,204
0.4%
501
22.7%
Total revenue
$ 704,874
100.0%
$ 578,565
100.0%
$ 126,309
21.8%
Revenue was $704.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $578.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $126.3 million, or 21.8%, of which $32.1 million was attributed to subscription revenue primarily from existing clients, with $27.2 million generated by provider solutions, and $4.9 million generated from patient payments solutions. Another $93.7 million was attributed to volume-based revenue primarily related to expansion of existing client usage and acquired clients, of which $20.6 million was generated by provider solutions and $73.1 million by patient payments solutions. The increase from patient payments solutions was driven by the acquisition of Patientco, which was included in our consolidated results following the acquisition on August 24, 2021.
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
Cost of revenue was $214.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $151.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $63.1 million, or 41.6%. The increase was primarily driven by $52.3 million in increased costs stemming from higher transaction volume and associated third-party costs,
 
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
including higher platform usage, of which approximately $2.6 million was from costs associated with provider solutions and $49.6 million from patient payments solutions. In addition, there was an $8.0 million increase in personnel costs. The higher percentage increase in cost of revenue as compared to the percentage increase of revenue reflects the acquisition of Patientco, and associated higher patient payment solution third-party costs associated with revenues, which was included in our consolidated results following the acquisition on August 24, 2021.
Sales and marketing
Sales and marketing expense was $111.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $96.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $15.0 million, or 15.5%. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in personnel costs of $6.8 million and channel partner fees and internal commissions of $6.9 million.
General and administrative
General and administrative expense was $73.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $65.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $7.5 million, or 11.5%. The increase was primarily driven by an impairment expense recognized related to leasehold improvements and right-of-use assets at closed office locations of $10.9 million and incremental software license fees of $0.8 million, which was partially offset by a $5.0 million reduction in third-party professional fees.
Research and development
Research and development expense was $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $4.5 million, or 15.8%. The increase was primarily driven by higher personnel costs, net of capitalized expenses, of $4.0 million.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense was $183.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $176.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $7.1 million, or 4.0%. The increase was primarily driven by amortization from intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisition of Patientco.
Other expense
Total interest expense was $155.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $127.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $28.3 million, or 22.3%. The increase was primarily related to increases in interest rates and debt incurred in connection with the acquisition of Patientco, which were partially offset by lower principal outstanding after the $47.0 million partial pay down in principal of the Second Lien Credit Facility in April 2022.
Income tax benefit
Income tax benefit was $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $2.3 million, or 11.6%. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in R&D credits generated, offset by a decrease in pre-tax earnings.
Quarterly financial information
The following tables summarize our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for the ten quarters ended September 30, 2023. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and reflects, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements
 
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.
Three months ended
($ in thousands)
June 30,
2021
September 30,
2021
December 31,
2021
March 31,
2022
June 30,
2022
September 30,
2022
December 31,
2022
March 31,
2023
June 30,
2023
September 30,
2023
Revenue
$ 135,840 $ 147,403 $ 163,162 $ 171,420 $ 173,379 $ 177,973 $ 182,102 $ 191,083 $ 195,969 $ 197,263
Operating expenses
Cost of revenue (exclusive
of depreciation and
amortization)
32,804 38,310 49,357 52,184 53,689 55,288 53,728 59,155 60,500 62,922
Sales and marketing
23,145 24,701 28,170 26,067 26,896 28,643 29,865 29,964 31,413 32,114
General and
administrative
14,353 17,439 17,691 24,568 17,860 15,537 15,123 14,681 14,478 17,365
Research and development
5,686 6,885 10,028 7,836 8,064 8,632 8,275 8,326 8,249 8,972
Depreciation and
amortization
42,607 44,629 46,186 45,361 45,762 45,460 46,584 43,966 44,140 43,675
Total operating expenses
118,595 131,964 151,432 156,016 152,271 153,560 153,575 156,092 158,780 165,048
Income from operations
17,245 15,439 11,730 15,404 21,108 24,413 28,527 34,991 37,189 32,215
Other expense
Interest expense
(28,696) (30,645) (34,886) (33,635) (34,430) (38,241) (42,662) (47,147) (49,145) (50,755)
Related party interest
expense
(924) (1,005) (444) (1,153) (1,315) (1,760) (2,130) (2,354) (2,001) (1,655)
Loss before income taxes
(12,375) (16,211) (23,600) (19,384) (14,637) (15,588) (16,265) (14,510) (13,957) (20,195)
Income tax (benefit)
(3,144) (4,152) (8,570) (4,815) (3,759) (5,114) (8,157) (3,887) (3,147) (4,709)
Net loss
$ (9,231) $ (12,059) $ (15,030) $ (14,569) $ (10,878) $ (10,474) $ (8,108) $ (10,623) $ (10,810) $ (15,486)
Key performance metrics and non-GAAP financial measures
We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful to investors in highlighting trends in our operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate and capital investments. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to establish discretionary annual incentive compensation, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. Management supplements GAAP results with non-GAAP financial measures to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone provide.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) or net income (loss) margin as measures of financial performance or cash provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, these measures are not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management’s discretionary use, as they do not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments, and debt service requirements. The presentations of these measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company. A reconciliation is provided below for our non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP
 
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
financial measures and the reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before interest expense, net, income tax benefit, depreciation and amortization, and as further adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, acquisition and integration costs, asset and lease impairments, costs of extinguishing debt, and IPO related costs. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.
The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and net loss margin to Adjusted EBITDA margin for nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
Nine months ended September 30,
Year ended December 31,
($ in thousands)
2023
2022
2022
2021
Net loss
$ (36,919) $ (35,921) $ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Interest expense, net
153,057 110,533 155,325 127,011
Income tax benefit
(11,743) (13,688) (21,846) (19,580)
Depreciation and amortization
131,780 136,583 183,167 176,058
Stock-based compensation expense
6,505 5,646 8,003 6,827
Acquisition and integration costs
3,236 1,491 2,208 10,210
Asset and lease impairments(a)
10,856 10,856
Costs of extinguishing debt
1,549 1,549 1,042
IPO related costs
1,554 176 275 35
Adjusted EBITDA
$ 247,470 $ 217,225 $ 295,508 $ 254,487
Revenue
$ 584,315 $ 522,773 $ 704,874 $ 578,565
Net loss margin
(6.3)%
(6.9)%
(6.2)%
(8.1)%
Adjusted EBITDA margin
42.4%
41.6%
41.9%
44.0%
(a) Reflects the impact of the impairment expense recognized related to leasehold improvements and right-of-use assets at closed office locations.
Net Revenue Retention Rate
We also regularly monitor and review our Net Revenue Retention Rate.
The following table presents our Net Revenue Retention Rate for September 30, 2023 and 2022 respectively, and for December 31, 2022 and 2021 respectively:
Twelve months ended September 30,
Year ended December 31,
2023
2022
2022
2021
Net Revenue Retention Rate
109.0%
109.0%
109.5%
111.0%
Our Net Revenue Retention Rate compares twelve months of client invoices for our solutions at two period end dates. To calculate our Net Revenue Retention Rate, we first accumulate the total amount invoiced during the twelve months ending with the prior period-end, or Prior Period Invoices. We then calculate the total amount invoiced to those same clients for the twelve months ending with the current period-end, or Current Period Invoices. Current Period Invoices are inclusive of upsell, downsell, pricing changes, clients that cancel or chose not to renew, and discontinued solutions with continuing clients. The Net Revenue Retention Rate is then calculated by dividing the Current Period Invoices by the Prior Period Invoices. Our total invoices included in the analysis are greater than 98% of reported revenue. We use Net Revenue Retention Rate to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. Acquired businesses are included in the last-twelve month
 
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Net Revenue Retention Rate in the ninth quarter after acquisition, which is the earliest point that comparable post-acquisition invoices are available for both the current and prior twelve-month period.
Customer Count with >$100,000 Revenue
We also regularly monitor and review our count of clients who generate more than $100,000 of revenue.
The following table sets forth our count of clients who generate more than $100,000 of revenue for the periods presented:
March 31,
2021
June 30,
2021
September 30,
2021
December 31,
2021
March 31,
2022
June 30,
2022
September 30,
2022
December 31,
2022
March 31,
2023
June 30,
2023
September 30,
2023
Customer Count with >$100,000 Revenue
733 808 859 893 920 939 963 982 1,007 1,023 1,033
Our count of clients who generate more than $100,000 of revenue is based on an accumulation of the amounts invoiced to clients over the preceding twelve months. The invoices for acquired clients are included starting in the first full calendar quarter after the date of acquisition.
Liquidity and capital resources
Overview
We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet current and future needs. Our expected primary uses on a short-term and long-term basis are for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, and investments in future growth, including acquisitions. We have historically funded our operations and acquisitions through our cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations, and debt financings. We believe that our existing unrestricted cash on hand, expected future cash flows from operations, and additional borrowings will provide sufficient resources to fund our operating requirements, as well as future capital expenditures, debt service requirements, and investments in future growth for at least the next 12 months. To the extent additional funds are necessary to meet our long-term liquidity needs as we continue to execute our business strategy, we anticipate that they will be obtained through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional equity financings, or a combination of these potential sources of funds. In the event that we need access to additional cash, we may not be able to access the credit markets on commercially acceptable terms or at all. Our ability to fund future operating expenses and capital expenditures and our ability to meet future debt service obligations or refinance our indebtedness will depend on our future operating performance, which will be affected by general economic, financial, and other factors beyond our control, including those described under “Risk factors.”
On September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had restricted cash of $8.4 million and $8.1 million, respectively, which consists of cash deposited in lockbox accounts owned by us which are contractually required to be disbursed to participating clients on the following day, as well as cash collected on behalf of healthcare providers from patients that have not yet been remitted to providers. These funds payable are not available for our use and liquidity, and are offset on our balance sheet by an aggregated funds payable liability.
Our liquidity is influenced by many factors, including timing of revenue and corresponding cash collections, the amount and timing of investments in strategic initiatives, our investments in property, equipment, and software, as well as other factors described under “Risk factors.” Depending on the severity and direct impact of these factors on us, we may not be able to secure additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cash flows
Cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022 are summarized in the following table:
Nine months ended September 30,
Change
($ in thousands)
2023
2022
Amount
Change
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 40,004 $ 80,474 $ (40,470)
(50.3)%
Net cash used by investing activities
(45,753) (14,528) (31,225)
214.9%
Net cash used by financing activities
(14,032) (62,659) 48,627
(77.6)%
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted
cash
$ (19,781) $ 3,287 $ (23,068)
(701.8)%
Cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, are summarized in the following table:
Year ended December 31,
Change
($ in thousands)
2022
2021
Amount
Change
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 102,634 $ 106,406 $ (3,772)
(3.5)%
Net cash used by investing activities
(17,433) (444,334) 426,901
(96.1)%
Net cash used by financing activities
(67,065) 331,500 (398,565)
(120.2)%
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash
$ 18,136 $ (6,428) $ 24,564
(382.1)%
Cash flows provided by operating activities
Cash flows provided by operating activities were $40.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $80.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. The decrease is primarily driven by the change in deferred income taxes resulting in a decrease of $28.7 million. Additionally, the decrease was driven by an impairment expense of $10.9 million recognized related to leasehold improvements and right-of-use assets at closed office locations and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.5 million recognized in 2022.
Cash flows provided by operating activities were fairly consistent at $102.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $106.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Cash flows used by investing activities
Cash flows used in investing activities were $45.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $14.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Cash flows used in investing activities increased in 2023 relative to 2022 as we used $30.0 million for our acquisition of HealthPay24 in 2023.
Cash flows used in investing activities were $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $444.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Cash flows used in investing activities decreased in 2022 relative to 2021 as we used $429.8 million for our acquisition of Patientco in 2021. We did not make any business acquisitions in 2022.
Cash flows used by financial activities
Cash flows used in financing activities were $14.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 as compared to $62.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2022. Cash flows used in financing activities decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2023 relative to the nine months ended September 30, 2022 primarily due to the $47.0 million partial pay down in principal of the Second Lien Credit Facility in April 2022.
Cash flows used in financing activities were $67.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 as compared to $331.5 million generated for the year ended December 31, 2021. Cash flows used in financing activities during
 
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
2022 includes $65.0 million of payments on debt and $2.5 million of share repurchases. Cash provided by financing activities during 2021 includes $367.0 million of proceeds from issuances of debt associated with our acquisition of Patientco, partially offset by $16.7 million of payments on debt and $10.5 million of debt issuance costs.
Indebtedness
First lien credit facilities
Our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Waystar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), is the Borrower under a first lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019 (as amended from time to time, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), that initially provided for an $825.0 million senior secured first lien term loans and commitments under a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $125.0 million, with a sub-commitment for issuance of letters of credit of $25.0 million. The initial first lien term loans are scheduled to mature on October 22, 2026 and commitments under the revolving credit facility and the loans thereunder were initially scheduled to terminate and mature on October 22, 2024.
On December 1, 2019, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to add 2019 first lien incremental term loans in the amount of $100.0 million to be used for certain acquisitions consummated substantially simultaneously with the closing of such amendment. The terms of such 2019 first lien incremental term loans were the same as the terms of the initial first lien term loans, including in respect of maturity, and were considered an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the initial first lien term loans outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement and were part of the initial first lien term loans.
On September 23, 2020, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to (i) add 2020 first lien incremental term loans in the amount of $620.0 million to be used for certain acquisitions consummated substantially simultaneously with the closing of such amendment and (ii) add revolving credit commitments in the amount of $75.0 million to increase the revolving credit commitments available under the First Lien Credit Agreement to $200.0 million. Such 2020 first lien incremental term loans constituted a separate class of first lien term loans from the initial first lien term loans but were otherwise on the same as the terms of the initial first lien term loans (other than with respect to the “LIBOR-floor” applicable thereto).
On March 24, 2021, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to (i) reduce the “LIBOR-floor” applicable to the 2020 first lien incremental term loans and (ii) in connection therewith, combine the initial first lien term loans with the 2020 first lien incremental term loans which thereafter then constituted one class of first lien term loans.
On August 24, 2021, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to add 2021 first lien incremental term loans in the amount of $247.0 million to be used for certain acquisitions consummated substantially simultaneously with the closing of such amendment. The terms of such 2021 first lien incremental term loans were the same as the terms of the initial first lien term loans outstanding at such time, including in respect of maturity, and were considered an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the initial first lien term loans outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement at such time and were part of the initial first lien term loans.
On June 1, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to borrowings under the revolving credit facility with a Term SOFR-based rate.
On June 23, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to the first lien term loans with a Term SOFR-based rate.
On October 6, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to, among others, (i) increase the revolving credit commitments under the First Lien Credit Agreement by $142.5 million to a total of $342.5 million, with a sub-commitment for issuance of letters of credit of $50.0 million, (ii) amend the applicable margin with respect thereto upon the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering, and
 
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(iii) extend the availability period of such revolving credit commitments and the maturity date of loans thereunder from October 22, 2024 to October 6, 2028; provided that if, prior to October 6, 2028, either (i) on the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of the first lien term loans (or any loans refinancing such first lien term loans), more than $150.0 million of such first lien term loans (or any such loans refinancing such first lien term loans) are outstanding or (ii) on the date that is 91 days prior to the maturity date of the second lien term loans under the Second Lien Credit Agreement (as defined below) (or any loans refinancing such second lien term loans), any such second lien term loans (or any such loans refinancing such second lien term loans) are outstanding, the commitments under the revolving credit facility and the loans thereunder will terminate and mature on such date (the “Springing Maturity Condition”). The revolving credit commitments as increased by the amendment replaced the existing revolving credit commitments under the First Lien Credit Agreement.
All obligations under the First Lien Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior first lien priority basis by, subject to certain exceptions, the Borrower and each of the Borrower’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly owned restricted subsidiaries organized in the United States. Additionally, the obligations under First Lien Credit Agreement and such guarantees are secured on a first lien priority basis, subject to certain exceptions and excluded assets, by (i) the equity securities of the Borrower and of each subsidiary guarantor and (ii) security interests in, and mortgages on, substantially all personal property and material owned real property by the Borrower and each subsidiary guarantor. The first lien priority of such liens is governed by a customary intercreditor agreement applicable to obligations outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement (as defined below).
Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement currently bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the option of the Borrower, either (i) (x) the Term SOFR rate for the applicable interest period, with a floor of 0.00%, plus (y) an applicable margin rate of, for the first lien term loans, 4.00% and, for loans under the revolving credit facility, (a) prior to the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering, between 3.75% and 3.25% and (b) on or after the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering, between 3.00% and 2.25%, in each case, depending on the applicable first lien leverage ratio, plus (z) solely in the case of the first lien term loans, a “SOFR spread adjustment” between approximately 0.11% and 0.42%, depending on the applicable interest period or (ii) (x) an alternate base rate (“ABR”), with a floor of 1.00%, plus (y) an applicable margin rate of, for the first lien term loans, 3.00% and, for loans under the revolving credit facility, (a) prior to the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering, between 2.75% and 2.25% and (b) on or after the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering, between 2.00% and 1.25%, in each case, depending on the applicable first lien leverage ratio (with the ABR determined as the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%, and (c) the Term SOFR rate plus 1.00%).
In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the first lien term loans and the revolving credit facility, the Borrower is required to pay a commitment fee, payable quarterly in arrears, of (i) prior to the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering, 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility, with step-downs to 0.375% and 0.25% per annum and (ii) on or after the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering, 0.375% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility, with step-down to 0.25% per annum, in each case, on such portion upon achievement of certain first lien leverage ratios. The Borrower must also pay customary letter of credit issuance and participation fees and other customary fees and expenses of the letter of credit issuers.
The Borrower is required to repay installments on the first lien term loans in quarterly principal amounts equal to approximately $4.50 million on the last business day of each March, June, September, and December of each year, with the balance payable on October 22, 2026. Additionally, the entire principal amount of revolving loans outstanding (if any) under the revolving credit facility are due and payable in full at maturity on October 6, 2028, subject to the Springing Maturity Condition, on which day the revolving credit commitments thereunder will terminate.
The Borrower is required, subject to certain exceptions, to pay outstanding amounts of the first lien term loan, (i) with 50% of excess cash flow, with step-downs upon achievement of certain first lien net leverage ratios, (ii) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales by the Borrower and its restricted
 
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
subsidiaries, subject to customary reinvestment right, and (iii) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of issuances of debt obligations of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, other than permitted debt. Additionally, the Borrower may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the first lien term loan and the revolving credit facility at any time without premium or penalty. In addition, the Borrower may elect to permanently terminate or reduce all or a portion of the revolving credit commitments and the letter of credit sub-limit under the revolving credit facility at any time without premium or penalty.
The First Lien Credit Agreement also includes customary representations, warranties, covenants, and events of default (with customary grace periods, as applicable).
As of September 30, 2023, we had $1,735 million of outstanding borrowings on the first lien term loan and $200 million of availability under the revolving credit facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement, and outstanding letters of credit of $0 million under the first lien credit agreement. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we were in compliance with the covenants under the First Lien Credit Agreement.
Second lien credit facility
The Borrower is also the borrower under a second lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019 (as amended from time to time, the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”), that initially provided for an $255.0 million senior secured second lien term loans. The initial second lien term loans are scheduled to mature on October 22, 2027.
On September 23, 2020, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the Second Lien Credit Agreement to add 2020 second lien incremental term loans in the amount of $190.0 million to be used for certain acquisitions consummated substantially simultaneously with the closing of such amendment. Such 2020 second lien incremental term loans constituted a separate class of second lien term loans from the existing second lien term loans but were otherwise on the same as the terms of the initial second lien term loans (other than with respect to the applicable interest margin, “LIBOR-floor” and prepayment premiums applicable thereto).
On August 24, 2021, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the Second Lien Credit Agreement to add 2021 second lien incremental term loans in the amount of $70.0 million to be used for certain acquisitions consummated substantially simultaneously with the closing of such amendment. Such 2021 second lien incremental term loans constituted a separate class of second lien term loans from the initial second lien term loans and 2020 second lien incremental term loans but were otherwise on the same as the terms of our initial second lien term loans (other than with respect to the applicable interest margin, “LIBOR-floor” and prepayment premiums applicable thereto).
On June 27, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the Second Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to the second lien term loans with a Term SOFR-based rate.
All obligations under the Second Lien Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior second lien priority basis by, subject to certain exceptions, the direct parent of the Borrower and each of the Borrower’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly owned restricted subsidiaries organized in the United States. Additionally, the obligations under Second Lien Credit Agreement and such guarantees are secured on a second lien priority basis, subject to certain exceptions and excluded assets, by (i) the equity securities of the Borrower and of each subsidiary guarantor and (ii) security interests in, and mortgages on, substantially all personal property and material owned real property by the Borrower and each subsidiary guarantor. The second lien priority of such liens is governed by a customary intercreditor agreement applicable to obligations outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement.
Borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement currently bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the option of the Borrower, either (i) the (x) Term SOFR rate for the applicable interest period, with a floor of 0.00% (with respect to the initial second lien term loans), 1.00% (in the case of the 2020 second lien incremental term loans) or 0.75% (in the case of the 2021 second lien incremental term loans) plus (y) an applicable margin rate of 7.75% (with respect to the initial second lien term loans), 8.00% (in the case of the 2020 second lien
 
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
incremental term loans) or 7.00% (in the case of the 2021 second lien incremental term loans) plus (z) a “SOFR spread adjustment” between approximately 0.11% and 0.42%, depending on the applicable interest period or (ii) (x) an ABR, with a floor of 1.00% (with respect to the initial second lien term loans), 2.00% (in the case of the 2020 second lien incremental term loans) or 1.75% (in the case of the 2021 second lien incremental term loans) plus (y) an applicable margin rate of 6.75% (with respect to the initial second lien term loans), 7.00% (in the case of the 2020 second lien incremental term loans) or 6.00% (in the case of the 2021 second lien incremental term loans), (with the ABR determined as the greatest of (a) the prime rate, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50%), and (c) the Term SOFR rate plus 1.00%).
The Borrower is required to repay the balance of the initial second lien term loans, the 2020 second lien incremental term loans, and the 2021 second lien incremental term loans on October 22, 2027.
The Borrower is required, subject to certain exceptions, to pay outstanding amounts of the initial second lien term loans, the 2020 second lien incremental term loans, and 2021 second lien incremental term loans, (i) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales by the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, subject to customary reinvestment right and (ii) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of issuances of debt obligations of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, other than permitted debt. Additionally, the Borrower may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under any of second lien term loans at any time without premium or penalty, subject to a prepayment premium with respect to the 2020 second lien incremental term loans applicable to any prepayment or repricing transactions of 1.00% of such loans prepaid or otherwise subject to such repricing transaction.
The Second Lien Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants and events of default (with customary grace periods, as applicable).
As of September 30, 2023, we had $208 million of outstanding borrowings on the initial second lien term loans, $190 million of outstanding borrowings on the 2020 second lien incremental term loans and $70 million of outstanding borrowings on the 2021 second lien incremental term loans. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Second Lien Credit Agreement.
Receivables facility
On August 13, 2021, the Borrower, as servicer, and Waystar RC LLC, a wholly-owned “bankruptcy remote” special purpose vehicle, as “Receivables Borrower”, entered into a receivables financing agreement (the ‘Receivables Financing Agreement”), providing for an aggregate borrowing of up to $50 million. Loans under the Receivables Financing Agreement mature on August 13, 2024. Borrowings under the Receivables Financing Agreement accrue interest at a rate per annum of, at the option of the Receivables Borrower, either Term SOFR or base rate plus 2.00%. All amounts outstanding under the Receivables Financing Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of the accounts receivables and unbilled revenue of the Receivables Borrower. On October 31, 2023, the Borrower and Receivables Borrower amended the Receivables Financing Agreement to increase the aggregate borrowing availability to up to $80 million and extend the maturity date to October 30, 2026.
In connection with the Receivables Financing Agreement, eligible accounts receivable of certain of our subsidiaries are sold to the Receivables Borrower. The Receivables Borrower pledges the receivables as security for loans. The accounts receivable owned by the Receivables Borrower are separate and distinct from our other assets and are not available to our other creditors should we become insolvent.
The Receivables Financing Agreement also contains customary representations, warranties, covenants, and default provisions.
As of September 30, 2023, the Receivables Borrower had $50 million in outstanding borrowings under the Receivables Financing Agreement. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Receivables Financing Agreement
 
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Contractual obligations
The following table presents a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022:
(in thousands)
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total
Operating lease(1)
$ 4,859 $ 4,565 $ 4,453 $ 4,205 $ 2,004 $ 4,609 $ 24,695
Finance lease(2)
1,547 1,572 1,603 1,642 1,678 11,023 19,065
Debt obligations(3)
17,982 67,983 17,982 1,694,851 468,000 2,266,798
Total
$ 24,388 $ 74,120 $ 24,038 $ 1,700,698 $ 471,682 $ 15,632 $ 2,310,558
(1) Obligations and commitments to make future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases having remaining terms in excess of one year.
(2) Obligations and commitments to make future minimum lease payments for finance leases.
(3) Relates to the long-term debt principal payments (excluding debt discount) on our First Lien Credit Facility, Second Lien Credit Facility, and Receivables Facility. Does not include any amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility.
Critical accounting policies and use of estimates
The above discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Critical accounting policies are those that we consider to be the most important in portraying our financial condition and results of operations and also require the greatest amount of judgments by management. Judgments or uncertainties regarding the application of these policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognized for each performance obligation upon transfer of control of the software solutions to the client in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive. Revenues are recognized net of any taxes collected from clients and subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.
We derive revenue primarily from providing access to our solutions for use in the healthcare industry and in doing so generate two types of revenue: (i) subscription revenue and (ii) volume-based revenue, which account for 99% of total revenue for all periods presented. We also derive revenue from implementation fees for our software, as well as hardware sales to facilitate patient payments.
Revenue from our subscription services as well as from our volume-based services represents a single promise to provide continuous access (i.e., a stand-ready obligation) to our software solutions in the form of a service. Our software products are made available to our clients via a cloud-based, hosted platform where our clients do not have the right or practical ability to take possession of the software. As each day of providing access to the software solutions is substantially the same and the client simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as services are provided, these services are viewed as a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct daily services.
Revenue from our subscription services is recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the service is made available to the client. Volume-based services are priced based on transaction, dollar volume, or provider count in a given period. Given the nature of the promise is based on unknown quantities or outcomes of services to be performed over the contract term, the volume-based fee is determined to be variable consideration. The volume-based transaction fees are recognized each day using a time-elapsed output method based on the volume or transaction count at the time the clients’ transactions are processed.
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our other services are generally related to implementation activities across all solutions and hardware sales to facilitate patient payments. Implementation services are not considered performance obligations as they do not provide a distinct service to clients without the use of our software solutions. As such, implementation fees related to our solutions are billed upfront and recognized ratably over the contract term. Implementation fees and hardware sales represent less than 1% of total revenue for all periods presented.
Revenue recorded where we act in the capacity of a principal is reported on a gross basis equal to the full amount of consideration to which we expect in exchange for the good or service transferred. Revenue recorded where we act in the capacity of an agent is reported on a net basis, exclusive of any consideration provided to the principal party in the transaction.
The principal versus agent evaluation is a matter of judgment that depends on the facts and circumstances of the arrangement and is dependent on whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the client or whether we are acting as an agent of a third party. This evaluation is performed separately for each performance obligation identified. For the majority of our contracts, we are considered the principal in the transaction with the client and recognize revenue gross of any related channel partner fees or costs. We have certain agency arrangements where third parties control the goods or services provided to a client and we recognize revenue net of any fees owed to these third parties.
Goodwill and long-lived assets
Goodwill and long-lived assets comprise 92.3% of our total assets as of December 31, 2022. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the estimated fair value of the net intangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations. We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually on October 1st or whenever there is an impairment indicator. Potential impairment indicators may include, but are not limited to, the results of our most recent annual or interim impairment testing, downward revisions to internal forecasts, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in management and key personnel, changes in composition or carrying amount of net assets, and changes in share price.
ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), allows entities to first use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment by determining whether it is more likely than not (a likelihood of greater than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the qualitative assessment supports that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset exceeds its carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is not required. If the qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset does not exceed its carrying value, we will perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test, in which we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the respective carrying value, which includes goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying value is higher than the fair value, the difference would be recognized as an impairment loss.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). Our single operating segment is also our single reporting unit as we do not have segment managers and there is no discrete information reviewed at a level lower than the consolidated entity level. All of our assets and liabilities are assigned to this single reporting unit.
For our annual goodwill impairment test during the year ended December 31, 2022, we elected to perform a qualitative assessment. Our assessment of relevant events and circumstances was designed to indicate whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The assessment considered whether or not we observed changes in market conditions within the industry and macroeconomy, changes in cost factors which could result in a negative effect on earnings or financial performance of the reporting unit, such as negative or declining cash flows compared to prior period results, and other entity-specific events or conditions impacting the reporting unit. There were no indicators that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the asset did not exceed its carrying value. In connection with our goodwill impairment testing performed as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, we concluded that there was no impairment to goodwill.
 
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Prior assessments have indicated that the fair value exceeds the carrying value for the reporting unit with reasonable headroom and no indication of impairment. However, we elect to perform a goodwill impairment test utilizing a quantitative approach every fourth year in order to calculate a new fair value “base” to which future qualitative tests can be compared. Our most recent quantitative assessment was performed as of October 1, 2020.
Long-lived assets are amortized over their useful lives. We evaluate the remaining useful life of long-lived assets periodically to determine if events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The carrying amounts of these assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If the undiscounted cash flows used in the test for recoverability are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, then the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value.
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
We are exposed to certain market risks arising from transactions in the normal course of our business. Such risks are principally associated with credit risk and interest rate risk.
Credit risk
Credit risk involves the possibility that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or client contract, leading to a financial loss. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to our clients are limited due to our diversified client base.
We routinely assess the financial strength of our clients through a combination of third-party financial reports, credit monitoring, publicly available information, and direct communication with those clients. We establish payment terms with clients to mitigate credit risk and monitor its accounts receivable credit risk exposure. However, while we actively seek to ensure credit risk, there can be no assurance that in the future it will be able to obtain credit risk insurance at commercially attractive terms or at all.
Interest rate risk
Our exposure to interest rate risk is related to our First Lien Credit Facility and Second Lien Credit Facility, entered into on October 22, 2019, which bear interest at SOFR plus 4% and SOFR plus 7.75%, respectively. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in the current effective rate would have an impact on our interest expense of approximately $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 or $17.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.
We attempt to minimize our interest risk exposure by fixing our rate through the utilization of interest rate swaps, which are derivative instruments. Our intention is to limit exposure to interest rate fluctuations by maintaining an approximate 50% hedged position compared to the total amount of debt outstanding under our First Lien Credit Facility and our Second Lien Credit Facility.
 
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
BUSINESS
Our mission
Our mission is to simplify healthcare payments through our modern cloud-based software, enabling our healthcare clients to prioritize patient care and optimize their financial performance.
Overview
Waystar provides healthcare organizations with mission-critical cloud software that simplifies healthcare payments. Our enterprise-grade platform streamlines the complex and disparate processes our healthcare provider clients must manage to be reimbursed correctly, while improving the payments experience for providers, patients, and payers. We leverage internally developed AI as well as proprietary, advanced algorithms to automate payment-related workflow tasks and drive continuous improvement, which enhances claim and billing accuracy, enriches data integrity, and reduces labor costs for providers.
Put simply, our software helps providers get paid faster, accurately, and more efficiently, while ensuring patients receive a modern, transparent, and consumer-friendly financial experience.
The healthcare payment ecosystem is highly complex, beginning with pre-service patient onboarding and extending through post-service revenue collection, with dozens of interdependent steps in between. Within this multi-step workflow, the process for determining how much a provider should be reimbursed involves millions of permutations of variables, such as over 10,000 diagnosis codes that are constantly changing and unique payer contracts, each with individual rules, processes, and reimbursement requirements. The burden borne by providers of tracking and managing all of these variables, coupled with a constantly evolving regulatory framework, often results in incorrect payments or denials that require time-consuming appeals procedures to resolve. Historically, healthcare providers have relied upon a patchwork of manual processes and systems to navigate these complexities and support their payment functions. However, this legacy approach has resulted in workflow delays, lost revenue, and slower time to payment. Our purpose-built software platform addresses these challenges and optimizes healthcare payments across all stages of the patient journey. Our clients utilize our software to manage pre-encounter workflows such as eligibility checks and prior authorization approvals, as well as mid- and post-encounter workflows such as co-pay collection, claims submission and monitoring, and payer remittances. Our software helps to avoid or reduce billing errors throughout the healthcare payment workflow, from pre-encounter eligibility verification to determine patient insurance eligibility and benefits prior to rendering service, to mid- and post-encounter solutions such as our revenue capture suite which identifies and resolves missing charges and errors in claims submissions by providers, our claims management suite which helps ensure submissions in accordance with payer contracts, and our denial avoidance solution which offers a root cause reporting tool for denied claims to help reduce preventable denials in the future.
Our software is used daily by providers of all types and sizes across the continuum of care, including physician practices, clinics, surgical centers, and laboratories, as well as large hospitals and health systems. We currently serve approximately 30,000 clients of various sizes, representing approximately one million distinct providers practicing across a variety of care sites, including 18 of the top 22 U.S. News Best Hospitals. Our client base is highly diversified, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022, our top 10 clients accounted for only 11.5% and 11.4%, respectively, of our total revenue. Our business model is designed such that as our clients grow to serve more patients, their claims and transactional volumes increase, resulting in corresponding growth in our business. In addition, our clients frequently adopt a greater number of our solutions over time and introduce our solutions across new sites of care. The number of clients from whom we generate over $100,000 of revenue has grown from 733 in the twelve months ended March 31, 2021 to 1,033 in the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, driven by large, new client wins and successful cross-selling and up-selling efforts. In 2022, we facilitated over 4 billion healthcare payments transactions, including over $900 billion in gross claims volume, spanning approximately 50% of patients in the United States.
Our platform benefits from powerful network effects. Our cloud-based software is driven by a sophisticated, automated, and curated rules engine, employing AI to generate and incorporate real-time feedback from millions
 
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of network transactions processed through our platform each day. Every transaction we process provides additional data insights across providers, patients, and payers, which are embedded in updates that are deployed efficiently across our client base. This results in cumulative benefits to us over time — as we capture more data from each transaction we process, we leverage that data to continue to improve the Waystar platform through embedded machine learning, advanced algorithms, and other in-house AI technologies to deliver added value to our clients. In turn, the more value we create for our clients, the more likely it is that they will continue to use our platform, allowing us to continue to capture more data that results in tangible improvements to our products. As a result, our clients benefit from faster and more efficient performance from software that is evolving to meet ever-changing regulatory and payer requirements, enabling accurate and timely reimbursement.
We have demonstrated an ability to drive recurring, predictable, and profitable growth. Over 99% of our revenue is either recurring subscription or based on highly predictable volumes. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, our Net Revenue Retention Rate was 109.0%, and for the year ended December 31, 2022, our Net Revenue Retention Rate was 109.5%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, we generated revenue of $584.3 million (reflecting a 11.8% increase compared to revenue of $522.8 million for the same period in the prior year), net loss of $36.9 million (reflecting a 2.8% decrease compared to net loss of $35.9 million for the same period in the prior year), and Adjusted EBITDA of $247.5 million (reflecting a 13.9% increase compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $217.2 million for the same period in the prior year). For the year ended December 31, 2022, we generated revenue of $704.9 million (reflecting a 22% increase compared to revenue of $578.6 million in the prior year), net loss of $44.0 million (reflecting a 6% decrease compared to net loss of $47.1 million in the prior year), and Adjusted EBITDA of $295.5 million (reflecting a 16% increase compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $254.5 million in the prior year).
 
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: fc_automation-4c.jpg]
Industry background
Healthcare is one of the largest and most complex vertical end-markets within the U.S. economy, accounting for 18.3% of the U.S. gross domestic product as of 2021. According to CMS, total U.S. healthcare spending was $4.3 trillion in 2021 and is expected to grow at a 5% annual rate to $6.8 trillion in 2030. According to the Journal of the American Medical Association, the annual cost of wasteful spending in healthcare has ranged from $760 billion to $935 billion in recent years, or nearly one-quarter of total healthcare spending. Of this, $350 billion is administrative-related, which is inclusive of healthcare payments-related waste.
 
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Waystar platform is purpose-built to address the administrative headwinds faced by healthcare providers, including:

Antiquated, legacy technology systems and data silos. The historically slow pace of digital adoption by healthcare organizations has led to a patchwork of disparate point-solutions. These software tools, most of which are hosted or installed on-premises, lack the interoperability and scalability of a modern cloud-based technology architecture, which is designed to enable the safe and efficient dissemination of critical information. This patchwork approach has also led to data silos, which inhibit transparency and data sharing and often result in denials or the inability to process claims efficiently.

Reliance on inefficient, manual processes. Poorly integrated legacy systems have led many healthcare organizations to employ labor-dependent solutions to address the critical demands of their businesses, often resulting in suboptimal financial performance for providers and a substandard experience for patients.

Increasing labor and administrative costs. Staffing costs continue to present a major challenge, with clinical labor costs in 2021 increasing an average of 8% per patient day when compared to a pre-pandemic baseline period in 2019, according to an analysis by Premier, Inc. According to the Medical Group Management Association, 73% of medical practices ranked staffing shortages as their biggest challenge for 2022. Rising labor costs and retention challenges make it critical for providers to maximize the productivity of their workflows.

Reimbursement complexity and collection challenges. Determining reimbursement to a provider from a payer or a patient is dependent on a myriad of factors that are both highly complex and constantly evolving. Achieving consistently accurate reimbursement is challenging, with more than 10,000 diagnosis codes that are constantly changing, thousands of unique payer contracts, and an evolving regulatory backdrop, resulting in high degrees of reimbursement variability. According to KFF research, approximately 17% of 2021 healthcare claims were initially denied, leaving a significant unmet need for solutions that reduce denials, increase first pass acceptance, and simplify appeals. Providers bear the burden of navigating reimbursement obstacles, and missteps can ultimately result in lost revenue or delayed cash flow. In addition, healthcare providers often struggle to convert patient bills (i.e., patient responsibility) to cash payments as patients are also tasked with navigating ever-changing benefits policies and interacting with outdated technology.

Accelerating consumer demand for digital tools. Patients are bearing a greater burden of healthcare costs than ever before, with more than 50% of American employees enrolling in high deductible health plans according to SHADAC Data (2022). Out-of-pocket costs constituted 12% of total U.S. personal healthcare expenditures in 2021 according to CMS, and the estimated average patient lifetime spending is $1.4 million, based on a 2021 Health Management Academy Research report. Despite these trends, patients lack access to digital tools and accurate information for healthcare payments, including transparency in insurance coverage and out-of-pocket cost estimates pre-service, as well as flexible payment arrangements to pay for care, resulting in 40% of patients paying their bills late, according to a Company survey.
Our market opportunity
Over time, administrative workflows (e.g., human resources, information technology, accounting and finance, and customer service) that were traditionally insourced by healthcare providers have undergone a meaningful transformation. Seeking more effective solutions to address industry challenges, providers initially outsourced these functions to third-party specialized services vendors. However, with advances in technology infrastructure and cloud-based software, as well as increased interoperability between systems, providers are increasingly utilizing automated software solutions to further enhance efficiency. We believe the healthcare payments workflow is currently undergoing such an evolution, and that Waystar is well-positioned to benefit from providers gravitating towards more modern, software-oriented solutions.
We estimate that our TAM with respect to our current software solution set, is approximately $15 billion today. To estimate our market opportunity, we categorized the United States healthcare provider market into tiers based on setting of care and size of practice. We then applied our average pricing by product, accounting for pricing differences at varying sized providers, and multiplied the average product price by the corresponding practice
 
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
count per setting of care to determine our TAM. Based on a third-party study commissioned by the Company, we believe our TAM has the potential to increase to almost $20 billion in 2027, reflecting a 5% CAGR over the next five years, driven by growth within healthcare payments (notably, in prior authorizations, patient payments, and revenue cycle management analytics), increased outsourcing in revenue cycle management, as well as secular technology tailwinds such as greater utilization of AI. We expect to expand our TAM further over time as we develop new solutions and address adjacent workflows. We believe we have consistently grown in excess of the market since 2016 and expect we will continue to grow our market share in the future by virtue of our differentiated platform and capabilities. We believe the market share of our solutions within the hospital segment and ambulatory practice segment is approximately 3% and 7% (calculated as a percentage of our revenue as compared to our TAM estimates by setting of care), respectively, demonstrating the ample white space in which we can continue driving our growth.
The Waystar platform
Our innovative cloud-based software platform is purpose-built to simplify our clients’ payment-related challenges. We believe our platform significantly outperforms those of our competitors, who lack either modern functionality or the ability to address the full end-to-end payments workflow.
The key components of our platform include:

Modern, differentiated software. We provide modern, scalable healthcare payments software solutions. Our platform is in alignment with best-in-class offerings in other industry verticals that include multi-tenancy, micro-services architecture, and robust data security. Our technology is cloud-native, allowing us to deploy it across any type and size of provider, from single-physician practices to the most sophisticated multi-site health systems. This single-instance, multi-tenant infrastructure is underpinned by an event-driven microservices architecture, all of which we have built in-house.

A comprehensive solution set. Our software addresses the entire healthcare payments workflow, from pre-service patient onboarding and prior authorization through post-service payment collection. Rather than attacking individual pain points for a client user, our solutions can meet the full demands of an entire organization, eliminating the need for point solutions, boosting productivity through a seamless end-user experience, and reducing the risk of loss of data or information.

Seamless integrations. Our solutions are integrated with a broad range of systems provided by over 200 channel partners, including ERP applications, as well as PM and EHR systems. This deep connectivity is an important point of differentiation and makes our solutions faster to implement, easier to use, and harder to replace.

An expansive network. Our extensive network of clients and counterparties underpins our platform. Over more than two decades, we have built direct connectivity with healthcare payers—from large health insurers to small third-party administrators—to the benefit of our clients and partners. This network has allowed us to build a large database of information to generate insights and drive continuous improvements.

Advanced AI capabilities driven by proprietary data asset. We build predictive scoring capabilities using extensive training data sets and advanced machine learning which we apply to data that passes through our platform. Using these machine-learning models, we are able to predict an outcome for a variety of reimbursement workflows, which we incorporate into our solutions to drive improved results for payers, providers, and patients. Our data asset is comprised of the billions of transactions we facilitate each year as well as the numerous variables that factor into each of those payments. This allows us to leverage the compounding value of this data asset to advance our AI and automation capabilities, which continuously learn and improve our platform. Our data include elements such as demographics, geography, diagnosis and prognosis, and care provider, as well as a variety of counterparty details. For example, we leverage AI in our denials prevention and recovery platform, where it helps us predict denied claim appeals success based on a variety of factors including patient benefits, procedure performed, applicable payer involved, and codes used. This enables providers to prioritize their workflow efforts and drive maximum recovery value on denied claims. In addition, we use AI to discover missing charges and capture otherwise lost revenue, to align claim status and escalation
 
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
efforts with claim-specific expected remit timeframe, to drive work queue prioritization by expected value, to predict the likelihood of charity qualification driving pre-service financial intervention, and for behavior modeling to align patient collection costs.
Our platform provides the following benefits to our clients:

Increased revenue. Our software solutions simplify the payment process, allowing our clients to increase the share of revenue they collect.

Quicker payments. Our software helps expedite payments by streamlining and automating cumbersome workflows that create excessive delays.

Greater productivity. Our ability to automate portions of the payment cycle allows our clients to reduce operating costs and focus on their core mission of caring for their patients.

Financial visibility. We deploy analytics, reporting, and forecasting tools that provide our clients with unprecedented visibility into areas where they can further improve their payment process and collections.

Rapid time-to-value. Our architecture seamlessly integrates with our clients’ existing systems and technology. This ease of integration enables our clients to quickly realize value from our solutions while avoiding costly and distracting implementation processes associated with other types of software and support services.
Our platform enables us to provide industry-leading technology at scale to more than 30,000 clients across more than four billion healthcare payment transactions worth over $900 billion in annual gross claims. The quality and innovation of our technology has been widely recognized, as evidenced by our receipt of a MedTech Breakthrough Award for healthcare payments innovation and numerous Best in KLAS awards.
[MISSING IMAGE: fc_flatform-4c.jpg]
Why Waystar wins
Through decades of experience, we have honed our deep domain expertise, fostered long-standing client relationships, and built our library of rules and algorithms. We believe our modern, cloud-based platform combined with our subject matter expertise are extremely difficult to replicate and provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage. We believe these factors, together with the following additional strengths, position us well for continued success:

Strong brand with attractive client ROI. The Waystar brand is synonymous with quality, reliability, robust analytics, exceptional customer service, and a deep and interconnected network. This strength is evidenced by our high NPS of 74 and #1 rank versus competitors in percentage of clients indicating the highest level of
 
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
satisfaction with our services, based on a third-party survey commissioned by us in 2023. Our brand, as well as the tangible ROI that we deliver, drives strong client loyalty, as evidenced by our 109.0% Net Revenue Retention Rate for the twelve months ended September 30, 2023. Many of our clients support our success by recommending Waystar to other providers, further driving growth and adoption of our solutions. Our award-winning brand attracts exceptional talent to help us further our mission.

Differentiated client experience. We have a relentless focus on operational execution and deliver outstanding client experience. According to a third-party survey commissioned by us in 2023, Waystar ranks #1 in client satisfaction with implementation time, 94% of clients are satisfied with our integrations with other systems, and 98% of clients say we deliver on trust very well or extremely well. We frequently receive client recognition and industry awards, including being named a top client-rated healthcare payments platform by BlackBook across 17 categories. For our larger clients, we deploy a client success team, which serves as both a dedicated resource and trusted strategic partner to help drive value. Our client success team provides day-to-day operation support, has regular update calls and account reviews, quarterly in-person reviews, and ongoing on-site training. From our consistently on-time implementations to our highly responsive client service, we seek to support our clients so they can maximize the benefits of our software.

Mission-driven innovation culture. We have cultivated a company culture that is focused on helping our clients by developing and delivering industry-leading software solutions. This innovation-focused culture has been foundational in creating a modern technology platform that delivers a comprehensive end-to-end suite of solutions with an intuitive user interface. According to a third-party survey commissioned by us in 2023, Waystar ranks #1 in satisfaction with rate of product innovation and vision and 94% of clients are satisfied with our capabilities in automation. We were recognized as one of the Best Workplaces for Innovators by Fast Company in both 2022 and 2023 and our team members are committed to working together toward a better future for healthcare.

Experienced leadership and technology teams with a track record of execution. Our values-driven and award-winning leadership team brings together deep experience in the software and healthcare industries and strong relationships with our clients and key stakeholders. Several of our executives and team leaders have been with our predecessor companies since founding, in multiple cases for over 20 years. Our current management team has driven strategic and transformational initiatives across operations, product, engineering, and sales leading to best-in-class products, exceptional client service, and consistently profitable growth. We believe our team has the strategic vision, leadership qualities, technological expertise, and operational capabilities to continue to successfully drive our growth.
We believe our platform strengths and differentiation are most evident in our ability to win clients. We have an 82% win rate against our competitors over the past 30 months in situations where the client ultimately elected to switch vendors or purchase a new solution.
Our growth strategy
We plan to capitalize on our market opportunity by executing on the following growth strategies:

Expand our relationships with existing clients. We believe we have a meaningful opportunity to continue driving growth within our current client base. We grow with existing clients in three ways—first, as they expand their businesses, provide more healthcare services, and see more patients; second, through cross-selling as they adopt additional Waystar offerings; and third, through up-selling as they leverage our solutions across additional providers and sites of care. We have a track record of building long-standing relationships with our clients, often growing from an initial solution to multi-solution adoption. Based on the estimated whitespace within our existing clients for the solutions we currently provide, we believe we have the opportunity to approximately double our revenue through cross-sell and up-sell of our solutions to existing clients.

Grow our client base. We address a large and growing market that has a meaningful need for the solutions we provide. While we serve over one million providers today, there are over 7.5 million providers that we believe can
 
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
benefit from our solutions. We pursue this opportunity through our high-performing sales team, who are organized by client segment to address the specific needs and sales cycles of that market.

Deepen and expand our relationships with strategic channel partners. We are highly focused on furthering our strategic channel partnerships. Our channel partners accelerate our growth by providing us access to a larger client base and actively promoting Waystar. We have established strong relationships with the nation’s leading EHR and PM providers, which drives a significant competitive advantage. For example, we were recently named the exclusive payments vendor for a leading national ambulatory EHR provider, affording us greater access to its client base, enhanced integrations and user experience, and further opportunities to grow. We will continue to invest in deepening our current relationships and building new ones to drive our growth.

Innovate and develop adjacent solutions. We will continue to invest heavily in the Waystar platform to expand our product breadth and depth, increase automation, strengthen system performance, and improve the user experience. Our product roadmap is informed by both continuous client feedback as well as our own assessments of opportunities to further streamline and simplify healthcare payments. For example, we are expanding our prior authorization capabilities into the ambulatory market, helping to solve an unmet market need for automation of previously manual workflows and unlocking cross-sell opportunities. We are also actively exploring how we can leverage generative AI to further enhance our value proposition to clients. Our product and engineering team, comprised of more than 250 full-time employees, delivers daily code updates to continually enhance our products. Among other development projects, we are exploring how we can leverage generative AI to improve our platform and deliver even greater ROI. Due to our modern architecture and purpose-built software, we have little technical debt as compared with legacy software platforms serving the market. As a result, we can focus our resources on innovating and advancing our platform for the benefit of our clients.

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions. Since 2018, we have completed and successfully integrated seven acquisitions, and we recently closed our eighth. These acquisitions complement our organic product roadmap and have helped us enhance our platform, add new solutions, and expand our market reach. For example, we acquired eSolutions in 2020, adding Medicare-specific solutions that allow us to address both commercial and government payers on a single cloud-based platform. Our acquisitions are fully integrated with and consolidated into the Waystar platform, which enables us to provide a seamless user experience for our clients, as well as drive innovation on the combined platform. We will continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that improve our offering and accelerate our growth.
Our solutions
Our comprehensive solution set streamlines the complex and disparate processes relating to payments received by healthcare providers and addresses related pain points for providers, patients, and payers. Our solutions include:

Financial clearance. Our platform automates insurance verification processes and validates that patients are eligible for care through the prior authorization process, helping eliminate downstream rejections and denials that lead to revenue delays and leakage. Based on a Company survey, 81% of patients would more actively pursue care if they knew the cost upfront. Our financial clearance solutions provide patients with price transparency tools and cost estimation data points that offer them better clarity around their expected costs.

Patient financial care. Our platform enables digital interactions between the patient and provider, including delivery of electronic statements and processing of patient payments through our patient portal. We offer an omni-channel payment experience, with multiple ways for patients to pay, as well as flexible payment arrangements. These solutions deliver a better financial experience for patients, as well as faster collection times and higher collection rates for providers.

Claims and payer payment management. Our platform streamlines the cumbersome reimbursement process that providers follow to submit claims and receive remittance information. Our solutions ensure submission of appropriate documentation and claim submission in accordance with payer contracts and automate workstreams that help our clients avoid denials and rejections, monitor in-process claims, and process payer remittances. In addition, we offer claim scrubbing capabilities to check for errors and verify accuracy to limit billing mistakes.
 
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Built upon over two decades of industry experience, we believe that our AI-enabled rules engine drives an industry-leading first pass clean claims rate across both commercial and government (Medicare & Medicaid) claims.

Denials prevention and recovery. Our platform leverages predictive analytics to identify claims that are likely to be denied and to prioritize denied claims based on the likelihood of claims appeal success. We reduce manual workflows, as well as denial appeal processing time. We also conduct root cause analysis to help providers reduce the chance of denials in future claims.

Revenue capture. Our platform leverages AI and machine learning to identify and resolve missing charges and errors in claims submissions, reducing manual auditing and increasing reimbursement accuracy and cash flow for our clients.

Analytics and reporting. Our platform collects and collates vast amounts of healthcare data, and we organize and present these data in dashboards that can be customized to meet the needs of individual clients. We provide data visualization and business intelligence analytics to enable providers to manage payment and denial trends across their business. We drive increased workflow efficiency by eliminating manual spreadsheets for evaluation of business trends and enable performance optimization through real-time evaluation of key performance indicators.
Our technology
The Waystar platform is built upon a modern, scalable, multi-tenant cloud-based architecture that delivers an exceptional client experience and allows us to process billions of transactions every year and support nearly 100,000 daily end-users. Our solutions are deeply integrated into our clients’ workflows, providing an elegant and intuitive user experience. The architecture, design, deployment, and management of our platform are centered on the following areas:

Modern, cloud-based architecture. We leverage a modern multi-tenant, event-driven micro-services architecture that enables a high degree of scalability and interoperability across the platform. We utilize resilient and fully-virtualized hosting architecture, with multiple layers of redundancy. Employing these and many other strategies, we have achieved greater than 99.9% uptime for the Waystar platform. Our solutions are designed to meet the needs of the largest hospitals and health systems but can also be scaled to cost-effectively serve the needs of smaller providers. Our modern web user applications utilize best practice software designs, allowing for high-velocity development and continual deployments.

Ongoing innovation. Waystar has long-fostered an innovation-focused culture, with daily code update deployments and quarterly seasonal release campaigns delivering ongoing software enhancements to clients. Our tenured Product and Engineering teams consist of more than 250 full-time employees, all relentlessly focused on driving improvements in our platform. Our product roadmap balances new feature enrichment with continued backend integration of acquired solutions and methodical technology modernization.

Enterprise-grade security. Our solutions provide clients with enterprise-grade security, data protection, and control that meet the healthcare industry’s strict security standards. Our highly secure application and infrastructure are validated by PCI, HITRUST, and SSAE-18 SOC 2 Type Two audits and certifications.

Seamless user experience. We have built a unified user experience across our solutions. Users access our platform through a single log-in experience, providing convenience, saving time, and increasing productivity. Search functionality, high-level vertical tabs for our solutions, and dropdown menus within each solution type deliver intuitive navigation for our clients. Comprehensive and customizable dashboards illustrate data using a variety of methods, enabling more efficient identification of outliers, trends, and other useful information.
We have built a comprehensive future-ready suite of enterprise-scale core system software, and we will continue to invest in our technology to further improve our platform infrastructure and capabilities. We are able to responsibly manage technical debt, allowing us to focus our investment on continuously innovating and advancing our platform for the benefit of our clients.
 
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our go-to-market strategy
We have built a powerful go-to-market engine focused on acquiring new clients, driving expanded use of our platform for existing clients, and strengthening and growing our relationships with channel partners.
We sell our platform through our sales team comprised of over 100 representatives. Our sales teams are dedicated to either ambulatory providers or hospital and health system clients given the specific needs, call points, and sales cycles of those client types. Our sales approach to ambulatory provider clients consists of high velocity direct enterprise go-to market strategy, with a shorter sales cycle, whereas our direct enterprise go-to-market strategy for hospital and health systems clients typically has a longer sales cycle. The team is further specialized, with certain individuals focused on winning new clients and others focused on cross-selling into existing clients. We leverage data and analytics to manage the effectiveness of our sales force, as well as identify areas for potential improvement. Our client-centric sales model is fueled by frequent engagement with our clients. We have assigned dedicated client success managers to clients that have generated almost half our revenue since the beginning of 2021.
In addition to our direct sales force, we have a team focused on strengthening and expanding our channel partner and alliance relationships. We have established strong partnerships with the nation’s leading EHR and PM providers for integration and joint go-to-market efforts to providers. In addition, our strategic partners extend our sales presence and accelerate direct sales of our solutions by actively referring and promoting us to their client bases, enabling incremental touchpoints for our sales team who is ultimately responsible for marketing and selling to the client. We also partner with and sell to outsourced revenue cycle or billing service providers, who leverage our technology to help providers manage their administrative processes and payments.
Our go-to-market representatives are supported by a commercial operations team that is focused on developing strategic plans and driving team member development to enhance our effectiveness. Our go-to-market team also works with our product subject-matter experts, who help identify prospective client pain points and business challenges and help configure optimal solutions. Additionally, we have built a high-performance marketing function that has significantly elevated Waystar’s voice in the industry, expanding awareness of our brand over time.
Our business model
Over 99% of our revenue is either recurring subscription or based on highly predictable volumes. Our contracts with clients generally include a subscription fee component as well as a volume-based component, although some contracts include only one of these components. The subscription fee provides us with a fixed, recurring revenue stream while the volume-based component allows us to benefit from our clients’ growth. We generate greater revenue as our clients see more patients and greater utilization of their healthcare services. In addition, based on our contract structures, our proprietary data asset, our predictive analytics capabilities, and our deep understanding of the healthcare market, we believe we have visibility into and an ability to predict both subscription-based and volume-based revenue. For instance, 98% of revenue in 2022 was generated from clients already under contract as of the beginning of the year. Our client contracts are typically two or three years in length with automatic renewals for successive one-year terms that include standard price escalators. Client billing generally occurs monthly.
Our clients
Our clients represent healthcare providers across all types of care settings, including physician practices, clinics, surgical centers, and laboratories, as well as large hospitals and health systems. Generally, 30% of our revenue comes from hospitals and health systems, while 70% comes from ambulatory and alternate sites of care. The approximately 30,000 clients we currently serve also vary significantly in size and represent approximately one million distinct providers in total, including 18 of the top 22 U.S. News Best Hospitals. As a result of our broadly applicable model, our client base is highly diversified, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the year ended December 31, 2022, our top 10 clients accounted for only 11.5% and 11.4%, respectively, of our
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
total revenue. The number of clients from whom we generate over $100,000 of revenue has grown from 733 in the twelve months ended March 31, 2021 to 1,033 in the twelve months ended September 30, 2023, driven by large, new client wins and successful cross-selling and up-selling efforts.
Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our platform solutions after the initial term expires, which is typically a two to three-year term. Our contracts generally provide for the automatic renewal for one-year subsequent terms, with the ability for our clients to terminate the contract with limited notice to us. However, we believe that due to the breadth, depth, and quality of our products, as well as the significant time and resources it takes to switch to a different healthcare payments provider, we will be able to retain our existing clients and upsell and cross-sell to them, as evidenced by our Net Revenue Retention Rate of 109.0% for the twelve months ended September 30, 2023.
Client case studies
The following are representative examples of how our clients of varying sizes across different care settings use the Waystar platform to address the unique challenges they face:
Large integrated delivery network
Client: Not-for-profit integrated delivery network serving over 3 million patients across over 1,500 locations, including over 20 hospitals
Current Waystar solutions: Patient Financial Care, Revenue Capture, Claims and Payer Payment Management, Analytics and Reporting

Challenge: A large integrated delivery network received feedback from patients that its billing process was confusing and inconvenient. Patients wanted billing statements that were easier to read, navigate, and understand, as well as digital self-service payment options. Prior to implementing Waystar solutions in 2018, approximately 30% of patient calls to the client call center stemmed from complaints about their financial experience. In addition to patient dissatisfaction, fielding these calls became a significant burden for staff and consumed valuable time that could have been spent on higher-value tasks. The network’s prior payment solutions provider was also poorly integrated with its EHR system, utilizing overly complex workflows to collect patient payments and offering limited payment options. The network sought a partner who could improve its approach to patient financial care and use modern software to drive more revenue.

Waystar solutions: Waystar simplifies this client’s healthcare payments workflows and helps propel its mission forward. Our technology integrates seamlessly with its EHR system, allowing our client to improve point-of-service patient payment rates by 30% from 2018 compared to 2022. Our platform also eliminates the need for staff to switch between multiple tools and manual workflows. In the first two months after launch, our client achieved a 92% collection rate. Our Patient Financial Care solution has allowed this client to generate over $10 million in quarterly revenue uplift for the second quarter of 2023 compared to the same quarter in 2022 while automating 90% of status inquiries (based on claim status inquiries made in the first six months of 2023). Waystar’s solutions make it easier for patients to read, understand, and pay their medical bills, driving a patient NPS of 61 as of August 2023. We have a strong partnership with this client today, and they have continued to adopt additional Waystar solutions over time.

Client feedback:

“Waystar’s integration with our EHR system has helped our staff assist patients more efficiently, both in-person and via phone, by eliminating the need to switch between multiple tools and workflows. In fact, this has resulted in reduced patient call handle times, improving the patient financial experience while boosting staff productivity.”

“We’re much more efficient and much faster, in both keeping the patients satisfied and getting paid for our services.”
 
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Leading home health provider
Client: Leading home health provider offering clinical care and support services for children and adults in more than 20 states
Current Waystar solutions: Claims and Payer Payment Management, Denials Prevention and Recovery, Financial Clearance

Challenge: This home health provider struggled with its legacy payments technology, which lacked connections to payers, reporting, analytics, and a process for managing denied claims and had outdated edits.

Waystar solutions: This client implemented multiple Waystar solutions to improve its operations and financial performance. Our Claims and Payer Payment Management solution is dramatically improving efficiency, as evidenced by the number of days it takes our client to submit claims to payers and for payers to acknowledge receipt. In our client’s first year with Waystar, the average days to payer receipt was reduced by more than 50%, while the denial rate was reduced from 4.6% to 1.3% in the first six months, a 72% decrease. Additionally, our Denials Prevention and Recovery solution allows our client to spot denial trends, troubleshoot common issues, and assess problems with specific payors, which led to the recovery of nearly $4 million in twelve months. It has also accelerated the client’s denial appeals process from 30-45 minutes to less than five minutes. Since implementing Waystar, billing staff productivity has risen 93%, driving significant savings for our client.

Client feedback:

“I hopped on Waystar’s platform and moved around pretty easily. This was important because our staff members range from college grads to long-time professionals. Waystar’s solutions are so intuitive, people at all technology experience levels pick it up quickly without a lot of training.”

“Waystar is like our ‘sixth man’.”
Regional health system
Client: Regional health system with over 300 locations, including over 30 hospitals, serving over 1 million patients across the Midwest
Current Waystar solutions: Claims and Payer Payment Management

Challenge: Having grown rapidly, this health system had experienced a sharp rise in outstanding claims, accounts receivable backlog, and risk for timely filing of denials. The staff relied on disparate, time-consuming, and outdated technology and procedures to complete approximately 1.5 million claims status checks annually. Employees, including clinicians, would then need to log results manually, taking further time away from patient care. This hospital system sought Waystar to implement smart solutions to reinvent how the department verifies claim approval.

Waystar solutions: Waystar’s Claim Monitoring solution was swiftly implemented and successfully integrated into the health system’s networks. Our software transforms its claims process by automating the workflow for determining the status on their entire claims inventory with much less manual support and intervention. Our client’s ability to create an intelligent workflow based on claim prioritization is transformative. Instead of an overwhelming backlog of manual work, they now leverage automation to ensure staff is addressing only claims that need intervention, allowing them to work smarter, not harder. During the initial launch of our claims monitoring solution, we helped this client accelerate cash flow through quicker remediation of denied claims of $20.6 million over a 12-month period and drove a seven-day reduction in accounts receivable in the first year of adoption. 80% of claims that once required manual intervention are now automated. The results from leveraging Waystar’s platform are so compelling that the health system is expanding its partnership to several additional solutions, including Patient Financial Care, Financial Clearance, Denials Prevention, and Recovery, and Analytics and Reporting.
 
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Client feedback:

“My staff were living in backlogs of work, and unpaid accounts could remain unresolved up to 82 days or even 120 days in some facilities. Waystar really stuck its neck out for us to do what no vendor had previously done. I was very impressed by that.”

“Waystar’s solution promised to alleviate the burden on my staff. This was important. We do get some turnover, which is expensive. For [us], the cash improvements and cost savings have been very apparent—it’s much less expensive to automate claim status verification with Waystar than add new staff.”
Not-for-profit health system
Client: Not-for-profit health system with approximately 30,000 team members across more than a dozen hospitals
Current Waystar solutions: Financial Clearance

Challenge: This multi-state health system was opening new facilities to service high patient volumes, but found itself struggling with an inefficient prior authorization process marred by high-touch payer interactions, lack of payer authorization rules, and disparate workflows. It was treating 2.7 million patients per year, amounting to roughly 7,400 insurance authorizations per day, making automation a must. However, the organization estimated that up to 70% of its staff’s time was dedicated to manual processes, keeping them from higher-value initiatives. This system turned to Waystar for a solution to not only boost productivity but help it further its mission of improving patient lives.

Waystar solutions: Our client integrated Waystar’s Financial Clearance solution into its existing EHR. Our software has helped minimize manual tasks, improve service times and secure authorizations faster, freeing up time to focus on strategic growth initiatives. Our client has onboarded 11 primary care clinics, 67 specialty care clinics, two hospitals, and one surgery center since implementing Waystar solutions in 2019, all without adding any new full-time employees. Our client uses Waystar’s automation capabilities to self-navigate a payer’s website, enter the required authorization data, and submit the authorization. In the first six months of adoption, our client increased its automation rate by 42% and experienced 3.4x prior authorization speed, and, within the first year, obtained more than 60% of authorizations automatically and decreased denials related to authorizations by 46%, which allowed the client to save up to $720,000 in projected annual salary costs. Waystar continues to engage with this client on new ways to drive even greater results.

Client feedback:

“Our journey started with finding a vendor that checked all the boxes from our product must-haves category—and that’s how we came to partner with Waystar.”

“We’ve optimized our workflow so that Waystar technology pulls the information from the physician order seamlessly to initiate an authorization on the payer website, statuses it, and then pulls the information back into our electronic health record. It’s a really slick workflow. That means when an authorization cannot be secured, we have two weeks to have that conversation with the patient and can potentially redirect them to a different site of care, or they can choose to make an informed decision about paying out of pocket.”
Our people, values, and culture
As of September 30, 2023, we employed approximately 1,400 full-time team members, all of which are located in the United States. As of September 30, 2023, none of our team members were covered by a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a labor organization, and we have not experienced a labor-related work stoppage. We believe we have good relationships with our team members, as evidenced by our 2023 Fortune Great Place to Work Survey, where 86% of participating team members indicated that they would recommend working at Waystar to friends and family.
 
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our values and culture
Our values, which are foundational to the Waystar culture, include the following:

Honesty—This is where we start. With integrity as our core, we are transparent, do the right thing, and build trust by staying true to our commitments.

Kindness—We are friendly and respectful of everyone. We recognize the power of diversity and inclusion.

Passion—We are excited about what we do in our roles, as a company, and for our clients.

Curiosity—We know that the best decisions are not always obvious or easy. We invest the time to understand and develop solutions.

Fanatical Focus—We have obsessive zeal about people, promises, and innovative solutions.

Best Work, Always—We bring our A-game. We work with facts, always communicating clearly and respectfully.

Making It Happen—As individuals and as a team, we are agile with a bias toward speed, action, and automation. We are accountable for our results.

Joyful, Optimistic, & Fun—We love and support our clients, team, and communities. We strive to create positive energy in everything we do.
We have won numerous workplace awards, including being named as one of the Top Places to Work by Becker’s Hospital Review in 2023 and one of the Best Workplaces for Innovators by Fast Company in both 2022 and 2023. We are proud of our strong company culture and investment in long-term career growth for our people, which is evidenced by the long tenure of many of our team members with our organization. We believe it is important to put our team members first, and we provide all of our team members competitive health benefits, 401(k) investment options, and paid family leave, and conduct mental health and other workshops for our team members. We also provide our team members with paid leave for volunteer time, as we believe it is important for Waystar and its team members to give back to the community. We regularly celebrate individuals and team members who exemplify Waystar’s values. We believe this helps us reinforce our values and creates a performance-focused culture that enables us to continue to attract, retain, and develop talent, which is critical to our long-term success.
Training, development, leadership, and engagement
To engage and incentivize our workforce, we provide a wide range of training and development opportunities to support and motivate our team members to operate at their best and succeed. These opportunities include, but are not limited to, Front Line Leadership training for people leaders, Emerging Leader Training for potential leaders, and an annual Leadership Summit for our top leaders. All team members participate in annual training that reinforces our values, certifies team members on key business processes, and helps to promote a workplace of respect, safety, and engagement.
The continued engagement of our talented and committed team is critical to our business. Each year, we gauge our team members’ level of engagement and satisfaction by conducting an employee engagement survey with the assistance of a third-party. As a part of this process, we solicit feedback from team members on training and development opportunities, benefits, well-being, and our ethical culture. We also ask for feedback about their people leader’s effectiveness and ability to foster a more inclusive and diverse workplace.
Inclusion and diversity
At Waystar, we aspire to create an environment where every team member, with their unique background, feels a sense of belonging. We believe that we rise by lifting others up and provide a safe, inclusive work environment where every team member can be their whole, authentic self—no matter their age, race, sexual orientation, gender, or unique background. We have an Inclusion & Diversity Council that oversees various events and initiatives, including various mentorship programs that provide underrepresented students with salaried internships. We also have a “Waystar Day” every quarter that focuses on different initiatives such as kindness, diversity and
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
inclusion, and volunteering, as well as education assistance opportunities in furtherance of self-advancement and development. In addition, we have five Affinity Groups (BIPOC, Families, LGBTQIA+, Military, and Women) which seek to foster a sense of shared community and empowerment for employees who share a common social identity, such as gender, race, ethnicity, and sexual orientation. Team members can voluntarily join an Affinity Group to network, discuss and exchange ideas, and enhance their professional development.
Research and development
We believe that our research and development function and our cloud-based product portfolio provides us with a competitive advantage that enables us to innovate faster and more efficiently, while simultaneously delivering better solutions for our clients. Our research and development team is responsible for the design, development, testing, and enhancement of our products and software. As of December 31, 2022, we had over 225 team members dedicated to product and research and development. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our research and development expense was $32.8 million and $28.3 million, respectively.
Competition
We operate in a highly fragmented and competitive market that is characterized by rapidly evolving technology standards, evolving regulatory requirements, and frequent changes in client needs and introduction of new products and solutions. However, we believe we have a competitive advantage based on the breadth, depth, and quality of our solutions, our innovative cloud-based software platform, our deep domain expertise developed over two decades of industry experience, the differentiated client service we provide, and the ROI we deliver.
Our current principal competitors include, but are not limited to:

Revenue cycle technology vendors:   vendors varying in scale that specialize in revenue cycle management. These vendors frequently utilize legacy technology, have a limited breadth of solutions or typically focus on providers in specific settings of care, such as hospitals or ambulatory practices.

Point solution vendors:   vendors that specialize or focus on point solutions for a specific healthcare payment workflow without addressing the entire healthcare payments workflow from pre-encounter to post-encounter. In addition, certain vendors focus exclusively on patient payments.

EHR and PM systems providers:   certain EHR and PM systems, including certain of our strategic partners and those with which we integrate, offer, or may begin to offer, solutions such as claim management and patient management solutions, payment processing tools, and direct patient communication solutions.

Internally developed software or manual processes:   large healthcare providers may have sufficient IT resources to develop and maintain proprietary internal systems, or to consider developing new custom systems. Many healthcare providers may also rely on manual tasks and labor, without the use of technology enabled systems.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

breadth, depth, and quality of products and solutions;

ability to deliver financial and operational performance improvement through the use of products and solutions;

quality and reliability of solutions;

ease of use and convenience;

brand recognition;

price; and

the ability to integrate our platform solutions with various EHR and PM systems and other technology.
We believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. However, we believe that our ability to remain competitive will depend on the continued success of our disciplined investments in research and
 
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
development and sales and marketing programs. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and our industry—We operate in a highly competitive industry.”
Intellectual property
We rely on a combination of trademark, patent, trade secret, copyright, and other intellectual property laws, as well as contractual provisions, including in employment, confidentiality, and inventions assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property, intangible assets, and associated proprietary rights. Our intellectual property, particularly our know-how is material to the conduct of our business. The success of our business depends in part on our ability to use our trademarks, service marks, and other intellectual property in the operation of our business and platform. In the United States, we have obtained 22 trademark registrations, seven issued patents, and 26 copyright registrations. In addition, we have registered the www.waystar.com domain name, which we use in connection with our platform.
We have procedures in place to monitor for potential infringement of our intellectual property, and it is our policy to take appropriate action to enforce our intellectual property, taking into account the strength of our claim, likelihood of success, cost, and overall business priorities. See “Risk factors—Risks related to information technology systems, cybersecurity, data privacy, and intellectual property.”
Security and compliance
Security and compliance are our top priorities. We maintain a comprehensive security program designed to safeguard the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our clients’ data. In particular, we deploy physical, administrative, and technical controls to protect the security and privacy of patient information.
We operate a cloud-based platform that offers reliability, performance, security, and privacy for our clients. We have infrastructure in place with co-located data centers, and within Microsoft Azure, Amazon Web Service, and Google Cloud Platform environments, to securely manage and maintain our clients’ patient information.
We use external security auditors and industry-leading vendors, such as CrowdStrike and CYE to ensure we have the controls and procedures in place to protect our clients’ sensitive information. We have industry certifications, including HITRUST, PCI-DSS Level 1 Service Provider, SSAE 18 SOC 2, and validated PCI Point-to-Point Encryption. As a PCI-DSS Level 1 Service Provider, we are committed to upholding industry security standards to cardholder data. We received our HITRUST CSF certification in 2021.
We are committed to protecting the information and privacy of our clients and their patients. We are both a “Covered Entity” when we provide our clearinghouse services and a “Business Associate” as defined under HIPAA or subcontractor to a business associate to healthcare providers or revenue cycle management companies. We sign business associate agreements (“BAA”) that govern our uses and disclosures of PHI to our own business associates and on behalf of our covered entity clients that engage us to provide our software solutions. Such BAAs must, among other things, provide adequate written assurances as to how we will use and disclose PHI; that we will implement reasonable administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to protect such PHI from misuse; that we will enter into similar agreements with our agents and subcontractors that have access to the information; that we will report security incidents and other inappropriate uses or disclosures of PHI; and that we will assist the client with certain of its duties under HIPAA.
Regulation
Our business is subject to extensive, complex, and rapidly changing federal and state laws, regulations, and industry standards. These laws and regulations can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and interpretation and enforcement of existing laws and regulations by governmental and regulatory authorities may change periodically. We cannot be assured that a review of our business by courts or governmental or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations. Federal and state legislatures also may enact various legislative proposals that could materially impact certain aspects of our business.
 
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Federal and state health information privacy and security laws
There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal information, including individually identifiable health information. In particular, HIPAA established privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI, and required the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of individually identifiable health information in both paper and electronic form. HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically. For example, claims for reimbursement that are transmitted electronically to payors must comply with specific formatting standards, and these standards apply whether the payor is a government or a private entity. We are contractually required to structure and provide our solutions in a way that supports our clients’ HIPAA compliance obligations to use prescribed electronic formats.
HIPAA requires us to enter into written agreements with covered entities, business associates, and subcontractors with respect to uses and disclosures of PHI. Covered entities, such as us and our clients, may be subject to penalties for, among other activities, failing to enter into a BAA where required by law or as a result of a business associate violating HIPAA, if the business associate is found to be an agent of the covered entity and acting within the scope of the agency. Business associates are also directly subject to liability under HIPAA. In instances where we act as a business associate to a covered entity, there is the potential for additional liability beyond our status as a covered entity. Violations of HIPAA may result in significant civil and criminal penalties, as well as monitoring or resolution agreements. A single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards.
We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule and equivalent state breach notification laws. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which compromises the privacy or security of the PHI, but no later than 60 days after discovery of the breach by a covered entity or its agents. Many state laws and regulations require affected individuals to be notified in the event of a data breach involving PHI within a shorter timeframe. Under HIPAA, all impermissible uses or disclosures of unsecured PHI are presumed to be breaches unless an exception to the definition of breach applies or the covered entity or business associate establishes that there is a low probability the PHI has been compromised based on a risk assessment of at least four regulatory factors. In addition, notification must be provided to HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects 500 or more individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. There can be no assurance that we will not be the subject of an investigation (arising out of a reportable breach incident, audit, or otherwise) alleging non-compliance with HIPAA in our maintenance of PHI. Violations of HIPAA by providers like us, including, but not limited to, failing to implement appropriate administrative, physical, and technical safeguards, have resulted in enforcement actions and in some cases triggered settlement payments or civil monetary penalties.
State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, the HITECH Act mandated that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the civil monetary penalty fine paid by the violator.
HHS proposed revisions to HIPAA regulations in December 2020 that, if adopted as proposed, would modify existing provisions regarding individuals’ rights to access health information, increase information sharing between healthcare organizations, including through direct sharing of EHR. Additionally, HHS proposed revisions to HIPAA regulations in April 2023 that, if adopted as proposed, would modify privacy protections for reproductive health information, limit uses and disclosures of PHI for certain purposes, and establish new attestation requirements to protect sensitive PHI. If certain of these proposed amendments are adopted as proposed, we will be required to establish and implement new policies and procedures to ensure compliance with such amendments.
 
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Other data privacy laws, regulations, and industry standards
In addition, because our business and platform involve the Processing of personal information and other confidential and regulated information, we are also subject to numerous additional laws, regulations, and industry standards. For example, the CCPA, which was subsequently amended by the CPRA, originally took effect in 2020, and provides California residents expanded privacy rights and protections, and provides for civil penalties for certain violations. Many additional jurisdictions around the world, including many additional U.S. states, have adopted or are proposing to adopt laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and data security, and we may become subject to additional requirements and obligations as we expand the scope of our business and operations. Further, we are also subject to industry standards such as PCI-DSS as a result of the credit card payments initiated by patients and provider staff members. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties affecting our business related to compliance with data privacy laws and regulations, please see “Risk factors—Risks related to information technology systems, cybersecurity, data privacy, and intellectual property.”
Healthcare fraud and abuse provisions
A number of federal and state laws, generally referred to as fraud and abuse laws, apply to healthcare providers, physicians and others that make, offer, seek or receive referrals or payments for products or services that may be paid for through any federal or state healthcare program and in some instances any private program. Given the breadth of these laws and regulations, they may affect our business, either directly or because they apply to our clients.
The AKS is broadly worded and prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in return for or to induce (1) the referral of an individual covered by federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, to a person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part under a federal healthcare program, or (2) the purchasing, leasing, or ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchasing, leasing, or ordering of any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part under a federal healthcare program. Court decisions have held that the AKS can be violated even if only “one purpose” of remuneration is to induce or reward referrals or other business generated between the parties. Further, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Violations of the AKS include imprisonment for up to ten years, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, potential liability under the FCA (as discussed below), and significant civil and criminal fines and monetary penalties, plus a civil assessment of up to three times the total payments between the parties to the arrangement. Larger fines can be imposed upon corporations under the provisions of the U.S. Sentencing Guidelines and the Alternate Fines Statute. Individuals and entities convicted of violating the AKS are subject to mandatory exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal healthcare programs for a minimum of five years in the case of criminal conviction.
In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the HHS, Office of Inspector General has promulgated safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed not to be in violation of the AKS, provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that particular arrangement violates the AKS, but instead will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis in light of the parties’ intent and the arrangement’s potential for abuse. Arrangements that do not satisfy a safe harbor may be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies.
Under HIPAA, there are additional provisions regarding healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters, which if not complied with, could have an impact on our business. The healthcare fraud provision prohibits knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. Similar to the AKS, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud provision or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The false statements provision prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment
 
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
for healthcare benefits, items, or services. Violations of these provisions are felonies and may result in fines or imprisonment, or, in the case of the healthcare fraud provision, exclusion from government programs.
Additionally, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a, authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties, assessments, and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a variety of prohibited conduct, including, but not limited to:

presenting, or causing to be presented, claims, reports, or records relating to payment by Medicare, Medicaid or other government payors that the individual or entity knows or should know are for an item or service that was not provided as claimed, is false or fraudulent, or was presented for a physician’s service by a person who knows or should know that the individual providing the service is not a licensed physician, obtained licensure through misrepresentation or represented certification in a medical specialty without in fact possessing such certification;

offering remuneration to a federal healthcare program beneficiary that the individual or entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order or receive healthcare items or services from a particular provider;

arranging contracts with or making payments to an entity or individual excluded from participation in the federal healthcare programs or included on CMS’ preclusion list;

violating the AKS;

making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim for payment for items and services furnished under a federal healthcare program;

making, using, or causing to be made any false statement, omission, or misrepresentation of a material fact in any application, bid, or contract to participate or enroll as a provider of services or a supplier under a federal healthcare program; and

failing to report and return an overpayment owed to the federal government.
Violations of applicable fraud and abuse laws could result in substantial civil monetary penalties that may be imposed under the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law and may vary depending on the underlying violation. In addition, an assessment of not more than three times the total amount claimed for each item or service may also apply and a violator may be subject to exclusion from federal and state healthcare programs. In addition, should an individual providing services under our client contracts become excluded, we may be in violation of our agreements with clients and required to refund amounts attributable to services performed or sufficiently linked to an excluded individual.
False and fraudulent claims laws
There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid (i) submitting a false claim, (ii) causing the submission of a false claim, (iii) retaining a known overpayment, or (iv) engaging in similar types of conduct. The FCA, among other things, prohibits an individual or entity from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim for payment to the government, including but not limited to the Medicare and Medicaid programs and related managed care programs. Many states have their own false claims laws prohibiting similar conduct to the extent the claim seeks payment from state funds, including Medicaid, and states are becoming increasingly active in using such laws to police false bills, false requests for payment, and other activities. The standard for “knowledge” under the FCA includes “reckless disregard” or “deliberate ignorance” of the truth or falsity of the information. There are a number of other potential bases for liability under the FCA, including knowingly and improperly avoiding an obligation to repay money to the government (often called the “reverse false claims” provision). The government has used the FCA to bring civil claims for Medicare and other government program fraud based on allegations including but not limited to those involving coding issues (including up-coding), the submission of false cost or other reports, and billing for services at a higher payment rate than appropriate. Violations of other laws, such as the AKS and the Stark Law, can serve as a basis for liability under the FCA.
 
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended, provides that claims for payment that are tainted by a violation of the AKS (which could include, for example, illegal incentives, or remuneration) are false for purposes of the FCA. In addition, amendments to the FCA and Social Security Act impose severe penalties for the knowing and improper retention of overpayments from government payors. The FCA may be enforced by the federal government directly or by a private qui tam plaintiff (a “relator”) on the government’s behalf. In the latter circumstance, the government is required to investigate the allegations brought by the relator, and then must decide whether or not to intervene. Even if the government declines to intervene, the relator may continue to proceed with the lawsuit on the government’s behalf. When a relator brings a qui tam action under the FCA, the defendant often will not be made aware of the lawsuit until the government commences its own investigation or makes a determination whether or not it will intervene.
If a defendant is found liable under the FCA, the defendant is subject to penalties for each separate false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim, which can be as much as the amounts received directly or indirectly from the government for each such false claim. These penalties are adjusted annually. A successful qui tam relator is entitled to receive a share of any settlement of judgment. In addition to civil enforcement under the FCA, the federal government can use several criminal statutes to prosecute persons who are alleged to have submitted false or fraudulent claims for payment to the federal government. It is difficult to predict how future enforcement initiatives may impact our business.
Stark Law and similar state laws
The Ethics in Patient Referrals Act, known as the Stark Law, prohibits certain types of referral arrangements between physicians and healthcare entities and thus potentially applies to our clients. The law prohibits a physician who has (or whose immediate family member has) a financial relationship with a provider from making referrals to that entity for “designated health services” if payment for the services may be made under Medicare or Medicaid. If such a financial relationship exists, referrals are prohibited unless a statutory or regulatory exception is available. Further, an entity that furnishes designated health services pursuant to a prohibited referral may not present or cause to be presented a claim or bill for such services to the Medicare program or to any other individual or entity. Violations of the Stark Law can result in civil monetary penalties and exclusion from federal healthcare programs and form the basis for liability under the FCA. Laws in many states similarly forbid billing based on referrals between individuals and entities that have various financial, ownership, or other business relationships. Any such violations by, and penalties and exclusions imposed upon, our clients could adversely affect their financial condition and, in turn, could adversely affect our own financial condition.
State fraud and abuse laws
Many states, including certain states in which we conduct our business, have adopted fraud and abuse laws similar to the federal laws described above. These laws are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion, and the scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary by jurisdiction. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items and services reimbursed by any third party payor, including commercial insurers. For example, several states have anti-kickback and self-referral prohibitions, which may apply regardless of whether the payor for such claims is Medicare or Medicaid and which may affect our ability to enter into financial relationships with certain entities or individuals. A determination of liability under state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines, penalties, and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions, administrative sanctions, exclusions from governmental healthcare programs, refund requirements, and disciplinary action by the applicable governmental authority, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and reputation.
Corporate practice of medicine; fee splitting
We enter into contracts with healthcare providers pursuant to which we provide them with software solutions, and may be subject to regulatory oversight, including corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting prohibitions. Some states have enacted laws and regulations prohibiting business corporations from practicing medicine and
 
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
limiting the extent to which physicians and certain other healthcare professionals may be employed by non-physicians or business corporations. These laws are intended to prevent interference in the medical decision-making process by anyone who is not a licensed physician. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing or splitting professional services income or fees with lay entities or persons. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. The scope and enforcement of such corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws varies from state to state. Violations of these laws could require us to restructure our operations and arrangements and may result in penalties or other adverse action.
Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our agreements with healthcare providers licensed in the state. Governmental or regulatory authorities or other parties may assert that we are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or that our contractual arrangements with healthcare providers constitute unlawful fee splitting. In this event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our healthcare provider clients, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease and desist orders from state regulators, the need to make changes to our contracts, and other materially adverse consequences.
Government regulation of reimbursement
Our clients are subject to regulation by a number of governmental agencies, including those that administer the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Accordingly, our clients are sensitive to legislative and regulatory changes in, and limitations on, the government healthcare programs and changes in reimbursement policies, processes, and payment rates. During recent years, there have been numerous federal legislative and administrative actions that have affected government programs, including adjustments that have reduced or increased payments to physicians and other healthcare providers. It is possible that the federal or state governments will implement additional reductions, increases or changes in reimbursement in the future under government programs that adversely affect our clients, or our cost of providing our solutions. Any such changes could adversely affect our own financial condition by reducing the reimbursement rates of our clients.
Consumer protection laws
We may also be subject to both federal and state regulatory agencies who have the authority to investigate consumer complaints relating to a variety of consumer protection laws, including but not limited to the FDCPA, the TCPA, the CAN-SPAM Act, and any state equivalent(s) of the foregoing. Our business practices involve assisting clients in collecting non-defaulted amounts owed by patients for current and prior services activities, which may subject us to the FDCPA. The FDCPA restricts the methods we may use to contact and seek payment from patients regarding past due accounts. Many states impose additional requirements on debt collection practices, and some of those requirements may be more stringent than the federal requirements. Moreover, regulations governing debt collection are subject to changing interpretations that may be inconsistent among different jurisdictions. Such laws and regulations, if deemed to apply to us, are continually evolving and any enforcement actions under such laws could result in fines, penalties, litigation, and increased expenses associated with compliance.
Our facilities
Our corporate headquarters are co-located in Lehi, Utah and Louisville, Kentucky. In addition to our headquarters, we have offices in Atlanta, Georgia and Duluth, Georgia. All of our facilities are leased and none of our facilities are used for any purpose other than general office use. We believe that our current facilities meet our needs and we are confident that we will be able to obtain, if needed, additional or different space on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate future growth.
Legal proceedings
We are subject to various claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of our business, including claims resulting from employment related matters. We believe that we are not party to any material pending legal proceedings and we are not aware of any claims that could have a material effect on our business, financial
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, a significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing under successful claims could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Indemnification and insurance
Our business exposes us to potential liability including, but not limited to, potential liability for breach of contract or negligence claims by our clients, non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and employment-related claims. In certain circumstances, we may also be liable for the acts or omissions of others, such as our vendors or suppliers. On occasion, we enter into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, we indemnify, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent, or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to its technology. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual. Maximum potential future payments we could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against us in the future but have not yet been made. We have not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements.
We attempt to manage our potential liability to third-parties through contractual protection (such as indemnification and limitation of liability provisions) in our contracts with clients and others, and through insurance. The contractual indemnification provisions vary in scope and may not protect us against all potential liabilities, such as liability arising out of our gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition, in the event that we seek to enforce such an indemnification provision, the indemnifying party may not have sufficient resources to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations or may otherwise not comply with its contractual obligations.
We may require our clients and other counterparties to maintain adequate insurance, and we currently maintain errors, omissions, and professional liability insurance coverage with limits we believe to be appropriate. The coverage provided by such insurance may not be adequate for all claims made and such claims may be contested by applicable insurance carriers.
 
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT
Executive officers and directors
Below is a list of our executive officers and directors, their respective ages as of August 15, 2023 and a brief account of the business experience of each of them.
Name
Age
Position
Matthew J. Hawkins
52 Chief Executive Officer and Director
T. Craig Bridge
51 Chief Transformation Officer
Matthew R. A. Heiman
49 Chief Legal & Administrative Officer
Melissa F. (Missy) Miller
38 Chief Marketing Officer
Steven M. Oreskovich
51 Chief Financial Officer
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III
38 Chief Business Officer
Christopher L. Schremser
52 Chief Technology Officer
John Driscoll
64 Chair
Ursula M. Burns
64 Director
Robert A. DeMichiei
58 Director
Michael Douglas
43 Director
Eric C. Liu
46 Director
Heidi G. Miller
70 Director
Paul G. Moskowitz
36 Director
Vivian E. Riefberg
63 Director
Ethan Waxman
35 Director Nominee
Executive officers
Matthew J. Hawkins has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hawkins was at Sunquest Information Systems, a developer of medical laboratory and diagnostic software, from May 2014 to October 2017, where he served as President. Mr. Hawkins was previously an operational leader with Vista Equity Partners, a private equity firm, where he served as President and board member of Greenway Health, a vendor of health information technology, Chief Executive Officer and board member of Vitera Healthcare Solutions, a provider of EHR, PM systems, and financial and clinical transaction processing, and Chief Executive Officer and board member of SirsiDynix, a library software automation company. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Hawkins was Vice President and General Manager of Henry Schein Practice Solutions, a global health care distribution company.
Mr. Hawkins was selected to serve as a director because of his deep knowledge of our business and his significant executive management and leadership experience.
T. Craig Bridge has served as our Chief Transformation Officer since October 2019. Prior to being named to this role, Mr. Bridge served as Chief Operating and Integration Officer from February 2018 to October 2019. Prior to co-founding Navicure, which is now known as Waystar, in January 2001, Mr. Bridge was at S2 Systems, a global provider of integrated solutions for banking and financial markets, where he oversaw Project Management and Quality Assurance Groups from 2000 to 2001. Mr. Bridge was previously at NDCHealth’s Provider Healthcare Transaction Group, a provider of healthcare information software solutions, where he served in various positions from 1994 to 2000.
Matthew R. A. Heiman has served as our Chief Legal & Administrative Officer since July 2023. Prior to being named to this role, Mr. Heiman served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary from 2020 to 2023. Prior to joining us, Mr. Heiman was with Johnson Controls, a global leader in smart, healthy, and sustainable buildings,
 
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
where he served as Vice President, Corporate Secretary, and Associate General Counsel from 2016 to 2018. Mr. Heiman has served as Director for Strategy for the National Security Institute at George Mason University’s Antonin Scalia School of Law since 2018.
Melissa F. (Missy) Miller has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since January 2023. Prior to being named Chief Marketing Officer, Ms. Miller served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing from December 2021 to February 2023 and as our Vice President of Commercialization from August 2020 to December 2021. Prior to joining us, Ms. Miller served as Interim Chief Growth Officer and Chief Marketing Officer at Chameleon Collective, a hybrid consulting and marketing services firm, from 2018 to 2020. Ms. Miller was previously Owner of Frances and Company, a provider of go-to-market consulting for marketing, commercial, and client success functions, from 2018 to 2020, and has served in various roles at ZirMed, which is now a part of Waystar, from 2015 to 2018 and at McKesson Provider Technologies, which provides healthcare distribution and technology services, from 2008 to 2015.
Steven M. Oreskovich has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Oreskovich was at Merge Healthcare, a subsidiary of IBM through acquisition in 2015 and a software provider of medical image handling and processing, interoperability, and clinical systems, where he held various progressive financial roles, including Corporate Controller, Vice President, Internal Audit, Chief Accounting Officer, and Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, from 2004 to 2017. Mr. Oreskovich also previously served in various financial roles at Truis, Inc. and at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an accounting firm.
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III has served as our Chief Business Officer since July 2023. Prior to being named Chief Business Officer, Mr. Sinclair served in various executive roles with us, including Chief Commercial Officer from 2020 to 2023, and Chief Strategy and Product Officer from 2017 to 2020. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sinclair served as the Head of Product at ZirMed, which is now a part of Waystar, from 2008 to 2017, when it was acquired by Bain Capital.
Christopher L. Schremser has served as our Chief Technology Officer since November 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Schremser was at ZirMed, which is now a part of Waystar, where he served as Chief Technology Officer from 2002 to 2017 and as Infrastructure Manager from 2000 to 2002.
Directors
John Driscoll has served as Chair of our Board of Directors since 2019. Mr. Driscoll is the President, U.S. Healthcare and Executive Vice President of Walgreens Boots Alliance Inc, which he joined in October 2022. Previously, he served as Chief Executive Officer of CareCentrix, a healthcare benefits management company, from 2013 to 2022, as President of Castlight Health, a healthcare technology company, from 2012 to 2013, and as Group President for Medco, a pharmacy benefits management company, from June 2003 to April 2012. Mr. Driscoll also previously founded and chaired the Surescripts ePrescribing Network, a national health information network, from 2004 to 2007, served as Advisor to Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm, and served as Vice President for government programs at Oxford Health Plans, a part of the UnitedHealthcare insurance company. Mr. Driscoll previously served on the board and as chair of the Audit Committee of Press Ganey, a provider of healthcare measurement, performance analytics, and strategic advisory solutions, from April 2016 to July 2019.
Mr. Driscoll was selected to serve as a director because of his experience in corporate governance and leadership in the healthcare industry.
Ursula M. Burns has served as a member of our Board of Directors since June 2020. She served as the Chairwoman and Chief Executive Officer of VEON Ltd., an international telecommunications and technology company, from 2018 to 2020. Ms. Burns served as Chair of Xerox Corporation, a print technology and work solutions company, from 2010 to 2017 and as Chief Executive Officer of Xerox Corporation from 2009 to 2016, prior to which she advanced through many engineering and management positions after joining the company in 1980. U.S. President Barack Obama appointed Ms. Burns to help lead the White House national program on Science,
 
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM) from 2009 to 2016, and she served as chair of the President’s Export Council from 2015 to 2016 after service as vice chair from 2010 to 2015. Ms. Burns is a founding partner of Integrum Holdings, an investment firm focused on technology-enabled services companies, and has served as Non-Executive Chairwoman of Teneo Holdings LLC, a global CEO consulting and advisory firm, since 2021 and served as Executive Chairwoman of Plum Acquisition Corp I, a special purpose acquisition company, from 2021 to 2023. She also serves as a member of the boards of Uber Technologies, Inc., which provides a technology platform for transportation services, Endeavor Group Holdings, Inc., a global sports and entertainment company, and IHS Holding Ltd., one of the world’s largest independent owners, operators and developers of shared communications infrastructure, in addition to several private companies. Ms. Burns has previously served on the boards of Exxon Mobil Corporation, an oil and gas company, from 2012 to 2023, Nestle S.A., a food and beverage company, from 2017 to 2021, and American Express, a financial services corporation that specializes in payment cards, from 2004 to 2018.
Ms. Burns was selected to serve as a director because of her experience as the leader of a global company, her technology and digital experience, and her financial expertise.
Robert A. DeMichiei has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2020. He was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of UPMC, a nonprofit health system and leading health care provider and insurer, from 2004 to 2020. Prior to joining UPMC, Mr. DeMichiei held various executive roles with the General Electric Company, an equipment, solutions, and services provider, from 1997 to 2004 and with PricewaterhouseCoopers, a network of professional services firms, from 1987 to 1997. Mr. DeMichiei currently serves as board member of Ampco Pittsburgh Corporation, a manufacturer of forged and cast engineered products and air and liquid processing products and the Automobile Club of Southern California, a national insurer and member services organization and a part of the AAA federation of motor clubs. Mr. DeMichiei also currently serves as a strategic advisor for Health Catalyst and Omega Healthcare Management Services. He was a founder and former board member of Prodigo Solutions, Inc. He is the former Chairman and a current board member of the United Way of Southwestern Pennsylvania, the Finance Committee Chair of the Seton Hill University Board of Trustees, and the Treasurer and Finance Committee Chair of the Advanced Leadership Institute, all charitable organizations.
Mr. DeMichiei was selected to serve as a director because of his experience in various executive and management positions and his experience in the healthcare industry.
Michael Douglas has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2019. He is a Managing Director, Direct Private Equity at CPPIB, which he joined in 2007. Mr. Douglas previously worked at Ernst & Young Orenda Corporate Finance, a financial advisor on mid-market M&A transactions, from 2003 to 2007. He currently serves on the boards of Ascend Learning, a provider of online educational content, simulation, software, and analytics, and Wilton Re Ltd., a life insurance company, and previously served on the boards of Acelity, a wound care medical equipment company, from 2017 to 2019 and LHP Hospital Group from 2010 to 2017, and as a board observer at Antares.
Mr. Douglas was selected to serve as a director because of his experience in private equity investing and knowledge and understanding of business and corporate strategy.
Eric C. Liu has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2019. He has served as Partner, Head of North American Private Equity, and Global Co-Head of Healthcare at EQT, an alternative asset management firm since 2014. Mr. Liu currently serves on the board of Parexel, a global clinical research organization and biopharmaceutical services company, and was previously on the boards of Certara, a leader in model-informed drug development and regulatory science, from 2017 to 2022, Aldevron, a global supplier of plasmid DNA used in cell and gene therapies, from 2019 to 2021, and Press Ganey, a provider of healthcare measurement, performance analytics, and strategic advisory solutions, from 2016 to 2019.
Mr. Liu was selected to serve as a director because of his experience in finance and capital markets as well as insight into the healthcare industry, gained from advising and serving as a director of multiple EQT portfolio companies.
 
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Heidi G. Miller has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2021. Prior to retiring in 2012, she was president of JPMorgan International, a division of JPMorgan Chase & Co, from 2010 to 2012. Previously, Ms. Miller served as Chief Executive Officer of JPMorgan Chase’s Treasury and Security Services from 2004 to 2010. Ms. Miller has previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Bank One Corporation, which was acquired by JPMorgan Chase, from 2002 to 2004, and has served as Chief Financial Officer for the Travelers Group, a diversified financial services company, from 1995 to 1998 and for Citigroup, an investment bank and financial services company, from 1998 to 2001. Ms. Miller currently serves on the board of Fiserv, a global fintech and payments company, and previously served on the boards of HSBC Holdings PLC, a banking and financial services institution, from 2014 to 2021, General Mills Inc., a food service manufacturer and producer of packaged consumer goods, from 1999 to 2019, and Progressive Corp., an insurance company, from 2011 to 2014, and as a trustee of the International Financial Reporting Standards Foundation, a not-for-profit organization that develops accounting and sustainability disclosure standards.
Ms. Miller was selected to serve as a director because of her experience in leadership, management, and strategic experience at complex organizations in the global banking and financial services industries.
Paul G. Moskowitz has served as a member of our Board of Directors since 2019 and a Board Observer since 2016. He is a Managing Director at Bain Capital, a global alternative asset management firm, which he joined in 2011. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Moskowitz was a consultant at Bain & Company, a global consulting firm, from 2009 to 2011. Mr. Moskowitz also serves on the boards of LeanTaas, a HCIT software company that uses advanced data science to improve the operational performance of hospitals and clinics, and PartsSource, which is an online B2B marketplace for hospitals to procure medtech equipment parts and maintenance services.
Mr. Moskowitz was selected to serve as a director because of his experience as a management consultant and private equity investor and his extensive knowledge and understanding of the healthcare, retail, and business services industries.
Vivian E. Riefberg has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2023. Since August 2020, she has also served as the David C. Walentas Jefferson Scholars Foundation Professorship Chair and is a Professor of Practice at the University of Virginia (“UVA”) Darden School of Business and a Fellow at The Miller Center at UVA. Ms. Riefberg previously held a variety of high-ranking executive positions at McKinsey & Company from September 1987 to July 1988 and December 1989 to May 2020, including leading the Public Sector Practice for the Americas and co-leading the U.S. Health Care practice. She also currently serves on the boards of ONWARD Medical N.V. since 2022 and Lightrock, an impact investing fund, since 2022 and privately held Accompany Health, Inc. since 2023 and K Health Inc. since 2021, and has served as an Emeritus Director and Senior Advisor with McKinsey & Company since June 2020. In the non-profit world, she serves on the boards of the Public Broadcasting Service since 2018, Johns Hopkins Medicine since July 2020, and the advisory board for the Smithsonian American Women’s History Museum since August 2021. She was previously on the board of governors for the NIH Clinical Center from 2000 to 2004 and was a director on the boards for Signify Health, Inc. from 2020 to 2023, the Partnership for a Healthier America, and McKinsey & Company.
Ms. Riefberg was selected to serve as a director because of her healthcare expertise across both public and private sectors and her management experience.
Director Nominee
Ethan Waxman is expected to join our Board of Directors immediately prior to the effective time of the Form 8-A registration statement to be filed with the SEC to register our common stock under the Exchange Act. Mr. Waxman serves as a Partner at EQT, where he has worked since August 2015. Mr. Waxman previously served on the board of Certara, Inc., a leading provider of software and scientific consulting services, from August 2020 to December 2022.
Mr. Waxman was selected to serve as a director because of his finance and capital markets experience as well as insight into the healthcare industry gained from advising multiple EQT portfolio companies.
 
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Composition of our board of directors after this offering
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a classified board of directors, with four directors in Class I (expected to be Ethan Waxman, Michael Douglas, Ursula Burns, and Vivian Riefberg), three directors in Class II (expected to be Paul Moskowitz, John Driscoll, and Robert DeMichiei) and three directors in Class III (expected to be Eric Liu, Matthew Hawkins, and Heidi Miller). See “Description of capital stock.”
We intend to enter into the Stockholders Agreement with EQT, CPPIB, Bain, and certain equity holders, including members of management, in connection with this offering. EQT will have the right to nominate to our Board of Directors (i) two nominees for so long as EQT beneficially owns 30% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock and (ii) one nominee for so long as EQT beneficially owns 5% or greater, but less than 30%, of our then-outstanding common stock. Mssrs. Waxman and Liu will be the initial EQT director nominees. CPPIB will have the right to nominate to our Board of Directors one nominee for so long as CPPIB beneficially owns 5% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock. Mr. Douglas will be the initial CPPIB director nominee. Bain will have the right to nominate to our Board of Directors one nominee for so long as Bain beneficially owns 5% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock. Mr. Moskowitz will be the initial Bain director nominee. For so long as EQT beneficially owns 20% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock, EQT will have the right to nominate, designate, and remove the chairperson of our Board of Directors, subject to CPPIB’s consent. For so long as CPPIB beneficially owns 10% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock, CPPIB will have the right to appoint one non-voting board observer, who will have the right to attend all meetings in a non-voting, observer capacity. In addition, the Institutional Investors have certain nomination rights with respect to our board committees. Furthermore, if any representatives of EQT serve on any boards or committees of our subsidiaries, CPPIB and Bain will have an equivalent right such that the board of directors of such subsidiary or committee thereof reflects, to the maximum extent possible, the composition of our Board of Directors and its committees as required under the Stockholders Agreement. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders agreement.”
Board leadership structure and our Board of Director’s role in risk oversight
Committees of our board of directors
After the completion of this offering, the standing committees of our board of directors will consist of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable.
The board of directors has extensive involvement in the oversight of risk management related to us and our business. Our chief executive officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. We believe that the leadership structure of our board of directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities.
Audit committee
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have an Audit Committee, consisting of Robert DeMichiei, who will be serving as the Chair, Heidi Miller, Paul Moskowitz, and Vivian Riefberg. Ms. Miller, Ms. Riefberg, and Mr. DeMichiei qualify as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. DeMichiei and Ms. Miller each qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The purpose of the Audit Committee will be to prepare the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statement and to assist our board of directors in overseeing:

accounting, financial reporting, and disclosure processes;
 
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

adequacy and soundness of systems of disclosure and internal control established by management;

the quality and integrity of our financial statements and the annual independent audit of our financial statements;

our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence;

the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm;

our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements in connection with the foregoing;

compliance with our Code of Conduct;

overall risk management profile; and

preparing the audit committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the Audit Committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.
Compensation committee
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a Compensation Committee, consisting of Heidi Miller, who will serve as the Chair, Ursula Burns, Michael Douglas, John Driscoll, and Eric Liu.
The purpose of the Compensation Committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to:

the establishment, maintenance, and administration of compensation and benefit policies designed to attract, motivate, and retain personnel with the requisite skills and abilities to contribute to our long term success;

setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers, directors, and key personnel;

monitoring our incentive compensation and equity-based compensation plans;

succession planning for our executive officers, directors, and key personnel;

our compliance with the compensation rules, regulations, and guidelines promulgated by , the SEC and other law, as applicable; and

preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.
Nominating and corporate governance committee
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, consisting of Eric Liu, who will serve as the Chair, Michael Douglas, and John Driscoll.
The purpose of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is to:

advise our board of directors concerning the appropriate composition of our board of directors and its committees;

identify individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

recommend to our board of directors the persons to be nominated by our board of directors for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders;

recommend to our board of directors the members of our board of directors to serve on the various committees of our board of directors;
 
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

develop and recommend to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and assist our board of directors in complying with them; and

oversee the evaluation of our board of directors, our board of directors’ committees, and management.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation
None of the members of our Compensation Committee has at any time been one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or Compensation Committee.
We have entered into certain indemnification agreements with our directors and are party to certain transactions with principal stockholders described in “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Indemnification of directors and officers” and “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders agreement,” respectively.
Director independence
Pursuant to the corporate governance listing standards of Nasdaq, a director employed by us cannot be deemed to be an “independent director.” Each other director will qualify as “independent” only if our board of directors affirmatively determines that he has no material relationship with us, either directly or as a partner, stockholder, or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us. Ownership of a significant amount of our stock, by itself, does not constitute a material relationship.
Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of our directors, other than Matthew J. Hawkins, qualifies as “independent” in accordance with Nasdaq rules. In making its independence determinations, our board of directors considered and reviewed all information known to it (including information identified through directors’ questionnaires).
Background and experience of directors; board diversity
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.
In evaluating director candidates, we consider, and will continue to consider in the future, factors including, personal and professional character, integrity, ethics and values, experience in corporate management, finance and other relevant industry experience, social policy concerns, judgment, potential conflicts of interest, including other commitments, practical and mature business judgment, and such factors as age, gender, race, orientation, place of residence, and specialized experience and any other relevant qualifications, attributes or skills.
Code of conduct
We will adopt a new Code of Conduct (the “Code of Conduct”) that applies to all of our directors, officers, and employees, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer. Our Code of Conduct will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering. Our Code of Conduct is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our website.
 
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table provides summary information concerning compensation earned by our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2022 for services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2022. These individuals are referred to as our named executive officers.
Name and principal position
Fiscal
Year
Salary
($)(1)
Option
awards
($)(2)
Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)(3)
All other
compensation
($)(4)
Total
($)
Matthew J. Hawkins
Chief Executive Officer
2022 $ 750,000 $ 3,674,799 $ 833,250 $ 60,678 $ 5,318,727
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III
Chief Business Officer
2022 $ 400,000 $ 545,293 $ 635,809 $ 22,734 $ 1,603,836
T. Craig Bridge
Chief Transformation Officer
2022 $ 400,000 $ 545,293 $ 444,400 $ 21,769 $ 1,411,462
(1) The amounts reported represent the named executive officer’s base salary earned during the fiscal year covered.
(2) The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the time-based vesting and performance-based vesting stock options awarded to the named executive officer in 2022, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (“Topic 718”), utilizing the assumptions discussed in Note 16 of our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The performance-based vesting stock options are subject to market conditions and an implied performance condition as defined under applicable accounting standards. The grant date fair value of the performance-based vesting stock options was computed based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date in accordance with Topic 718. Achievement of the performance conditions for the performance-based vesting stock options granted in 2022 was not deemed probable on the grant date and, accordingly, no value is included in the table for these awards pursuant to the SEC’s disclosure rules. Assuming achievement of the performance conditions, the maximum grant date fair values of the performance-based vesting stock options that were granted in 2022 were: (i) for Mr. Hawkins, $2,286,250, (ii) for Mr. Sinclair, $339,250, and (iii) for Mr. Bridge, $339,250.
(3) The amounts reported represent the annual bonuses earned by each the named executive officer under the Waystar Incentive Plan for 2022. For Mr. Sinclair, the amount reported also includes aggregate 2022 commission payments. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” below.
(4) The amounts reported in this column represent (i) for Mr. Hawkins, employer matching contributions to our 401(k) plan in the amount of $6,225, tax gross-up related to Winner’s Circle benefits in the amount of $19,017, and tax gross-up related to relocation benefits in the amount of $35,436, (ii) for Mr. Sinclair, employer matching contributions to our 401(k) plan in the amount of $12,200 and tax gross-up related to Winner’s Circle benefits in the amount of $10,534, and (iii) for Mr. Bridge, employer matching contributions to our 401(k) plan in the amount of $12,000 and tax gross-up related to Winner’s Circle benefits in the amount of $9,769.
NARRATIVE DISCLOSURE TO SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
Employment agreements
Matthew J. Hawkins
Navicure, Inc., which is now known as Waystar, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hawkins, dated as of October 18, 2017, which was amended by an agreement between Mr. Hawkins and Navicure, Inc. as of December 29, 2017, and which we refer to as the Hawkins employment agreement. The Hawkins employment agreement provides that Mr. Hawkins will serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The Hawkins employment agreement does not have a specific duration or term, and Mr. Hawkins’ employment is at-will. The Hawkins employment agreement provides for (i) an initial salary of $540,000 ($750,000 as of 2022), subject to annual review by the board of directors for increase, (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 100% of base salary, with an eligibility to earn a maximum annual bonus of 167% of base salary, (iii) reimbursement of reasonable business expenses, and (iv) vacation. Mr. Hawkins is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements.
The Hawkins employment agreement further provides for restrictive covenants, as described below under “Restrictive Covenants” and severance benefits, as described below under “Severance Arrangements.”
 
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III
ZirMed, Inc., which is now a part of Waystar, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Sinclair, effective as of September 5, 2017, which we refer to as the Sinclair employment agreement. Mr. Sinclair initially served as Senior Vice President, Product but currently serves as our Chief Business Officer. The Sinclair employment agreement does not have a specific duration or term, and Mr. Sinclair’s employment is at-will. The Sinclair employment agreement also provides for (i) an initial salary of $250,000 ($400,000 as of 2022), subject to annual review by the board of directors for increase, (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 40% of base salary, with an eligibility to earn a maximum annual bonus of 167% of base salary, (iii) reimbursement of reasonable business expenses, and (iv) vacation. Mr. Sinclair is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements.
The Sinclair employment agreement further provides for restrictive covenants, as described below under “Restrictive Covenants” and severance benefits, as described below under “Severance Arrangements.”
T. Craig Bridge
Navicure, Inc., which is now known as Waystar, entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bridge, dated as of July 1, 2016, which was amended by an agreement between Mr. Bridge and Navicure, Inc. as of November 1, 2017, and which we refer to as the Bridge employment agreement. The Bridge employment agreement does not have a specific duration or term, and Mr. Bridge’s employment is at-will. The Bridge employment agreement also provides for (i) a base salary ($400,000 as of 2022), subject to annual review by the board of directors for increase, (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to 55% of base salary, with an eligibility to earn a maximum annual bonus of 167% of base salary, and (iii) vacation. Mr. Bridge is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements.
The Bridge employment agreement further provides for restrictive covenants, as described below under “Restrictive Covenants” and severance benefits, as described below under “Severance Arrangements.”
See “—Compensation arrangements to be adopted in connection with this offering” below for information about the new employment agreements that we expect to enter into with our named executive officers in connection with this offering.
Base salary
We provide each named executive officer with a base salary, reflective of the competitive marketplace, for the services that the named executive officer performs for us. Base salary serves as the primary form of fixed compensation for our named executive officers. Base salary can also impact other compensation and benefit opportunities, including annual bonuses, as such opportunities are expressed as a percentage of base salary. This compensation component constitutes a stable element of compensation while other compensation elements are variable. Base salaries are renewed at least annually and may be increased based on the individual performance of the named executive officer, company performance, any change in the executive’s position within our business, the scope of his responsibilities, and any changes thereto. For 2022, Messrs. Hawkins’, Sinclair’s, and Bridge’s base salaries were $750,000, $400,000, and $400,000, respectively.
Non-equity incentive plan compensation
Waystar Incentive Plan. Each named executive officer was eligible to receive an annual bonus under the Waystar Incentive Plan for 2022 in accordance with the terms of their respective employment agreements and subsequent adjustments. For 2022, Messrs. Hawkins’, Sinclair’s, and Bridge’s target incentive opportunity was 110%, 60%, and 110% of their base salaries, respectively. For 2022, 70% of the Waystar Incentive Plan payout was based on company financial performance, 25% of the payout was based on metrics shared by leadership, and 5% of the payout was based on how an individual reflects our values. Company financial performance was based on Adjusted EBITDA targets, total gross bookings targets, and revenue targets, each established at the beginning of the
 
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
fiscal year and approved by our board of directors. For 2022, based largely on company and shared leadership metric performance, the Waystar Incentive Plan paid out at 101% of the target incentive opportunity.
Mr. Sinclair’s Commission. For 2022, Mr. Sinclair was also eligible for a commission based on the estimated gross margin of 2022 bookings.
Equity awards
Vesting schedule
The stock options granted to our named executive officers under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan are divided into time-vesting stock options (50% of the stock options granted) and performance-vesting stock options (50% of the stock options granted).
The stock options have a ten-year term and vest as follows:

The time-vesting stock options vest over five years, with 20% vesting on each of the first five anniversaries of a specified vesting reference date, subject to continued employment or service with us through each applicable vesting date; however, upon a change of control, all outstanding unvested time-vesting stock options will vest in full immediately prior to the change of control.

The performance-vesting stock options begin to vest when and if investment vehicles affiliated with EQT, CPPIB, and Bain receive cash proceeds with respect to or in exchange for their equity securities of us equal to a 1.5x multiple on their collective investment in us, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment or service with us through each applicable measurement date.

100% of the performance-vesting stock options vest when and if investment vehicles affiliated with EQT, CPPIB, and Bain receive cash proceeds with respect to or in exchange for their equity securities of us equal to a 2.5x multiple on their collective investment in us, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment or service with us through each applicable measurement date.

To the extent the investment vehicles affiliated with EQT, CPPIB, and Bain receive cash proceeds with respect to or in exchange for their equity securities of us between a 1.5x and a 2.5x multiple on their collective investment in us, the performance-vesting stock options will vest based on linear interpolation.
In connection with a termination of employment or service for “cause,” or in the event of a “restrictive covenant breach” ​(each as defined in the applicable stock option award agreements), both unvested and vested stock options will immediately terminate and expire. See “—Termination and change of control provisions—Equity awards” below for information regarding the treatment of stock options upon a qualified termination.
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2022
The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards made to our named executive officers as of December 31, 2022.
 
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Option awards
Name
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
(#)
exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable
Equity incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options
(#)
Option
exercise
price
($)
Option
expiration
date
Matthew J. Hawkins(1)
3,846,736.07 $ 2.50 11/1/2027
Matthew J. Hawkins(1)
389,430.56 $ 2.50 11/1/2027
Matthew J. Hawkins(2)
1,080,000.00 720,000.00 1,800,000.00 $ 10.00 10/23/2029
Matthew J. Hawkins(2)
387,500.00 387,500.00 $ 20.00 8/16/2032
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III(1)
256,578.87 $ 2.50 11/1/2027
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III(2)
292,500.00 195,000.00 487,500.00 $ 10.00 10/23/2029
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III(2)
60,000.00 90,000.00 150,000.00 $ 11.00 8/9/2030
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III(2)
57,500.00 57,500.00 $ 20.00 8/16/2032
T. Craig Bridge(1)
307,819.87 $ 2.50 11/1/2027
T. Craig Bridge(1)
34,771.61 $ 2.50 11/1/2027
T. Craig Bridge(1)
264,824.66 $ 2.50 7/1/2026
T. Craig Bridge(2)
195,000.00 130,000.00 325,000.00 $ 10.00 10/23/2029
T. Craig Bridge(2)
30,000.00 45,000.00 75,000.00 $ 11.00 8/9/2030
T. Craig Bridge(2)
57,500.00 57,500.00 $ 20.00 8/16/2032
(1) Represents substitute options granted to the named executive officer in connection with the acquisition of the Company by investment vehicles affiliated with EQT, CPPIB, and Bain in 2019.
(2) Represents time-vesting stock options and performance-vesting stock options granted to the named executive officer under the Company’s 2019 Stock Incentive Plan. See “—Equity Awards” above.
2019 Stock Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, effective October 22, 2019, under which we have granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain eligible individuals. The 2019 Stock Incentive Plan will be terminated effective as of the consummation of this offering and, following this offering, no further stock awards will be issued under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan.
The Compensation Committee administers the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan and has the authority to, among other powers, designate participants, determine the terms and conditions of any award, and to make all decisions and determinations and to take any other action that the Compensation Committee deems necessary for the administration of the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan.
The 2019 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of awards of non-qualified stock options and other stock-based awards tied to the value of our shares. In connection with an award of stock options under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, each participant enters into an award agreement, which provides the number of shares subject to the stock option and the terms of such grant, as determined by our board of directors.   shares are reserved for issuance with respect to currently outstanding options granted under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan.
Awards under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan are generally subject to adjustment in the event of any (i) dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, extraordinary sale, repurchase, or exchange of shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar transactions or events (including a change of control) or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting us, including changes in applicable laws, rules, or regulations, or the dissolution or liquidation of the company. In addition, in connection with any change of control, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide for the (a) substitution or assumption of awards, or acceleration of the vesting of, exercisability of, or lapse of restrictions on, awards; (b) cancellation of any
 
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
outstanding awards that are vested as of such cancellation (or would vest as a result of the occurrence of a change of control) for payment to the holders thereof of the value of such awards, if any, as determined by our board of directors, including with respect to stock options, by payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the stock option over the aggregate exercise price of the option (and, any stock option having a per share exercise price equal to, or greater than, the fair market value per share subject to the stock option may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); and/or (c) conversion or replacement of any award that is unvested as of the change of control event into, or with the right to receive a payment, based on the value of the award at the time of such conversion or replacement, as determined by our board of directors, that is subject to continued vesting on the same basis as the vesting requirements applicable to the corresponding award.
Pursuant to the terms of the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, unless permitted by our board of directors, stock awards may not be transferred by a participant, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time, but no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or holder or beneficiary of an award will not be effective without the consent of the affected participant, holder, or beneficiary.
All awards under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or Compensation Committee and as in effect from time to time and (ii) applicable law.
TERMINATION AND CHANGE OF CONTROL PROVISIONS
Severance arrangements
Matthew J. Hawkins.   Pursuant to the terms of the Hawkins employment agreement, if Mr. Hawkins’ employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” ​(as defined in the Hawkins employment agreement) (but not as a result of Mr. Hawkins’ death or disability) or (ii) for “good reason” ​(as defined in the Hawkins employment agreement), Mr. Hawkins will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

An amount equal to 18 months of Mr. Hawkins’ then-current base salary, payable in equal monthly installments over 18 months following termination of employment;

Any earned but unpaid prior year annual incentive bonus, payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Hawkins remained employed;

A pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance, and payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Hawkins remained employed; and

If Mr. Hawkins timely elects continued coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), a monthly cash payment equal to monthly group health insurance premiums, at active employee rates, for 18 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. Hawkins is no longer eligible for COBRA coverage.
Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits described above are contingent upon Mr. Hawkins’ (i) execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement containing a general release of claims and (ii) continued compliance with the provisions of the Hawkins employment agreement (including the restrictive covenants).
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III.   Pursuant to the terms of the Sinclair employment agreement, if Mr. Sinclair’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” ​(as defined in the Sinclair employment agreement) (but not as a result of Mr. Sinclair’s death or disability) or (ii) for “good reason” ​(as defined in the Sinclair employment agreement), Mr. Sinclair will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:
 
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

An amount equal to 12 months of Mr. Sinclair’s then-current base salary, payable in equal monthly installments over 12 months following termination of employment;

Any earned but unpaid prior year annual incentive bonus, payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Sinclair remained employed;

A pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance, and payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Sinclair remained employed.
Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits described above are contingent upon Mr. Sinclair’s (i) execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement containing a general release of claims and (ii) continued compliance with the provisions of the Sinclair employment agreement (including the restrictive covenants).
T. Craig Bridge.   Pursuant to the terms of the Bridge employment agreement, if Mr. Bridge’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” ​(as defined in the Bridge employment agreement) (but not as a result of Mr. Bridge’s death or disability) or (ii) for “good reason” ​(as defined in the Bridge employment agreement), Mr. Bridge will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

An amount equal to 18 months of Mr. Bridge’s then-current base salary, payable in equal monthly installments over 18 months following termination of employment;

Any earned but unpaid prior year annual incentive bonus, payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Bridge remained employed;

A pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance, and payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Bridge remained employed.

If Mr. Bridge timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, a monthly cash payment equal to monthly group health insurance premiums, at active employee rates, for 18 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. Bridge is no longer eligible for COBRA coverage.
Our obligation to provide the severance payments and benefits described above are contingent upon Mr. Bridge’s (i) execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement containing a general release of claims and (ii) continued compliance with the provisions of the Bridge employment agreement (including the restrictive covenants).
See “—Compensation arrangements to be adopted in connection with this offering” below for information about the new employment agreements that we expect to enter into with our named executive officers in connection with this offering.
Equity awards
Qualified termination
Matthew J. Hawkins.   With respect to the stock options granted to Mr. Hawkins on October 23, 2019, in the event of a termination of Mr. Hawkins’ employment by us without “cause,” by Mr. Hawkins for “good reason,” or as a result of Mr. Hawkins’ death or disability, (i) a pro-rata portion of the unvested time-vesting options that would otherwise vest on the next annual vesting date following such termination had Mr. Hawkins remained employed shall vest based on the number of days elapsed while Mr. Hawkins was actually employed during such annual vesting period and the remaining unvested time-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest in full upon the occurrence of a change of control within the six-month period following such termination, and (ii) the unvested performance-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest if a measurement date occurs within the six-month period following such termination and will vest to the extent that the applicable
 
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
performance vesting conditions are achieved in connection with such measurement date. Any unvested time-vesting options and performance-vesting options that do not otherwise vest during such six-month period shall terminate and expire upon the expiration of such period.
With respect to the stock options granted to Mr. Hawkins on August 16, 2022, in the event of a termination of Mr. Hawkins’ employment by us without “cause,” by Mr. Hawkins for “good reason,” or as a result of Mr. Hawkins’ death or disability, (i) the unvested time-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest in full upon the occurrence of a change of control within the three-month period following such termination, and (ii) the unvested performance-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest if a measurement date occurs within the three-month period following such termination and will vest to the extent that the applicable performance vesting conditions are achieved in connection with such measurement date. Any unvested time-vesting options and performance-vesting options that do not otherwise vest during such three-month period shall terminate and expire upon the expiration of such period.
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III.   With respect to the stock options granted to Mr. Sinclair on October 23, 2019, August 9, 2020, and August 16, 2022, in the event of a termination of Mr. Sinclair’s employment by us without “cause,” by Mr. Sinclair for “good reason,” or as a result of Mr. Sinclair’s death or disability, (i) the unvested time-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a change of control within the three-month period following such termination, and (ii) the unvested performance-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest if a measurement date occurs within the three-month period following such termination and will vest to the extent that the applicable performance vesting conditions are achieved in connection with such measurement date. Any unvested time-vesting options and performance-vesting options that do not otherwise vest during such three-month period shall terminate and expire upon the expiration of such period.
T. Craig Bridge. With respect to the stock options granted to Mr. Bridge on October 23, 2019, August 9, 2020, and August 16, 2022, in the event of a termination of Mr. Bridge’s employment by us without “cause,” by Mr. Bridge for “good reason,” or as a result of Mr. Bridge’s death or disability, (i) the unvested time-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a change of control within the three-month period following the termination, and (ii) the unvested performance-vesting options will remain outstanding and eligible to vest if a measurement date occurs within the three-month period following such termination and will vest to the extent that the applicable performance vesting conditions are achieved in connection with such measurement date. Any unvested time-vesting options and performance-vesting options that do not otherwise vest during such three-month period shall terminate and expire upon the expiration of such period.
Change of control
Each of the Hawkins, Sinclair, and Bridge option agreements provide that, if a change of control occurs during the named executive officer’s employment (i) the unvested time-vesting options will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the change of control and (ii) all of the performance vesting options that do not vest on or before a change of control or the date upon which the investment vehicles affiliated with EQT, CPPIB, and Bain no longer collectively holds shares of our common stock representing more than ten percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be forfeited upon such change of control or date upon which the sponsor group no longer collectively holds shares of our common stock representing more than ten percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
Restrictive covenants
Matthew J. Hawkins.   The Hawkins employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire, employee and independent contractor non-solicitation, business partner and customer non-solicitation, and mutual non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality and mutual non-disparagement covenants have an indefinite term. The noncompetition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. Hawkins’ employment with us and until the 18-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason.
 
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III.   The Sinclair employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire, employee and independent contractor non-solicitation, business partner and customer non-solicitation, and non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants have an indefinite term. The noncompetition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. Sinclair’s employment with us and until the 12-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason.
T. Craig Bridge.   The Bridge employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire, employee and independent contractor non-solicitation, business partner and customer non-solicitation, and non-disparagement covenants. The confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants have an indefinite term. The noncompetition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. Bridge’s employment with us and until the 12-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason.
RETIREMENT PLAN
We maintain a tax-qualified defined contribution 401(k) savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”), in which all employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate. The 401(k) Plan allows participants to contribute up to 75% of their compensation on a pre-tax basis (or on a post-tax basis, with respect to elective Roth deferrals) into individual retirement accounts, subject to the maximum annual limits set by the Internal Revenue Service. The 401(k) Plan also allows us to make employer matching contributions. We have historically made employer matching contributions of up to 50% of our employees’ elective deferrals, limited to the first 8% of each employee’s compensation. Participants are immediately fully vested in their own contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Participants vest in the matching contributions we make to their accounts after 3 years of service, at the rate of 3313% per year.
COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS TO BE ADOPTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS offering
2023 Equity incentive plan
Our board of directors expects to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the completion of the offering, in order to provide a means through which to attract, retain, and motivate key personnel. Awards under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan may be granted to any (i) individual employed by us or our subsidiaries (other than those U.S. employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or similar agreement), (ii) director or officer of us or our subsidiaries, or (iii) consultant or advisor to us or our subsidiaries who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act. The 2023 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has properly delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee exists, our board of directors.
The 2023 Equity Incentive Plan initially reserves      shares for issuance, which is subject to increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2024 fiscal year in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the positive difference, if any, between (x)    % of the outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (y) the available plan reserve on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) a lower number of shares of our common stock as determined by our board of directors; provided, however, that this automatic share reserve increase shall not apply following the tenth (10th) anniversary of the effective date of the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan.
All awards granted under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan will vest and/or become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such event or events as determined by the Compensation Committee. Awards available for grant under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan include, non-qualified stock options, and incentive stock options, restricted shares of our common stock, restricted stock units, and other equity-based awards tied to the value of our shares.
 
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Awards are generally subject to adjustment in the event of (i) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of common stock or other securities, or other similar transactions or events or (ii) unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, including changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations, or other requirement. In addition, in connection with any change of control, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for any one or more of the following: (i) a substitution or assumption of, acceleration of the vesting of, the exercisability of, or lapse of restrictions on, any one or more outstanding awards and (ii) cancellation of any one or more outstanding awards and payment to the holders of such awards that are vested as of such cancellation (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time, but no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is required under applicable law, (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events), or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan. Any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award will not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent.
All awards granted under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan are subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with (i) any clawback, forfeiture, or other similar policy adopted by our board of directors or the Compensation Committee and as in effect from time to time and (ii) applicable law.
IPO equity awards
In connection with this offering, it is expected that our board of directors will approve an IPO equity award in the form of 50% time-based vesting options and 50% time-based vesting restricted stock units to our executive officers, including each of our named executive officers, pursuant to the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan. The grants to the named executive officers will comprise an award of options to purchase           ,            and            shares of our common stock to Messrs. Hawkins, Sinclair, and Bridge, respectively, each with a per-share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price, and an award of           ,            and            restricted stock units to Messrs. Hawkins, Sinclair, and Bridge, respectively. The options and restricted stock units will vest in four substantially equal installments on each of the second, third, fourth, and fifth anniversaries of the completion of this offering, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date; provided, however, that, upon any termination (i) by us without “cause” ​(as defined in the named executive officer’s employment agreement) or (ii) by the named executive officer with “good reason” ​(as defined in the named executive officer’s employment agreement), in either case, within the six-month period prior to, or within the 24-month period following a “change in control” ​(as defined in the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan) (the “CIC Protection Period”), all then-unvested options and restricted stock units will fully vest. In addition, with respect to Mr. Hawkins only, upon any termination by us without “cause” or by Mr. Hawkins with “good reason”, in either case, the effective date of which is not within the CIC Protection Period, a pro-rata portion of the unvested options and restricted stock units that would otherwise vest on the next annual vesting date following such termination had Mr. Hawkins remained employed shall vest based on the number of days elapsed while Mr. Hawkins was actually employed during such annual vesting period.
Employee stock purchase plan
In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the Waystar Holding Corp. 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) prior to the completion of the offering. The ESPP is intended to give eligible employees an opportunity to acquire shares of our common stock and promote our best interests and enhance our long-term performance. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code.
 
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the ESPP may not exceed        shares (which number of shares will be equal to       % of the total outstanding shares of our common stock at the consummation of this offering), subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the share reserve of the ESPP shall automatically be increased on the first day of each fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the effective date of the ESPP occurred by a number of shares of our common stock equal to the lesser of (i) the positive difference, if any, between (A)       % of the outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (y) the available share reserve of the ESPP on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (ii) a lower number of shares of our common stock as determined by our board of directors. If a purchase right expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without being exercised, in whole or in part, the number of shares subject to the purchase right will again be available for issuance and will not reduce the aggregate number of shares available under the ESPP.
The ESPP will be administered by the Compensation Committee unless the board of directors elects to administer the ESPP. The Compensation Committee will have full authority to administer the ESPP and make and interpret rules and regulations regarding administration of the ESPP as it may deem necessary or advisable.
The ESPP will become effective on or about the date of this offering. However, no offering periods will commence under the ESPP until such time and subject to such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Compensation Committee. The term of the ESPP will continue until terminated by our board of directors or until the date on which all shares available for issuance under the ESPP have been issued.
Subject to the Compensation Committee’s ability to exclude certain groups of employees on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, including Section 16 officers, generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the ESPP if they are employed by us or by a designated company (as defined below) except for any employee who has been employed for less than 12 months (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Compensation Committee in its discretion); provided that the Compensation Committee may determine that citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction may be excluded from participation in the ESPP or an offering thereunder if the participation of such employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the ESPP or an offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. No employee will be eligible to participate if, immediately after the purchase right grant, the employee would own stock (including any stock the employee may purchase under outstanding purchase rights) representing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock. A “designated company” is any subsidiary or affiliate of Waystar Holding Corp., whether now existing or existing in the future, that has been designated by the Compensation Committee from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the ESPP. The Compensation Committee may designate subsidiaries or affiliates of Waystar Holding Corp. as designated companies in an offering that does not satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. For offerings that, when taken together with the ESPP, comply with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, only Waystar Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries may be designated companies; provided, however, that at any given time, a subsidiary that is a designated company under a Section 423 Code-compliant offering will not be a designated company under an offering that does not comply with Section 423 of the Code.
A participant may acquire common stock under the ESPP by authorizing the use of contributions to purchase shares of common stock. Contributions must not exceed 15% of the participant’s total compensation (or such lesser percentage of the participant’s total compensation as determined by the Compensation Committee). All contributions made by a participant will be credited (without interest) to his or her account. A participant may discontinue plan participation as provided in the ESPP, but a participant may not alter the amount of his or her contributions during an offering period. However, a participant’s contribution election may be decreased to 0% at any time during an offering period to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code or the terms of the ESPP. A participant may not make separate cash payments into his or her account except in limited circumstances when the participant is on leave of absence or unless otherwise required by applicable law. A participant may withdraw contributions credited to his or her account during an offering period at any time before the applicable purchase period end date.
 
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The ESPP generally provides for offering periods set by the Compensation Committee, with one purchase period in each offering period. The Compensation Committee has the authority to change the duration of a purchase period; provided that the change is announced a reasonable period of time prior to its effective date and the purchase period is not greater than 27 months.
On the first day of an offering period, a participant will be granted a purchase right to purchase on the purchase period end date, at the applicable purchase price, the number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the amount of the participant’s contributions accumulated as of the last day of the purchase period by the applicable purchase price; provided that (a) no participant may purchase shares of common stock with a fair market value (as of the date of purchase right grant) in excess of $25,000 per calendar year in the case of offerings intended to comply with Section 423 of the Code; and (b) in no event will the aggregate number of shares subject to purchase rights during a purchase period exceed the number of shares then available under the ESPP or the maximum number of shares available for any single purchase period (as determined by the Compensation Committee from time to time).
The purchase price will be 85% (or such greater percentage as may be determined by the Compensation Committee prior to the start of any purchase period) of the lesser of (i) the fair market value per share of our common stock as determined on the applicable grant date of the purchase right or (ii) the fair market value per share of our common stock as determined on the applicable purchase period end date (provided that, in no event may the purchase price be less than the par value per share of our common stock). The Compensation Committee may determine prior to a purchase period to calculate the purchase price for such period solely by reference to the fair market value of a share on the applicable purchase period end date or applicable grant date of the purchase right, or based on the greater (rather than the lesser) of such values.
A participant’s purchase right to purchase shares of common stock during a purchase period will be exercised automatically on the purchase period end date for that purchase period unless the participant withdraws at least thirty days prior to the end of the purchase period or his or her participation is terminated. On the purchase period end date, a participant’s purchase right will be exercised to purchase that number of shares which the accumulated contributions in his or her account at that time will purchase at the applicable purchase price, but not in excess of the number of shares subject to the purchase right or other ESPP terms. Subject to the terms of the ESPP, a purchase right will generally terminate on the earlier of the date of the participant’s termination of employment or the last day of the applicable purchase period.
A participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to our shares that the participant has a purchase right to purchase in any offering until those shares are issued to the participant.
A participant’s rights under the ESPP will be exercisable only by the participant and are not transferable other than by will or the laws of descent or distribution.
If there is any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock because of a merger, “change in control” (as defined in our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan), consolidation, recapitalization, or reorganization involving Waystar Holding Corp., or if our board of directors declares a stock dividend, stock split distributable in shares of common stock or reverse stock split, other distribution or combination or reclassification of our common stock, or if there is a similar change in the capital stock structure of Waystar Holding Corp. affecting our common stock, then the number and type of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP will be correspondingly adjusted and, subject to applicable law, the Compensation Committee will make such adjustments to purchase rights or to any ESPP provision as the Compensation Committee deems equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of purchase rights or as may otherwise be advisable. In addition, the Compensation Committee’s discretion includes, but is not limited to, the authority to provide for any of, or a combination of any of, the following:

(A) termination of any outstanding option in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such option had such option been currently exercisable or (B) the replacement of such outstanding option with other rights or property selected by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion;
 
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

assumption or substitution of purchase rights by a successor entity (or parent or subsidiary of such successor);

adjustments in the number and type of shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding options under the ESPP and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding options and options that may be granted in the future;

providing that participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase common stock prior to the next occurring exercise date on such date as the Compensation Committee determines in its sole discretion and the participants’ options under the ongoing offering period(s) shall be terminated; or

providing that all outstanding options shall terminate without being exercised and all amounts in the accounts of participants shall be promptly refunded.
The ESPP may be amended, altered, suspended, and/or terminated at any time by our board of directors; provided, that approval of an amendment to the ESPP by our stockholders will be required to the extent, if any, that stockholder approval of such amendment is required by applicable law. The Compensation Committee may (subject to the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the ESPP) amend, alter, suspend, and/or terminate any purchase right granted under the ESPP, prospectively or retroactively, but (except as otherwise provided in the ESPP) such amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of a purchase right may not, without the written consent of a participant with respect to an outstanding purchase right, materially adversely affect the rights of the participant with respect to the purchase right. In addition, the Compensation Committee has unilateral authority to (a) subject to the provisions of Section 423 of the Code, amend the ESPP and any purchase right (without participant consent) to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or changes in applicable law and (b) make adjustments to the terms and conditions of purchase rights in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting us or any parent or subsidiary corporation (each as defined under Section 424 of the Code), or our financial statements (or those of any parent or subsidiary corporation), or of changes in applicable law, or accounting principles, if the Compensation Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits intended to be made available under the ESPP or necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable accounting principles or applicable law.
Amendments to outstanding options under 2019 Stock Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, the Compensation Committee is expected to approve an amendment to the outstanding option awards granted to our executive officers, including our named executive officers, under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan. The amendment is expected to provide that:

If the executive officer’s employment is terminated by us without “cause,” by the executive officer for “good reason” or as a result of his death or disability prior to the first trading window that commences after the 18-month anniversary of the IPO, the performance-vesting options held by such executive officer will not be forfeited upon such termination and will remain outstanding and eligible to vest in connection with any measurement date(s) occurring through and including the commencement of such trading window, subject to satisfaction of applicable performance hurdles; provided, however, that, if any measurement date occurs outside of the three-month period (or, with respect to the stock options granted to Mr. Hawkins on October 23, 2019, six-month period) immediately following such termination, the number of performance-vesting options that will be eligible to vest in connection with such measurement date will be prorated based on the period of time the executive officer was employed by us relative to the vesting period;

For purposes of calculating cash proceeds deemed received by investment vehicles affiliated with EQT, CPPIB, and Bain in connection with any trading window that commences after the 18-month anniversary of the IPO, the value of all of our equity securities held by investment vehicles affiliated with EQT, CPPIB, and Bain as of the commencement of such trading window will be calculated using a per share price equal to the volume-weighted average share price of such equity securities over the 20-trading day period ending as of the date of commencement of such trading window; and

If the executive officer’s employment is terminated as a result of his death, the executive officer will be permitted to “net exercise” his option awards granted under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan without the need for additional Compensation Committee approval.
 
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
New employment agreements
Matthew J. Hawkins
In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Hawkins effective upon the consummation of this offering, which we refer to as the new Hawkins employment agreement. The new Hawkins employment agreement will supersede Mr. Hawkins’ prior employment agreement. The new Hawkins employment agreement provides for (i) an initial base salary of $      , subject to annual review by the compensation committee for increase, (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to       % of base salary, (iii) eligibility to participate in the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, and (iv) reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. Mr. Hawkins is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements.
Pursuant to the new Hawkins employment agreement, if Mr. Hawkins’ employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” ​(as defined in the new Hawkins employment agreement) (but not as a result of Mr. Hawkins’ death or disability) or (ii) for “good reason” ​(as defined in the new Hawkins employment agreement), Mr. Hawkins will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

An amount equal to 18 months of Mr. Hawkins’ then-current base salary and target annual bonus, payable in equal monthly installments over 18 months following termination of employment; provided, however, if such termination is a “CIC qualified termination” ​(as defined in the new Hawkins employment agreement), such amount shall instead be payable in a single lump sum within five days of such termination;

Any earned but unpaid prior year annual incentive bonus, payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Hawkins remained employed;

A pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance, and payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Hawkins remained employed; provided, however, if such termination is a “CIC qualified termination”, the performance objectives shall be deemed satisfied at target; and

If Mr. Hawkins timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, a monthly cash payment equal to the difference between the monthly COBRA premium cost and the monthly contribution paid by active employees for the same coverage, for 18 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. Hawkins is no longer eligible for COBRA coverage.
The new Hawkins employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire, employee and independent contractor non-solicitation, and client, customer, or other business relation non-solicitation covenants. The confidentiality covenant has an indefinite term. The noncompetition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. Hawkins’ employment with us and until the 18-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason.
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III
In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Sinclair effective upon the consummation of this offering, which we refer to as the new Sinclair employment agreement. The new Sinclair employment agreement will supersede Mr. Sinclair’s prior employment agreement. Under the new Sinclair employment agreement, Mr. Sinclair will continue to serve as our Chief Business Officer. The new Sinclair employment agreement provides for (i) an initial base salary of $      , subject to annual review by the compensation committee for increase, (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to       % of base salary, (iii) eligibility to participate in the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, and (iv) reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. Mr. Sinclair is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements.
Pursuant to the new Sinclair employment agreement, if Mr. Sinclair’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” ​(as defined in the new Sinclair employment agreement) (but not as a result of Mr. Sinclair’s
 
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
death or disability) or (ii) for “good reason” ​(as defined in the new Sinclair employment agreement), Mr. Sinclair will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

An amount equal to 12 months of Mr. Sinclair’s then-current base salary and target annual bonus, payable in equal monthly installments over 12 months following termination of employment; provided, however, if such termination is a “CIC qualified termination” ​(as defined in the new Sinclair employment agreement), such amount shall instead be payable in a single lump sum within five days of such termination;

Any earned but unpaid prior year annual incentive bonus, payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Sinclair remained employed;

A pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance, and payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Sinclair remained employed; provided, however, if such termination is a “CIC qualified termination”, the performance objectives shall be deemed satisfied at target; and

If Mr. Sinclair timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, a monthly cash payment equal to the difference between the monthly COBRA premium cost and the monthly contribution paid by active employees for the same coverage, for 12 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. Sinclair is no longer eligible for COBRA coverage.
The new Sinclair employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire, employee and independent contractor non-solicitation, and client, customer, or other business relation non-solicitation covenants. The confidentiality covenant has an indefinite term. The noncompetition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. Sinclair’s employment with us and until the 12-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason.
T. Craig Bridge
In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a new employment agreement with Mr. Bridge effective upon the consummation of this offering, which we refer to as the new Bridge employment agreement. The new Bridge employment agreement will supersede Mr. Bridge’s prior employment agreement. Under the new Bridge employment agreement, Mr. Bridge will continue to serve as our Chief Transformation Officer. The new Bridge employment agreement provides for (i) an initial base salary of $      , subject to annual review by the compensation committee for increase, (ii) eligibility to receive an annual bonus, with a target bonus equal to       % of base salary, (iii) eligibility to participate in the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, and (iv) reimbursement of reasonable business expenses. Mr. Bridge is also entitled to participate in our employee benefit arrangements.
Pursuant to the new Bridge employment agreement, if Mr. Bridge’s employment is terminated (i) by us without “cause” ​(as defined in the new Bridge employment agreement) (but not as a result of Mr. Bridge’s death or disability) or (ii) for “good reason” ​(as defined in the new Bridge employment agreement), Mr. Bridge will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

An amount equal to 12 months of Mr. Bridge’s then-current base salary and target annual bonus, payable in equal monthly installments over 12 months following termination of employment; provided, however, if such termination is a “CIC qualified termination” ​(as defined in the new Bridge employment agreement), such amount shall instead be payable in a single lump sum within five days of such termination;

Any earned but unpaid prior year annual incentive bonus, payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Bridge remained employed;

A pro-rated annual incentive bonus for the year of termination, based on actual performance, and payable at the time that annual bonuses are paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan as if Mr. Bridge remained employed; provided, however, if such termination is a “CIC qualified termination”, the performance objectives shall be deemed satisfied at target; and
 
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

If Mr. Bridge timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, a monthly cash payment equal to the difference between the monthly COBRA premium cost and the monthly contribution paid by active employees for the same coverage, for 12 months following termination of employment or, if earlier, until the date on which Mr. Bridge is no longer eligible for COBRA coverage.
The new Bridge employment agreement contains restrictive covenants, including confidentiality of information, assignment of intellectual property, non-competition, employee no-hire, employee and independent contractor non-solicitation, and client, customer, or other business relation non-solicitation covenants. The confidentiality covenant has an indefinite term. The noncompetition and non-solicitation covenants are effective both during Mr. Bridge’s employment with us and until the 12-month anniversary of termination of employment for any reason.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we paid non-management and non-sponsor affiliated board members a cash retainer for their services as members of our board of directors. We did not grant equity awards to board members for their service on our board in 2022. Our board members are reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or committee meetings.
The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by us to or on behalf of our non-sponsor affiliated non-employee directors for services rendered to us during 2022.
Name
Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)
Total
($)
John Driscoll
$ 125,000 $ 125,000
Eric Liu
$ $
Michael Douglas
$ $
Paul Moskowitz
$ $
Ursula Burns
$ 50,000 $ 50,000
Heidi G. Miller
$ 50,000 $ 50,000
Robert DeMichiei
$ 50,000 $ 50,000
In connection with this offering, we expect to grant to each of our non-employee directors who is not employed by any of the Institutional Investors an IPO equity award of restricted stock units under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan with an initial value of approximately $200,000. The restricted stock units will be granted upon the completion of this offering and will vest on the date of the first annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders following the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service on our board of directors through such date.
Effective upon the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt an annual compensation policy covering each of our non-employee directors. Under this policy, each of our non-employee directors who is not employed by any of the Institutional Investors will receive (i) an annual cash retainer fee of $50,000, payable in equal quarterly installments and (ii) an annual equity retainer of restricted stock units with an initial value of approximately $200,000. The restricted stock units will be granted on the date of our annual meeting on stockholders and will vest on first anniversary of the date of grant or the business day immediately preceding the date of the following year’s annual meeting of stockholders, if earlier, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service on our board of directors through such date. In addition, the non-executive chair of the board will receive an additional $100,000 cash retainer, the chair and the members of the Audit Committee will receive an additional cash retainer of $25,000 and $15,000, respectively, the chair and the members of the Compensation Committee will receive an additional cash retainer of $20,000 and $10,000, respectively, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will receive an additional cash retainer of $15,000 and $5,000, respectively, each of which will be payable in equal quarterly installments.
 
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan
Our Board of Directors will adopt a Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan prior to the completion of the offering. All directors who are not employees of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan.
Deferral elections. Under the terms of the Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan, our non-employee directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their annual cash compensation and/or all of the Company shares issued upon settlement of their annual restricted stock unit award, in each case, in 25% increments, in the form of deferred stock units credited to an account maintained by the Company. The number of deferred stock units credited in respect of annual cash compensation is determined by dividing the dollar amount of the deferred cash compensation by the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date the cash compensation would otherwise have been paid to the director. Deferred stock units will be awarded from, and subject to the terms of, the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan.
Each deferred stock unit represents the right to receive a number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of deferred stock units initially credited to the director’s account plus the number of deferred stock units credited as a result of any dividend equivalent rights (to which deferred stock units initially credited to a director’s account are entitled).
Settlement of deferred stock units. Directors may elect that settlement of deferred stock units be made or commence on (i) the first business day in a year following the year for which the deferral is made, (ii) following termination of service on our board of directors or (iii) the earlier of (i) or (ii). Directors may elect that deferred stock units be settled in a single one-time distribution or in a series of up to 15 annual installments. In addition, deferred stock unit accounts will be settled upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan) or upon a director’s death.
Administration; amendment and termination. Our Compensation Committee will administer the Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan. The Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan or any deferral may be amended, suspended, discontinued by our Compensation Committee at any time in the Compensation Committee’s discretion; provided that no amendment, suspension or discontinuance will reduce any director’s accrued benefit, except as required to comply with applicable law. Our Compensation Committee may terminate the Non-Employee Director at any time, as long as the termination complies with applicable tax and other requirements.
 
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Registration rights agreement
We are party to a registration rights agreement with EQT, CPPIB, Bain, and certain equity holders, including members of management. We expect to amend and restate this registration rights agreement in connection with this offering.
The amended and restated registration rights agreement will contain provisions that entitle EQT, CPPIB, Bain, and the other stockholder parties thereto, including members of management, to certain rights to have their securities registered by us under the Securities Act. EQT will be entitled to an unlimited number of “demand” registrations and CPPIB and Bain will each be entitled to three “demand” registrations, subject to certain limitations. Certain stockholders will also be entitled to customary “piggyback” registration rights. In addition, the amended and restated registration rights agreement will provide that we will pay certain expenses of the stockholder parties relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act.
Stockholders agreement
We intend to enter into the Stockholders Agreement with EQT, CPPIB, Bain, and certain equity holders, including members of management, in connection with this offering.
The Stockholders Agreement will provide that following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of ten members. EQT will have the right to nominate to our board of directors (i) two nominees for so long as EQT beneficially owns 30% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock, and (ii) one nominee for so long as EQT beneficially owns 5% or greater, but less than 30% of our then-outstanding common stock. CPPIB will have the right to nominate to our board of directors one nominee for so long as CPPIB beneficially owns 5% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock. Bain will have the right to nominate to our board of directors one nominee for so long as Bain beneficially owns 5% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock. EQT will have the right to designate the chairperson of our board of directors for so long as it beneficially owns at least 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, with the consent of CPPIB (not to be unreasonably withheld). For so long as CPPIB beneficially owns 10% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock, CPPIB will have the right to appoint one non-voting board observer, who will have the right to attend all meetings in a non-voting, observer capacity. In addition, the board of directors will be divided into three classes and serve staggered, three year terms until the second annual meeting of stockholders after the date on which EQT, CPPIB, and Bain collectively own less than 15% in voting power of the then-outstanding power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, after which the board will no longer be divided into three classes. Furthermore, if any representatives of EQT serve on any boards or committees of our subsidiaries, CPPIB and Bain will have an equivalent right such that the board of directors of such subsidiary or committee thereof reflects, to the maximum extent possible, the composition of our Board of Directors and its committees as required under the Stockholders Agreement.
Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations, and subject to requisite independence requirements applicable to such committee, the Stockholders Agreement will provide that for so long as EQT, CPPIB, and Bain collectively beneficially own 5% or greater of our then-outstanding common stock, (i) the Bain director nominee will be appointed to serve on the Audit Committee, (ii) the CPPIB director nominee and one EQT director nominee will be appointed to serve on the Compensation Committee, and (iii) the CPPIB director nominee and one EQT director nominee will be appointed to serve on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, we will include the EQT, CPPIB, and Bain nominees on the slate that is included in our proxy statement relating to the election of directors of the class to which such persons belong, subject to the ownership thresholds described above. In addition, pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, EQT, CPPIB, and Bain will agree, severally and not jointly, with the Company to vote in favor of the Company slate that is included in our proxy statement.
 
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In the event that an EQT, CPPIB, or Bain nominee ceases to serve as a director for any reason (other than the failure of our stockholders to elect such individual as a director), EQT, CPPIB, or Bain, as applicable, will be entitled to appoint another nominee to fill the resulting vacancy.
First Lien Credit Facility
Affiliates of Bain and CPPIB are lenders under our First Lien Credit Facility. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding that was owed to Bain under the First Lien Credit Facility was $49.7 million, which bore interest at a rate of 9.43% per annum, and the Company paid $0.5 million in principal and $3.7 million in interest. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding that was owed to Bain under the First Lien Credit Facility was $60.2 million, which bore interest at a rate of 4.09% per annum, and the Company paid $0.6 million in principal and $3.5 million in interest. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding that was owed to Bain under the First Lien Credit Facility was $63.7 million, which bore interest at a rate of 4.11% per annum, and the Company paid $0.6 million in principal and $2.2 million in interest. As of September 30, 2023, $49.7 million in aggregate principal amount of term loans under the First Lien Credit Facility that was owed to Bain remained outstanding.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2023, the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding that was owed to CPPIB under the First Lien Credit Facility was $17.8 million, which bore interest at a rate of 9.43% per annum, and the Company paid $0.2 million in principal and $2.3 million in interest. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding that was owed to CPPIB under the First Lien Credit Facility was $49.0 million, which bore interest at a rate of 4.09% per annum, and the Company paid $0.4 million in principal and $2.8 million in interest. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the largest aggregate amount of principal outstanding that was owed to CPPIB under the First Lien Credit Facility was $49.5 million, which bore interest at a rate of 4.11% per annum, and the Company paid $0.4 million in principal and $1.3 million in interest. As of September 30, 2023, $17.8 million in aggregate principal amount of term loans under the First Lien Credit Facility that was owed to CPPIB remained outstanding.
Affiliates of Bain and CPPIB will receive their pro rata share of proceeds from this offering used to repay the First Lien Credit Facility.
Other related party transactions
We have entered into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of business with companies in which Bain and CPPIB have ownership interests:

We have entered into an operating lease agreement with Parkway Properties, under which we lease office space in Houston, Texas from Parkway Properties. CPPIB beneficially owns greater than 10% of Parkway Properties. We paid approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million to Parkway Properties for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Aveanna Healthcare, LLC, Surgery Partners Holdings LLC, Innovacare, and Athena Therapy are our clients to whom we provide software solutions. Bain beneficially owns greater than 10% of each of Aveanna Healthcare, LLC, Surgery Partners Holdings LLC, Innovacare and Athena Therapy. We received approximately $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million from Aveanna Healthcare, LLC for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We received approximately $0.7 million, $0.8 million, and $0.7 million from Surgery Partners Holdings LLC for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We received approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.0 million from Innovacare for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We received approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.0 million from Athena Therapy for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
 
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Rocket Software is a vendor that provides us with software solutions. Bain beneficially owns greater than 10% of Rocket Software. We paid approximately $0.2 million, $0.4 million, and $0.2 million to Rocket Software for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Agreements with officers
We have entered into agreements with certain of our officers which are described in the section entitled “Executive compensation.”
Indemnification of directors and officers
We have entered, or will enter, into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, together with our amended and restated bylaws, will provide that we will jointly and severally indemnify each indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the indemnitee in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding. Additionally, we will agree to advance to the indemnitee all out-of-pocket costs of any type or nature whatsoever incurred in connection therewith. See “Description of capital stock—Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors.”
Related persons transaction policy
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written policy on transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy will require that all “related persons” ​(as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our chief legal officer any “related person transaction” ​(defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. Our chief legal officer will communicate that information to our board of directors or to a duly authorized committee thereof. Our related person policy will provide that no related person transaction entered into following the completion of this offering will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof. It will be our policy that any directors interested in a related person transaction must recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.
 
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The Institutional Investors and certain of our directors and officers currently hold their equity interests in the Company indirectly through their ownership of partnership interests of Derby TopCo, which owns all of the equity interests of the Company. In connection with this offering, we expect the Equity Distribution to be effected, following which EQT, CPPIB, Bain, and other equity holders, including members of management, will directly hold shares of common stock of the Company.
The following table contains information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of        , 2023, after giving effect to the Equity Distribution, (i) immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and (ii) as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus by:

each individual or entity known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

each named executive officer;

each of our directors; and

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to and after the offering is based on        shares of our outstanding common stock as of         , 2023.
Beneficial ownership and percentage ownership are determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest. Except as indicated in the footnotes to the following table or pursuant to applicable community property laws, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that each stockholder named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such stockholder’s name.
For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”
Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the address of each of the individuals named below is: c/o Waystar Holding Corp., 1550 Digital Drive, #300, Lehi, Utah 84043.
 
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shares of our common
stock to be sold in the offering
Shares beneficially
owned after the offering
Shares of
our common
stock
beneficially
owned prior
to the offering
Excluding
exercise
of the
underwriters’
option to
purchase
additional
shares
Including
exercise
of the
underwriters’
option to
purchase
additional
shares
Excluding
exercise
of the
underwriters’
option to
purchase
additional
shares
Including
exercise
of the
underwriters’
option to
purchase
additional
shares
Name of Beneficial Owner
Shares
%
Shares
Shares
Shares
%
Shares
%
Greater than 5% Stockholders:
EQT Investor(1)
      
      
      
      
      
      
CPPIB Investor(2)
Bain Investors(3)
Francisco Partners Investors(4) 
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Matthew J. Hawkins
Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III
T. Craig Bridge
John Driscoll
Eric C. Liu
Michael Douglas
Paul Moskowitz
Heidi G. Miller
Robert DeMichiei
Vivian E. Riefberg
All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)
     
     %
* Less than 1%
(1) Consists of shares of common stock held directly by Derby LuxCo S.à.r.l (“Derby LuxCo”). Several investment vehicles collectively make up the fund known as “EQT VIII.” EQT VIII owns 100% of the membership interests in Derby LuxCo. EQT Fund Management S.à r.l. (“EFMS”) has exclusive responsibility for the management and control of the activities and affairs of investment vehicles which constitute the majority of the total commitments to EQT VIII. As such, EFMS has the power to control Derby LuxCo’s voting and investment decisions and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the securities held by Derby LuxCo. EFMS is overseen by a board that acts by majority approval. The individual members of such board are Sara Huda, Magnus Sjöcrona, Leif Patrik Burnäs, Peter Veldman, and Joshua Stone. The registered address of EFMS and Derby LuxCo is 51A, Boulevard Royal, L-2449 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.
(2) CPPIB, through its wholly-owned subsidiary CPP Investment Board (USRE III) Inc., beneficially owns                 shares of common stock. Investment and voting power with regard to shares held by CPP Investment Board (USRE III) Inc. rests with CPPIB. John Graham is the President and Chief Executive Officer of CPPIB and, in such capacity, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned by CPPIB. Mr. Graham disclaims beneficial ownership over any such shares. The address of CPPIB is One Queen Street East, Suite 2500, P.O. Box 101, Toronto, Ontario, M5C 2W5, Canada.
(3) Includes           shares registered in the name of Bain Capital Fund XI, L.P. (“Fund XI”),           shares held by BCIP Associates IV (US), L.P. (“BCIP IV”), and           shares held by BCIP Associates IV-B (US), L.P. (“BCIP IV-B” and, together with Fund XI and BCIP IV, collectively, the “Bain Capital Entities”). Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”) is the ultimate general partner of Fund XI and governs the investment strategy and decision-making process with respect to investments held by BCIP IV and BCIP IV-B. As a result, BCI may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The controlling persons of BCI are John Connaughton, Chris Gordon, and David Gross-Loh. Each of the Bain Capital Entities has an address c/o Bain Capital Private Equity, LP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
(4) Consists of shares of common stock owned directly by Francisco Partners III (Cayman), L.P. (the “Francisco Partners Fund”). Francisco Partners GP  III (Cayman), L.P. is the general partner of the Francisco Partners Fund. Francisco Partners GP III Management (Cayman), Ltd. is the general partner of Francisco Partners GP III (Cayman), L.P. Francisco Partners Management, L.P. serves as the investment manager for the Francisco Partners Fund. Voting and disposition decisions at Francisco Partners Management, L.P. with respect to the shares of common stock held by the Francisco Partners Fund are made by an investment committee consisting of Dipanjan Deb, David Golob, Keith Geeslin, Ezra Perlman, and Megan Karlen, with no one member having the power to act alone to exercise such voting or dispositive power. Each of Francisco Partners Management, L.P., Francisco Partners GP III Management (Cayman), Ltd., and Francisco Partners GP III (Cayman), L.P. may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by the Francisco Partners Fund, but each disclaims beneficial ownership. In addition, each of the members of the investment committee disclaims beneficial ownership of any of the shares of common stock held by the Francisco Partners Fund. The address for each of the foregoing entities is One Letterman Drive, Building C, Suite 410, San Francisco, CA 94129.
 
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect at or prior to the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the applicable provisions of Delaware law. In this section, “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “our Company” refer to Waystar Holding Corp. and not to any of its subsidiaries and “Institutional Investors” refers to the investment funds of EQT, CPPIB, and Bain, in each case, so long as they own shares of common stock of our Company.
Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL. Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share; and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. In connection with amending and restating our existing certificate of incorporation, all of our issued and outstanding Class A common stock will be reclassified as common stock, $0.01 par value per share. No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.
Common stock
Voting rights
Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
Dividend rights
The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. See the section titled “Dividend policy” for additional information.
Liquidation
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders.
Rights and preferences
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock.
Fully paid and non-assessable
All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.
The rights, powers, preferences, and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may authorize and issue in the future.
Preferred stock
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by the applicable
 
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors will be able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

the designation of the series;

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company;

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Company or any other corporation and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series of our capital stock; and

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.
We will be able to issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their common stock over the market price of the common stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control, or other corporate action. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock may have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.
Dividends
The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equal the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.
Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our financial condition, operations, cash requirements, and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs, and restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of dividends to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant.
 
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Anti-takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the DGCL, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control, and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter, or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider is in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
Authorized but unissued capital stock
Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of Nasdaq, which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on Nasdaq, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then-outstanding voting power or then-outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.
Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions, or employee benefit plans.
One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Classified board of directors
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to the right of holders of any series of preferred stock, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms, with only one class of directors being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. At the second annual meeting of stockholders after the date on which the Institutional Investors collectively own less than 15% in voting power of the then-outstanding power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Triggering Annual Meeting”), and each annual meeting of stockholders thereafter, all directors shall be elected to hold office for a one-year term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. Pursuant to such procedures, effective as of the Triggering Annual Meeting, the board of directors will no longer be classified under Section 141(d) of the DGCL and directors shall no longer be divided into three classes. As a result, prior to the Triggering Annual Meeting, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors prior to the Triggering Annual Meeting will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors; however, if at any time the Institutional Investors collectively own at least 40% in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the stockholders may also fix the number of directors.
 
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Business combinations
We will opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares;

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder; or

the stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of sufficient ownership to cease to be an interested stockholder and (ii) had not been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership within three years of the business combination.
Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset, or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.
Under certain circumstances, these provisions will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with our company for a three-year period. These provisions may encourage companies interested in acquiring our Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that each of the Institutional Investors, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons or entities are a party, does not constitute an “interested stockholder” for purposes of these provisions.
Removal of directors; vacancies
Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, other than directors elected by holders of our preferred stock, if any, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time commencing on the day on which the Institutional Investors collectively beneficially own less than 40% in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and ending immediately following the final adjournment of the Triggering Annual Meeting (such period, the “Protective Period”), directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our board of directors will be
 
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when the Institutional Investors collectively beneficially own less than 40% in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the board of directors may increase the number of directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors or, at any time when the Institutional Investors collectively beneficially own at least 40% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, of the stockholders.
No cumulative voting
Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all of our directors.
Special stockholder meetings
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, at any time when the Institutional Investors beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors and shall be called by the secretary of our company at the request of at least two of the Institutional Investors. Our amended and restated bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying, or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.
Requirements for advance notification of director nominations and stockholder proposals
Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made as provided in the Stockholders Agreement or by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These notice requirements will not apply to the Sponsor and its affiliates for as long as the Stockholders Agreement to be entered into in connection with this offering remains in effect. These provisions may also deter, delay, or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.
Stockholder action by written consent
Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in
 
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when the Institutional Investors collectively beneficially own less than 40% in voting power of the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, other than certain rights that holders of our preferred stock may have to act by consent.
Supermajority provisions
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind, or repeal, in whole or in part, our amended and restated bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any amendment, alteration, rescission, or repeal, of our amended and restated bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission, change, addition, or repeal, except that during the Protective Period, any amendment, alteration, rescission, change, addition, or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that during the Protective Period, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed, or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

the provision requiring a 6623% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws;

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

the provisions regarding calling annual or special meetings of stockholders;

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director or officer; and

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 6623% supermajority vote.
The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.
 
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying, or preventing changes in control of our management or the Company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.
Dissenters’ rights of appraisal and payment
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
Stockholders’ derivative actions
Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
Exclusive forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction another state or the federal court (as appropriate) located within the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, or stockholder of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or any current or former director, officer, employee, or stockholder of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or (iv) action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware. These provisions shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction and our stockholders cannot waive compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the federal securities laws of the United States, including any claims under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain the exclusive forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable. In particular, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Our exclusive forum provision shall not relieve the Company of its duties to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, and our stockholders will not be deemed to
 
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
have waived our compliance with these laws, rules and regulations. Further, stockholders may not waive their rights under the Exchange Act, including their right to bring suit.
Conflicts of interest
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors, or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors, or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders, or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the Institutional Investors or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that any of the Institutional Investors or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.
Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and certain officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors and officers for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. This provision will not limit or eliminate the liability of any officer in any action by or in the right of the Company, including any derivative claims. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has breached the duty of loyalty to the corporation and its stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions, or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must generally indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, which agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.
The limitation of liability, indemnification, and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against
 
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
directors or officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Transfer agent and registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, LLC.
Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “WAY.”
 
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
General
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Furthermore, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the existing legal and contractual restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. See “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and our common stock—Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market following the completion of this offering could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.”
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have                 shares of common stock outstanding. All shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without registration under the Securities Act and without restriction, except for shares held by our “affiliates” ​(as defined under Rule 144). The shares of common stock held by certain stockholders including EQT, CPPIB, and Bain and certain of our directors, officers, and employees after this offering will be “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act, unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Pursuant to Rule 144, the restricted shares held by our affiliates will be available for sale in the public market at various times after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period.
In addition, a total of                 shares of our common stock has been reserved for issuance under (i) existing options awarded under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, (ii) our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, and (iii) our 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (each subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, and similar events), which will equal approximately    % of the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common stock issued or reserved for issuance under (i) our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, (ii) our 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, and (iii) our 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions or the lock-up restrictions described below.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are deemed aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
Under Rule 144, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six-month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately      shares immediately after this offering; or

the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.
We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants, or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction that was completed in reliance on Rule 701, and complied with the requirements of Rule 701, will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
Registration rights
For a description of rights that certain of our stockholders will have to require us to register the shares of our common stock they own, see “Certain relationships and related person transactions—Registration rights agreement.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable immediately upon effectiveness of such registration.
Lock-up agreements
In connection with this offering, we, our officers, directors, and our significant stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”) except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. In addition, all stockholders who are party to the Stockholders Agreement are also subject to certain lock-up provisions during the restricted period.
Immediately following the consummation of this offering, stockholders subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements or transfer restrictions will hold     shares of our common stock, representing approximately    % of our then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately    % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares.
We have agreed not to issue, sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock during the restricted period. We may, however, grant options to purchase shares of common stock, issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options, issue shares of common stock in connection with certain acquisitions or business combinations, or an employee stock purchase plan and in certain other circumstances.
After this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.
 
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock. This summary does not address the consequences relevant to pre-IPO owners. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below).
A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) that is not, for United States federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, and United States Treasury regulations, rulings, judicial decisions, and administrative pronouncements, in each case as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all of the United States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, nor does it address the Medicare tax on net investment income, the alternative minimum tax, United States federal estate and gift taxes or the effects of any state, local or non-United States tax laws. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, foreign pension fund, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.
If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.
If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other United States federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Dividends
As described in the section entitled “Dividend policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, in the event that we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our stock) in respect of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted tax basis of a non-U.S. holder’s common stock, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds a non-U.S. holder’s
 
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
adjusted tax basis in our common stock, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of our common stock (the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock”).
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (1) to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (2) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.
A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Gain on disposition of common stock
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below) below, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax unless:

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, the non-U.S. holder is not eligible for a treaty exemption, and either (1) our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs or (2) the non-U.S. holder owned or is deemed to have owned at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, more than 5% of our common stock.
A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if any non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a foreign corporation, the gain realized by such non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by United States source capital losses even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.
 
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.
Information reporting and backup withholding
Distributions paid to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to such distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding on distributions received if such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Additional withholding requirements
Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock to (1) a “foreign financial institution” ​(as specifically defined in the Code and whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding or (2) a “non-financial foreign entity” ​(as specifically defined in the Code and whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” an applicable withholding agent may credit the withholding under FATCA against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. FATCA withholding may also apply to payments of gross proceeds of dispositions of our common stock, although under proposed United States Treasury regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on them pending finalization), no withholding will apply on payments of gross proceeds. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.
 
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Underwriting
We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
Name
Number of
shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
     
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
Barclays Capital Inc.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Evercore Group L.L.C.
BofA Securities, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Canaccord Genuity LLC
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Total
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $       per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $       per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to purchase up to         additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $       per share. The following table
 
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us.
Per share
Total without
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
Total with full
option to purchase
additional shares
exercise
Public offering price
$           $           $          
Underwriting discount
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$ $ $
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees, and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $      . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $35,000.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any of the foregoing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, subject to certain exceptions.
The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the shares of our common stock to be issued and sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement, (ii) any grants of options or other equity awards or issuances of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options or other equity awards, in each case, granted under the terms of an equity compensation plan as described in this prospectus, (iii) any filing by us of a registration statement on Form S 8 relating to any equity compensation plan or arrangement described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction, (iv) any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise, conversion, or exchange of our securities outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and described in this prospectus, (v) up to 5.0% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock immediately following the issuance of the shares of our common stock to be issued and sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement, issued by us in connection with mergers, acquisitions, or commercial or strategic transactions (including, without limitation, entry into joint ventures, marketing, or distribution agreements or collaboration agreements or acquisitions of technology, assets, or intellectual property licenses), and (vi) confidential submission with the SEC or FINRA of any registration statement under the Securities Act; provided that in the case of clauses (ii) through (iv), we shall cause each recipient that is a member of our Board of Directors, one of our executive officers, or a beneficial holder of 5.0% or more of our fully diluted capital stock to execute a lock-up agreement for the restricted period subject to the terms and conditions summarized herein, if not already a party thereto; provided, further, that in the case of clause (v), we shall cause each recipient to execute a lock-up agreement for the restricted period.
Our directors and executive officers, and our significant stockholders (such persons, the “lock-up parties”) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to
 
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (such period, the “restricted period”), may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant (collectively with the common stock, the “lock-up securities”)), (2) enter into any hedging, swap, or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed, or intended, or which could reasonably be expected, to lead to or result in a sale, disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including: (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, or for bona fide estate planning purposes; (ii) by will or intestacy; (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or any immediate family member; (iv) to any immediate family member of the lock-up party; (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv); (vi) by operation of law; (vii) to us from a current or former employee of ours upon death, disability, or termination of employment of such employee or to us pursuant to any contractual arrangement that provides us with a right to purchase lock-up securities; (viii) if the lock-up party is not a natural person, to any (1) corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, in each case, that controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with, the lock-up party or its immediate family, or is otherwise a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the lock-up party, or (2) investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates or as part of a distribution, transfer or disposition by the lock-up party to its stockholders, partners, members or other equity holders; (ix) as part of a sale of lock-up securities acquired in open-market transactions after the completion of this offering; (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments; (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction approved by our board of directors and made to all stockholders involving a change in control in which the acquiring party or “group” ​(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of persons becomes the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of us following such transaction; provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph; (xii) in connection with any reclassification or conversion of our common stock; (xiii) to the lock-up party’s direct or indirect general partner or managing member or to certain officers, partners, or members thereof in connection with such general partner’s, managing member’s, officers’, partners’ or members’ donation to charitable organizations, educational institutions, family foundations or donor advised funds at sponsoring organizations; or (xiv) for Institutional Investors only, pursuant to the pledge, hypothecation or other granting of a security interest in lock-up securities to one or more lending institutions as collateral or security for any loan, advance or extension of credit and any transfer upon foreclosure upon such securities;
 
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
provided, that prior to entering into the collateral agreement or similar agreement in connection with the loan, advance or extension of credit, each pledgee shall enter into a lock-up agreement to take effect in the event that the pledgee takes possession of such lock-up party’s lock-up securities as a result of a foreclosure, margin call or similar disposition; provided further, that the lock-up party shall provide each of the representatives with prior written notice informing them of any public filing, report or announcement with respect to such pledge, hypothecation or other grant of a security interest or foreclosure; provided further that the aggregate amount of lock-up securities pledged as collateral pursuant to this clause during the restricted period shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by the applicable lock-up party; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants, granted pursuant to plans described in in this prospectus; provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; and (c) the establishment by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act; provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period.
The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing on Nasdaq under the symbol “WAY.”
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing, and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors, including:
 
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

an assessment of our management;

our prospects for future earnings;

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking, and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. Certain of the underwriters and/or certain of their affiliates are lenders and/or agents under the Credit Facilities, and accordingly, are entitled to fees and expenses in connection therewith.
Certain of the underwriters and/or certain of their affiliates are lenders under our First Lien Credit Facility and/or our Second Lien Credit Facility, and, as a result, will receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.
Selling restrictions outside the United States
Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no shares of common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation (as defined below), except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
(b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;
 
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation, and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision and the following provision, the expression “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are, “qualified investors” ​(as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”), and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.
Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Notice to prospective investors in Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation; provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
 
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the “SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under, art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, us or the shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the “CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (the “DIFC”)
This document relates to an “Exempt Offer” in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the “DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement or taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.
Notice to prospective investors in Australia
This prospectus:

does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (the “ASIC”) as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).
The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed, in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
 
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with the ASIC.
Notice to prospective investors in Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares or any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong
The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) of Hong Kong (the “SFO”) and any rules made thereunder or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to prospective investors in Singapore
Each joint book-running manager has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each joint book-running manager has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:
(a) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;
(b) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or
(c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is
 
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
an accredited investor, or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(i) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(ii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(iii) where the transfer is by operation of law;
(iv) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(v) as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.
Singapore SFA product classification.   In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
 
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Legal matters
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP.
Experts
The consolidated financial statements of Waystar Holding Corp. as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and for each of the years then ended, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
Where you can find more information
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus with the SEC. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document referred to in those documents are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or other document. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.
Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC will be available to the public on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Those filings will also be available to the public on, or accessible through, our website (www.waystar.com) under the heading “Investor Relations.” The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
We intend to make available to our common stockholders annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.
 
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Financial Statements
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
Unaudited Financial Statements
F-32
F-33
F-34
F-35
F-36
F-37
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Waystar Holding Corp.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the consolidated financial statements and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements) of Waystar Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the Company) as listed in the accompanying index. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.
Louisville, Kentucky
August 24, 2023, except as to note 16,
which is as of September 25, 2023.
 
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands, except for share
and per share data)
As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
2022
2021
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 64,558 $ 47,248
Restricted cash
8,078 7,253
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4,477 at December 31, 2022 and $3,713 at December 31, 2021
107,082 92,229
Income tax receivable
4,351 10,780
Prepaid expenses
8,504 8,532
Other current assets
25,326 846
Total current assets
217,899 166,888
Property, plant and equipment, net
55,856 58,632
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
11,718
Intangible assets, net
1,326,542 1,494,027
Goodwill
3,009,558 3,009,769
Deferred costs
51,622 34,242
Other long-term assets
21,197 13,135
Total assets
$ 4,694,392 $ 4,776,693
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$ 28,095 $ 34,825
Accrued compensation
25,861 21,413
Aggregated funds payable
7,555 6,929
Other accrued expenses
8,042 16,706
Deferred revenue
9,902 11,701
Current portion of long-term debt
17,100 17,090
Related party current portion of long-term debt
883 893
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
4,025
Current portion of finance lease liabilities
749 706
Total current liabilities
102,212 110,263
Long-term liabilities
Deferred tax liability
232,925 258,052
Long-term debt, net, less current portion
2,099,533 2,150,227
Related party long-term debt, net, less current portion
108,375 112,334
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
17,706
Finance lease liabilities, net of current portion
13,015 13,765
Deferred revenue
6,552 6,070
Other long-term liabilities
7 4,817
Total liabilities
2,580,325 2,655,528
Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock $0.01 par value—222,000,000 shares authorized and 201,109,005 and 201,180,739 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively
2,011 2,012
Additional paid-in capital
2,224,824 2,218,628
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
30,247 (489)
Accumulated deficit
(143,015) (98,986)
Total stockholders’ equity
2,114,067 2,121,165
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 4,694,392 $ 4,776,693
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Consolidated statements of operations (in thousands, except for share and per share data)
For the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
2022
2021
Revenue
$ 704,874 $ 578,565
Operating expenses
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expenses)
214,891 151,766
Sales and marketing
111,470 96,545
General and administrative
73,089 65,545
Research and development
32,807 28,336
Depreciation and amortization
183,167 176,058
Total operating expenses
615,424 518,250
Income from operations
89,450 60,315
Other expense
Interest expense, net
(148,967) (123,514)
Related party interest expense
(6,358) (3,497)
Loss before income taxes
(65,875) (66,696)
Income tax benefit
(21,846) (19,580)
Net loss
$ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Net loss per share:
Basic
$ (0.22) $ (0.23)
Diluted
$ (0.22) $ (0.23)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
201,131,854 200,692,186
Diluted
201,131,854 200,692,186
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Consolidated statements of comprehensive loss (in thousands)
For the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
2022
2021
Net loss
$ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Other comprehensive income, before tax:
Interest rate swaps
40,204 14,004
Income tax effect:
Interest rate swaps
(9,468) (3,398)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
30,736 10,606
Comprehensive loss
$ (13,293) $ (36,510)
(1) Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into net interest expense included $5,244 and ($8,854) for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(2) The income tax effects of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss were ($1,233) and $2,149 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity
(in thousands, except share data)
For the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Shares
Amount
Balances, December 31, 2020
200,419,105 $ 2,005 $ 2,199,495 $ (11,095) $ (51,870) $ 2,138,535
Share-based compensation
6,827 6,827
Settlement of common stock options, net of stock option exercises
121,119 1 542 543
Repurchase of shares
(112,719) (1) (1,907) (1,908)
Capital subscriptions
38,236 1 1,172 1,173
Issuance of rollover equity related to acquisition (Refer to Note 5)
714,998 6 12,499 12,505
Net loss
(47,116) (47,116)
Other comprehensive income
10,606 10,606
Balances, December 31, 2021
201,180,739 $ 2,012 $ 2,218,628 $ (489) $ (98,986) 2,121,165
Share-based compensation
8,003 8,003
Settlement of common stock options, net of stock option exercises
50,451 1 579 580
Repurchase of shares
(122,185) (2) (2,452) (2,454)
Capital subscriptions
66 66
Net loss
(44,029) (44,029)
Other comprehensive income
30,736 30,736
Balances, December 31, 2022
201,109,005 $ 2,011 $ 2,224,824 $ 30,247 $ (143,015) $ 2,114,067
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands)
For the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
2022
2021
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss
$ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
183,167 176,058
Share-based compensation
8,003 6,827
Provision for bad debt expense
2,518 2,563
Loss on disposal of assets
27
Loss on extinguishment of debt
1,079 1,042
Impairment loss
10,856
Deferred income taxes
(34,534) (23,348)
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
10,260 8,893
Other
66 297
Changes in:
Accounts receivable
(17,372) (15,229)
Income tax refundable
6,428 2,565
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(570) 941
Deferred costs
(17,380) (19,335)
Other long-term assets
(79) (765)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(3,344) 12,268
Deferred revenue
(1,316) 3,431
Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
(1,116)
Other long-term liabilities
(30) (2,686)
Net cash provided by operating activities
102,634 106,406
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of Patientco, net of cash
(429,793)
Purchase of property and equipment and capitalization of internally developed software costs
(17,433) (14,541)
Net cash used in investing activities
(17,433) (444,334)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment to former shareholders
(2) (3,374)
Settlement of prior year acquisitions
214
Change in aggregated funds liability
626 (3,435)
Repurchase of shares
(2,454) (1,908)
Proceeds from exercise of common stock
649 543
Proceeds from issuances of debt
367,000
Payments on debt
(64,982) (16,732)
Debt issuance costs
(10,477)
Capital subscription
650
Cash settlement of stock options
(70)
Finance lease liabilities paid
(832) (981)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(67,065) 331,500
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents during the period
18,136 (6,428)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of period
54,500 60,929
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of period
$ 72,636 $ 54,501
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Interest paid
$ 144,317 $ 117,113
Cash taxes paid (refunds received), net
5,574 2,103
Non-cash investing and financing activities
Non-cash investment in Patientco
12,505
Fixed asset purchases in accounts payable
123 958
Reconciliation of Balance Sheet Cash Accounts to Cash Flow Statement
Balance sheet
Cash and cash equivalents
64,558 47,248
Restricted cash
8,078 7,253
Total
72,636 54,501
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Business
Waystar Holding Corp. (“Waystar”, “we” or “our”) is a provider of mission-critical cloud technology to healthcare organizations. Our enterprise-grade platform transforms the complex and disparate processes comprising healthcare payments received by healthcare providers from payers and patients, from pre-service engagement through post-service remittance and reconciliation. Our platform enhances data integrity, eliminates manual tasks, and improves claim and billing accuracy, which results in better transparency, reduced labor costs, and faster, more accurate reimbursement and cash flow. The market for our solutions extends throughout the United States and includes Puerto Rico and other US Territories.
On August 24, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Patientco Holdings, Inc. (“Patientco”), (see Note 5 for details of the Patientco Acquisition). This acquisition allows us to improve the patient financial experience while simplifying how providers receive and process payments from patients both before and after care delivery.
Risk and Uncertainties—We are subject to risks common to companies in similar industries, including, but not limited to, our operation in a highly competitive industry, our ability to retain our existing clients and attract new clients, our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships, the growth and success of our clients and overall healthcare transaction volumes, consolidation in the healthcare industry, our selling cycle of variable length to secure new client agreements, our implementation cycle that is dependent on our clients’ timing and resources, our ability to develop and market new solutions, or enhance our existing solutions, to respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards, the interoperability, connectivity, and integration of our solutions with our clients’ and their vendors’ networks and infrastructures, the performance and reliability of internet, mobile, and other infrastructure, the consequences if we cannot obtain, process, use, disclose, or distribute the highly regulated data we require to provide our solutions, impact of government regulations on our market, and our reliance on certain third-party vendors and providers.
On occasion, we enter into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, we indemnify, hold harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent, or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to its technology. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual any time after the execution of the agreement. The maximum potential future payments we could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against us in the future but have not yet been made. Historically, we have not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements.
We have entered into agreements with our directors or officers that may require us to indemnify them against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from their willful misconduct.
No liability associated with such indemnifications was recorded as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The financial statements include the consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, statements of comprehensive loss, statements of changes in stockholders’ equity, and statements of cash flows of Waystar and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
 
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
Segment Information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. We define the term “chief operating decision maker” to be our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews the financial information presented on an entire company basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating our financial performance. Accordingly, we have determined that we operate in a single reportable operating segment. Since we operate in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions are used for, but are not limited to: (1) revenue recognition, including estimated expected customer life; (2) recoverability of accounts receivable and taxes receivable; (3) impairment assessment of goodwill and long-lived intangible assets; (4) fair value of intangibles acquired in business combinations; (5) litigation reserves; (6) depreciation and amortization; (7) fair value of stock options issued to employees and assumed as part of business combinations; (8) fair value of interest rate swaps; and (9) leases, including incremental borrowing rate. Future events and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty, and accordingly, accounting estimates require the exercise of judgment. We evaluate and update assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and may employ outside experts to assist in evaluations. Actual results could differ from the estimates used.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Waystar Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Revenue Recognition
We derive revenue primarily from providing access to our solutions for use in the healthcare industry and in doing so generate two types of revenue: (i) subscription revenue and (ii) volume-based revenue, which account for 99% of total revenue for all periods presented. We also derive revenue from implementation fees for our software, as well as hardware sales to facilitate patient payments.
We recognize revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), through the following five steps:

identification of the contract, or contracts, with a client;

identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

determination of the transaction price;

allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation
 
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our customers, referred to as clients elsewhere in this prospectus, represent healthcare providers across all types of care settings, including physician practices, clinics, surgical centers, and laboratories, as well as large hospitals and health systems.
We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. The length of our contracts vary but are typically two to three years and generally renew automatically for successive one-year terms. Our revenue is reported net of applicable sales and use tax and is recognized as, or when, control of these services or products are transferred to clients, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for the contract’s performance obligations.
Revenue from our subscription services as well as from our volume-based services represents a single promise to provide continuous access (i.e., a stand-ready obligation) to our software solutions in the form of a service. Our software products are made available to our clients via a cloud-based, hosted platform where our clients do not have the right or practical ability to take possession of the software. As each day of providing access to the software solutions is substantially the same and the client simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as services are provided, these services are viewed as a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct daily services.
Revenue from our subscription services is recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the service is made available to the client. Volume-based services are priced based on transaction, dollar volume or provider count in a given period. Given the nature of the promise is based on unknown quantities or outcomes of services to be performed over the contract term, the volume-based fee is determined to be variable consideration. The volume-based transaction fees are recognized each day using a time-elapsed output method based on the volume or transaction count at the time the clients’ transactions are processed.
Our other services are generally related to implementation activities across all solutions and hardware sales to facilitate patient payments. Implementation services are not considered performance obligations as they do not provide a distinct service to clients without the use of our software solutions. As such, implementation fees related to our solutions are billed upfront and recognized ratably over the contract term. Implementation fees and hardware sales represent less than 1% of total revenue for all periods presented.
Our contracts with clients typically include various combinations of our software solutions. Determining whether such software solutions are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together requires significant judgment. Specifically, judgment is required to determine whether access to the Company’s SaaS solutions is distinct from other services and solutions included in an arrangement.
We follow the requirements of ASC 606-10-55-36 through -40, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal Agent Considerations, in determining the gross versus net revenue presentations for our performance obligations in the contract with a client. Revenue recorded where we act in the capacity of a principal is reported on a gross basis equal to the full amount of consideration to which we expect in exchange for the good or service transferred. Revenue recorded where we act in the capacity of an agent is reported on a net basis, exclusive of any consideration provided to the principal party in the transaction.
The principal versus agent evaluation is a matter of judgment that depends on the facts and circumstances of the arrangement and is dependent on whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the client or whether we are acting as an agent of a third party. This evaluation is performed separately for each performance obligation identified. For the majority of our contracts, we are considered the principal in the transaction with the client and recognize revenue gross of any related channel partner fees or costs. We have certain agency arrangements where third parties control the goods or services provided to a client and we recognize revenue net of any fees owed to these third parties.
Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type, although our standard payment terms generally require payment within 30 to 60 days. In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of
 
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
payment, we have determined our contracts do not generally include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of our invoicing terms is to provide clients with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing our products and services, not to receive financing from our clients or to provide clients with financing.
Contract Costs
Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract primarily include commissions paid to our internal sales personnel. We consider all such commissions to be both incremental and recoverable since they are only paid when a contract is secured. These capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, which is determined based on the average customer life, which includes anticipated renewals of contracts. As of December 31, 2022, and 2021, the total unamortized costs reported as deferred costs on our balance sheet amounted to $18.8 million and $12.6 million, respectively, for internal sales commissions. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, amortization related to the sales commission asset was $4.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing in our consolidated statements of operations.
Costs to Fulfill a Contract
We capitalize costs incurred to fulfill contracts that i) relate directly to the contract, ii) are expected to generate resources that will be used to satisfy performance obligations under the contract, and iii) are expected to be recovered through revenue generated under the contract. Costs incurred to implement clients on our solutions (e.g., direct labor) are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated customer life if we expect to recover those costs. As of December 31, 2022, and 2021, the total unamortized costs reported as deferred costs on our balance sheet amounted to $32.8 million and $21.6 million, respectively, for fulfillment costs. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, amortization related to the fulfillment cost asset was $5.8 million and $3.1 million, respectively, and is included in the costs of revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.
There were no impairment losses relating to deferred costs during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Channel Partners
We account for fees paid to channel partners within sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we paid all channel partners $46.0 million and $40.7 million, respectively, for fees. As we are primarily responsible for contracting with and fulfilling contracts for the end user, we record revenue gross of related channel partner fees.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We maintain our cash in bank deposit accounts, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. We have not experienced any credit losses in such accounts.
Restricted Cash
For a fee, we provide lockbox solutions through a banking institution to certain clients. When participating customers’ cash is received from their clients or patients, it is deposited in a lockbox account owned by us and is contractually required to be disbursed to the participating clients the following day. Any funds residing in these accounts are categorized as restricted cash.
Our restricted cash balance also consists of cash collected on behalf of healthcare providers from patients that has yet to be remitted to the providers. There is also an associated liability corresponding to cash held for others.
 
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are primarily generated from billings related to our cloud-based technology and do not bear interest. Unbilled accounts receivable arise when services have been rendered for which revenue has been recognized but the customers have not been billed. Substantially all accounts receivable are from companies in the healthcare service industry. Accounts receivable are net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and are considered past due when they are outstanding beyond agreement terms. We estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts based primarily on an analysis of historical collections experience, review of accounts receivable aging schedules, and specific identification of individual clients management believes to be at risk. If additional amounts become uncollectible, they will be charged to operations when that determination is made. Accounts receivable are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts once all collection efforts have been exhausted, and recovery is deemed remote. If amounts previously written off are collected, they will be included as a deduction in general and administrative expense when received. Credit is extended based on historical experience with similar clients. Generally, collateral is not required.
Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2022
2021
Beginning balance
$ (3,713) $ (3,019)
Provision for losses on receivables
(2,518) (2,563)
Write-offs
2,237 2,398
Recoveries
(483) (529)
Ending Balance
$ (4,477) $ (3,713)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes at rates based on the estimated useful lives and pattern of usage of the assets. The estimated useful lives of the assets are 5 years for computer hardware and office equipment, 7 years for furniture and fixtures, and 40 years for buildings. Purchased computer software is depreciated over the estimated useful life of 3–5 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease or their estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter. We evaluate the useful lives of these assets and test for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.
Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Refer to Note 6 for more information on property and equipment.
Software Licenses and Maintenance Contracts
Software licenses and prepaid software maintenance contracts are accounted for as prepaid expenses and are amortized over the related service period, which is typically twelve months or less. In instances where contracts exceed twelve months, a portion of the contract is recorded as other long-term assets. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, total unamortized costs of $4.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively, were included in prepaid expenses. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, total unamortized costs of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, were included in other long-term assets.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are amortized over their useful lives. We evaluate the remaining useful life of long-lived assets periodically to determine if events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The carrying amounts of these assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. We measure the
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If the undiscounted cash flows used in the test for recoverability are less than the carrying amount of the asset groups, then the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. Refer to Notes 6, 7, and 8 for more information on long-lived assets.
Goodwill
We account for goodwill under the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment annually on October 1st or whenever there is an impairment indicator. There was no impairment to goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Refer to Note 7 for more information on goodwill.
Deferred Offering Costs
We capitalize within other assets certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly related to our in-process equity financings, including the planned initial public offering, until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded as a reduction of the proceeds received as a result of the offering. Should a planned equity financing be abandoned, terminated or significantly delayed, the deferred offering costs are immediately written off to operating expenses. There were no deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
We capitalize internal-use software costs under the provisions of ASC 350 which includes costs incurred in connection with the development of new software solutions and enhancements to existing software solutions that are expected to result in increased functionality. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once the software has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is complete and available for general release. Capitalized software development costs are recorded in property and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of two years. We evaluate the useful lives of these assets and test for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments of capitalized software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development (“R&D”) costs consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for employees engaged in research and development activities as well as third-party fees. All such costs are expensed as incurred, except for capitalized software development costs.
Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs, net of amortization, are reflected on our balance sheet as a direct reduction in the carrying amount of our long-term debt. In addition, debt issuance costs, net of amortization, related to our revolver debt are included in other assets. Debt issuance costs include direct financing fees, bank origination fees, amendment fees, legal and other fees incurred in obtaining long-term debt. Debt issuance costs are amortized over the respective term of the debt instruments using the effective interest method, and amortization charges are included in interest expense.
Derivative Instruments
We hold one interest rate swap maturing on October 31, 2024 and held two interest rate swaps that matured on November 30, 2022 designated as cash flow hedges to a portion of our outstanding debt. At inception and on an ongoing basis, we assess whether our swaps qualify for hedge accounting. These interest rate swaps have been deemed highly effective under ASC 815 so they meet the hedge accounting treatment criteria and qualify for
 
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
hedge accounting. The swaps have been recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as either assets or liabilities and any changes to the fair value are recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified into interest expense in the same period in which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. Cash flows from interest rate swaps are reported in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also establishes a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of the hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.
As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other current assets and liabilities approximates fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments. Swaps are Level 2 instruments whose fair value is derived from discounted cash flows adjusted for nonperformance risk. The fair value of the amount outstanding under our term debt approximates the carrying values due to their variable market-based interest rates (Level 2).
Stock-Based Compensation
We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and members of the board of directors based on estimated fair values and when vesting criteria is assessed as probable of being achieved. We utilize the straight-line vesting method to recognize compensation expense for all service-based payment awards. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the consolidated statement of operations. Such expense consists of stock-based compensation expense related to stock option grants to employees and directors. See Note 16 for additional information.
We estimate the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (“Black-Scholes”). We account for forfeitures as they occur. Our determination of fair value is affected by an estimate of our stock value as well as assumptions regarding several highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and the expected term of the awards. We estimate expected stock price volatility using historical data of a peer group of public companies.
Advertising Costs
We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense amounted to approximately $10.9 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided against deferred tax assets if it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Any change in the valuation allowance is charged to income tax expense
 
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
in the period such determination was made. Deferred tax balances are presented as noncurrent liabilities. See Note 9 for additional information.
We evaluate tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing our tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are more-likely-than-not of being sustained upon examination by the applicable tax authority, based on the technical merits of the tax position, and then recognizing the tax benefit that is more-likely-than-not to be realized.
Interest and penalties on material uncertain tax positions are classified as interest expense and operating expense, respectively.
Loss Contingencies
In accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies, estimated losses from contingencies are accrued when both of the following conditions are met: (1) it is probable a loss has been incurred; and (2) the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any legal fees are recognized as incurred.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-03 to amend various SEC paragraphs in the Accounting Standards Codification to primarily reflect the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120. ASU No. 2023-03, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Equity (Topic 505), and Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120, SEC Staff Announcement at the March 24, 2022 EITF Meeting, and Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 6.B, Accounting Series Release 280 — General Revision of Regulation S-X: Income or Loss Applicable to Common Stock.” ASU 2023-03 amends the ASC for SEC updates pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120; SEC Staff Announcement at the March 24, 2022 Emerging Issues Task Force Meeting; and Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 6.B, Accounting Series Release 280 — General Revision of Regulation S-X: Income or Loss Applicable to Common Stock. These updates were immediately effective and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, as amended by ASU No. 2021-01, which created Topic 848—Reference Rate Reform. ASU No. 2020-04 contains optional practical expedients for reference rate reform related activities that impact debt, leases, derivatives and other contracts which may be elected over time as activities occur. Among other things, the ASU intends to ease the transition from London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) to an alternative reference rate. During the year ending December 31, 2020, we elected to apply the hedge accounting expedients related to probability and the assessments of effectiveness for future LIBOR-indexed cash flows to assume that the index upon which future hedged transactions will be based matches the index on the corresponding derivatives. Application of these expedients preserves the presentation of derivatives consistent with past presentation. We continue to evaluate the impacts of ASU No. 2020-04 and may apply other elections as reference rate reform activities progress.
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). We adopted this standard on January 1, 2022 using the modified retrospective approach. As a result, the comparative financial information has not been updated and the required disclosures prior to the date of adoption have not been updated and continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. ASC 842 also permitted the election of certain practical expedients upon adoption. We elected the transition package of practical expedients which allowed us to carryforward the historical lease classification. We also elected the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all leases entered into after the date of adoption. Finally, we elected the hindsight practical expedient which required us to assess the lease term for all existing leases. The adoption of this standard had a significant impact on our consolidated balance sheet. There was no significant impact to our results of operations or cash flows. This standard did not have a significant impact on our liquidity or on our compliance with our financial covenants associated with our credit facilities. Refer to Note 8 for further details.
 
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This amendment requires measurement and recognition of expected versus incurred losses for financial assets held. The amendment is effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2023, and early adoption is permitted. We do not believe this standard will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”) as part of its overall simplification initiative to reduce costs and complexity of applying accounting standards. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions from Topic 740, Income Taxes, including (i) the exception to the incremental approach for intra period tax allocation; (ii) the exception to accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments; and (iii) the exception in interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. ASU 2019-12 also simplifies U.S. GAAP in several other areas of Topic 740 such as (i) franchise taxes and other taxes partially based on income; (ii) transactions with a government that result in a step up in the tax basis of goodwill; (iii) separate financial statements of entities not subject to tax; and (iv) enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods. We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2022 using the prospective approach. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. This standard requires an entity (acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606. At the acquisition date, an acquirer should account for the related revenue contracts in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had originated the contracts. To achieve this, an acquirer may assess how the acquiree applied Topic 606 to determine what to record for the acquired revenue contracts. Generally, this should result in an acquirer recognizing and measuring the acquired contract assets and contract liabilities consistent with how they were recognized and measured in the acquiree’s financial statements (if the acquiree prepared financial statements in accordance with GAAP). The amendment is effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2024, and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this amendment on our consolidated financial statements.
3. Revenue Recognition
Disaggregation of Revenue
The following table presents revenues disaggregated by revenue type and the timing of revenue recognition (in thousands):
Year ended December 31,
Recognition
2022
2021
Subscription revenue
Over time
$ 366,717 $ 334,475
Volume-based revenue
Over time
335,452 241,886
Implementation services and other revenue
Various
2,705 2,204
Total revenues
$ 704,874 $ 578,565
Contract Liabilities
We derive our revenue from contracts with clients primarily through subscription fees and volume-based fees. Our payment terms with the client generally comprise an initial payment for implementation services, which includes client enrollment and the setup of contracted solutions on our platform. These implementation fees are due upon contract execution. Additionally, subscription fees are earned on an ongoing basis, which are invoiced monthly.
Client payments received in advance of fulfilling the corresponding performance obligations are recorded as contract liabilities. Implementation fees are recognized over the customer life, with any unrecognized amounts deferred as contract liabilities. These amounts are reported as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet.
 
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table presents activity impacting deferred revenue balances (in thousands):
December 31,
2022
2021
Beginning balance
$ 17,771 $ 13,845
Revenue recognized
(11,701) (9,576)
Additional amounts deferred
10,384 13,502
Ending balance
$ 16,454 $ 17,771
Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations
At December 31, 2022, the transaction price related to unsatisfied performance obligations that are expected to be recognized for the next 12 months and greater than 12 months was $22.5 million and $8.9 million, respectively.
The transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) for executed contracts does not include revenue related to performance obligations that are part of a contract with an original expected duration of one year or less. Additionally, the balance does not include variable consideration that is allocated entirely to wholly unsatisfied promises that form part of a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct daily services.
Remaining performance obligation estimates are subject to change and are affected by several factors, including terminations and changes in the timing and scope of contracts, arising from contract modifications.
4. Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
Balance Sheet Classification
Carrying value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 31, 2022
Financial assets:
Interest rate swaps
Other current assets;
other long-term assets
$ 39,529 $  — $ 39,529 $  —
December 31, 2021
Financial assets:
Interest rate swaps
Other long-term assets
$ 6,654 $ $ 6,654 $
Financial liabilities:
Interest rate swaps
Other accrued expenses
$ 7,329 $ $ 7,329 $
The fair values of our interest rate swaps are based on the sum of all future net present value cash flows. The future cash flows are derived based on the terms of our interest rate swaps, as well as considering published discount factors, and projected LIBOR. At December 31, 2022, the fair value of the swap designated as a hedging instrument amounts to $23.9 million included in other current assets and $15.6 million included in other long-term assets. At December 31, 2021, the fair value of the three interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments amount to $6.7 million included in other long-term assets and $7.3 million included in other accrued expenses. The fair value of long-term debt was determined using the present value of future cash flows based on the borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities. The carrying value of our first lien term loan facility was $1,748.8 million and $1,766.8 million compared to a fair value of $1,716.0 million and $1,764.6 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The carrying value of our second lien term loan facility approximated fair value at December 31, 2022 and 2021. There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 during years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
 
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
5. Acquisitions
Patientco Acquisition
On August 24, 2021, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the capital stock of Patientco. We accounted for the acquisition as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. The total consideration paid was allocated to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess consideration paid over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill for the acquisition primarily represents future customer relationships, future technology, and assembled workforce. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. We have included the financial results of Patientco in the consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition.
The acquisition date fair value of the consideration paid for Patientco was $456.0 million which consisted of the following (in thousands):
Initial cash consideration
$ 443,516
Rollover equity
12,505
Total
$ 456,021
The rollover equity included $12.5 million of shares, which was recorded as an increase to additional paid in capital.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 3,565
Restricted cash
$ 10,368
Accounts receivable
6,918
Property, plant and equipment
2,698
Prepaid expenses
1,522
Other assets
33
Customer relationships
68,100
Developed technology
25,600
Tradenames and trademarks
14,900
Goodwill
356,429
Total acquired assets
$ 490,133
Accounts payable
$ 3,883
Aggregated funds payable
10,364
Accrued expenses
4,625
Deferred tax liability
14,745
Deferred revenue
495
Total acquired liabilities
$ 34,112
Total net assets acquired
$ 456,021
The fair values of the tangible assets were determined primarily using the income approach. The fair values of the acquired identifiable intangible assets were determined using Level 3 inputs such as discounted cash flows which are not observable in the market. Intangible assets acquired from the acquisition include customer relationships, developed technologies, and trade names and trademarks which are all amortized on a straight-line basis approximating the use of the assets. The useful lives of the acquired identifiable intangible assets are
 
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
19 years for customer relationships, 8 years for developed technology, and 2 years for trade names and trademarks. The weighted-average remaining useful life for all acquired intangibles is 14.0 years.
Total acquisition costs of $1.4 million were expensed as incurred and recorded in general and administrative expense in the statement of operations.
We recorded a net deferred tax liability of $14.7 million at the time of the acquisition. The deferred tax liability was primarily recorded as a result of acquired intangible assets.
6. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
The balances of the major classes of property and equipment are as follows (in thousands):
December 31
2022
2021
Building
$ 19,653 $ 19,653
Computer hardware
30,289 27,287
Capitalized internal-use software
15,692 7,478
Purchased computer software
20,133 18,777
Furniture and fixtures
2,594 3,091
Office equipment
196 196
Leasehold improvements
7,826 13,287
Capital lease asset
2,994 2,994
Construction in progress
15 15
Internal-use software in progress
8,529 5,881
107,921 98,659
Accumulated depreciation
(52,065) (40,027)
$ 55,856 $ 58,632
Depreciation of fixed assets, including the amortization of capitalized software, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $15.7 million and $13.4 million, respectively.
We capitalized $10.9 million and $8.1 million in software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software was $5.6 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The net book value of capitalized software development costs was $15.3 million and $10.0 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded impairment expense of $4.6 million related to leasehold improvements at closed office locations as general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations. There were no impairments of property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2021.
7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table details the cost basis changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2020
$ 2,653,301
Decreases due to measurement period adjustments related to prior year acquisitions
(172)
Goodwill recorded in connection with Patientco acquisition (Note 5)
356,640
Balance as of December 31, 2021
3,009,769
Decreases due to measurement period adjustments related to prior year acquisitions
(211)
Balance as of December 31, 2022
$ 3,009,558
 
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Amortization for definite-lived intangible assets is as follows (in thousands, except useful life):
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Value
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life
As of December 31, 2022
Customer relationships
$ 1,412,100 $ (251,797) $ 1,160,303 13.0
Purchased developed technology
299,400 (165,117) 134,283 3.3
Tradenames and trademarks
54,800 (22,844) 31,956 5.9
Total
$ 1,766,300 $ (439,758) $ 1,326,542
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Value
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life
As of December 31, 2021
Customer relationships
$ 1,412,100 $ (158,247) $ 1,253,853 13.9
Purchased developed technology
304,500 (113,180) 191,320 4.0
Tradenames and trademarks
69,800 (20,946) 48,854 5.5
Total
$ 1,786,400 $ (292,373) $ 1,494,027
Amortization expense was $167.5 million and $162.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
2023
$ 158,547
2024
145,307
2025
107,871
2026
102,500
2027
102,500
Thereafter
709,817
Total
$ 1,326,542
8. Leases
We adopted ASU 2016-02 as of January 1, 2022, exercising the optional transition method. Therefore, we did not restate the comparative periods. Under the transition method, we applied the legacy leasing guidance, ASC 840, including its disclosure requirements, for the comparative periods presented. Leases held on or after January 1, 2022 are presented under ASC 842. We recorded a right-of-use asset of $19.7 million and a lease liability of $24.5 million. Additionally, we recorded a reclassification of $0.1 million from other accrued expenses and $4.8 million from other long-term liabilities, related to deferred rent, cease-use lease liabilities, and tenant improvement liabilities related to the implementation of ASC 842. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
We determine whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception. At the lease commencement date, we record a liability for the lease obligation and a corresponding asset representing the right to use the underlying asset over the lease term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet and are recognized in expense using a straight-line basis for all asset classes. Variable lease payments are expensed as incurred, which primarily include maintenance costs, services provided by the lessor, and other charges reimbursed to the lessor.
 
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We lease office space and data center facilities with remaining lease terms ranging from one year to 11 years, some of which contain renewal options. The exercise of these options is at our sole discretion.
Certain of our leases contain lease and non-lease components. For leases held on or after January 1, 2022, we have elected the practical expedient under ASC 842-10-15-37 for all asset classes which allows companies to account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component.
Our leases do not contain an implicit rate of return; therefore, an incremental borrowing rate was determined. We assessed which rate would be most reflective of a reasonable rate we would be able to borrow based on credit rating and lease term.
Finance lease right-of-use assets of $17.6 million and $19.2 million as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, are included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheet.
The following table presents components of lease expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 (in thousands):
Finance lease cost
Amortization of right-of-use assets
$ 1,586
Interest on lease liabilities
843
Operating lease cost
3,554
Variable lease cost
1,020
Short-term lease
1,795
Total lease cost
$ 8,798
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2022 are as follows (in thousands):
Operating leases
Finance leases
2023
$ 4,859 $ 1,547
2024
4,565 1,572
2025
4,453 1,603
2026
4,205 1,642
2027
2,004 1,678
Thereafter
4,609 11,023
Total future minimum lease payments
24,695 19,065
Less: Interest
2,964 5,301
Total
$ 21,731 $ 13,764
Future minimum lease payments for finance lease and financing obligations as of December 31, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
Capital lease
Financing
obligations
2022
$ 294 $ 1,253
2023
294 1,253
2024
294 1,278
2025
300 1,303
2026
307 1,335
Thereafter
2,362 10,339
Total
3,851 $ 16,761
Less amount representing interest
(1,143)
Present value of minimum lease payments
$ 2,708
 
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
Commitments
2022
$ 4,711
2023
4,403
2024
4,489
2025
4,453
2026
4,205
Thereafter
6,613
Total
$ 28,874
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the year ended December 31, 2022 are as follows (in thousands):
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases
$ 4,671
Financing cash flows for financing leases
1,547
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities:
Operating leases
$ 875
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:
Weighted average remaining lease term (years):
Operating leases
5.8
Financing leases
11.1
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating leases
4.2
Financing leases
5.9
For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded impairment expense of $6.2 million related to right-of-use assets at closed office space as general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations.
9. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
2022
2021
Current tax expense:
Federal
$ 3,388 $ 915
State
9,300 2,865
Total current tax expense
12,688 3,780
Provision for uncertain tax positions
Deferred tax (benefit):
Federal
(21,978) (17,369)
State
(12,556) (5,991)
Total deferred tax benefit
(34,534) (23,360)
Income tax benefit
$ (21,846) $ (19,580)
 
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The reconciliation between the statutory income tax rate and the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
2022
2021
Statutory rate
21%
21%
State income tax, net of federal tax effect
8%
6%
Tax credits
7%
2%
Change in uncertain tax liability
-2%
1%
Other
-1%
Effective tax rate
33%
30%
The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follows (in thousands):
2022
2021
Deferred tax assets:
State tax credits
$ 869 $ 1,236
Federal tax credits
7,007 10,212
Accrued bonus
3,497 3,390
Stock based compensation
4,946 3,255
Accrued revenue, expenses, deferrals and other
2,112 2,694
Interest expense
59,314 44,276
Other
1,557 1,487
Deferred rent
1,248
Capitalized R&D costs
10,124
Lease Liability
5,303
Net operating loss
17,826 49,447
Valuation allowance
(197) (564)
Total deferred tax assets
112,358 116,681
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation of property and equipment
6,015 7,439
Software development costs
1,055 2,523
Amortization
313,363 356,197
Other prepaid expenses
859 431
ROU Asset
2,839
Interest rate swap
9,275 (176)
Other
11,877 8,319
Total deferred liabilities
345,283 374,733
Net deferred tax liability
$ (232,925) $ (258,052)
 
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following is a reconciliation of beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits, including associated interest and penalties for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
2022
2021
Beginning balance
$ 1,906 $ 1,922
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
177 150
Reductions based on tax positions related to the current year
731 (415)
Additions for positions related to prior years
272
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
(23)
Ending balance
$ 2,814 $ 1,906
As of December 31, 2022, there is $1.2 million of unrecognized benefit that if recognized would affect the effective rate. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we recognized no expense for interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The above unrecognized tax benefits are recorded as an increase in the deferred tax liability in the accompanying balance sheet. Years 2018 to 2021 remain open to examination by federal, state, or local tax authorities.
At December 31, 2022, we had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, consisting of approximately $7.3 million of tax effected Federal NOLs that expire beginning in 2029 and $10.6 million of tax effected state NOLs net of federal benefit that expire beginning in 2029, limited under provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382.
The following table details the changes in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
State
attributes
December 31, 2022
Beginning balance
$ 564
Increase/(Decrease)
(367)
Ending balance
$ 197
December 31, 2021
Beginning balance
$ 564
Increase/(Decrease)
Ending balance
$ 564
At December 31, 2022, we had federal R&D tax credit carryforwards of approximately $7.0 million that expire beginning 2038 and state R&D credit carryforwards of approximately $0.9 million, net of federal benefit, that began expiring in 2023 in the states of Georgia and Massachusetts. We had a partial valuation allowance on our state credits of $0.2 million at December 31, 2022.
10. Accounts Receivable Securitization
On August 13, 2021, we entered into a receivables financing agreement with a counterparty as the lender, which provided for a three-year receivables facility with a limit of $50.0 million (the “Receivables Facility”). As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, $50.0 million was outstanding under the Receivables Facility.
Pursuant to the Receivables Facility, we sell and/or contribute current and future receivables to Waystar RC, LLC as the Special Purpose Entity (“SPE”). The SPE, in turn, pledges its interests in the receivables to the counterparty, which either makes loans or issues letters of credit on behalf of the SPE.
All receivables remain on our balance sheet as they continue to be the property of our consolidated entities under the securitization.
 
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The interest rate under the Receivables Facility is 2.00% per annum above the LIBOR rate with a minimum base of 0%. The LIBOR is adjusted each thirty-day period to the thirty-day LIBOR rate. Interest under the Receivables Facility is paid monthly in arrears. The effective interest rate for the Receivables Facility is 2.64%.
All principal under the Receivables Facility is due on August 12, 2024.
The Receivables Facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, require we maintain certain collection thresholds with respect to our accounts receivable. We were in compliance with all such debt covenants during the periods presented.
11. Debt
Debt instruments consist primarily of term loans, our revolving credit facility, and the Receivables Facility as follows (in thousands):
December 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
First lien term loan facility outstanding debt
$ 1,748,798 $ 1,766,781
Second lien term loan facility outstanding debt
468,000 515,000
Receivables Facility outstanding debt
50,000 50,000
Total outstanding debt
2,266,798 2,331,781
Unamoritzed debt issuance costs
(40,907) (51,237)
Current portion of long-term debt
(17,983) (17,983)
Total long-term debt, net
$ 2,207,908 $ 2,262,561
First and Second Lien Term Loan Facilities
On October 22, 2019, we entered into a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”), which initially provided for a first lien term loan of $825.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $125.0 million. On December 2, 2019, we increased the first lien term loans by $100.0 million (“2019 Incremental First Lien Term Loans”) to a total of $925.0 million. On September 23, 2020, we increased the first lien term loans by an incremental $620.0 million (“2020 Incremental First Lien Term Loans”) to a total of $1,545.0 million and the revolving credit facility by an incremental $75.0 million to a total of $200.0 million. On March 24, 2021, we entered into a debt repricing agreement (“2021 Debt Repricing”) related to the 2020 Incremental First Lien Term Loans to take advantage of preferential market rates, aligning its rates with the rest of the 2019 First Lien Term Loans. On August 24, 2021, we increased the first lien term loans by an incremental $247.0 million (the “2021 Incremental First Lien Term Loans”) to a total of $1,792.0 million in conjunction with the acquisition of Patientco. We refer to the term loan facilities under the First Lien Credit Agreement as the “First Lien Credit Facility” and the revolving credit facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement as the “Revolving Credit Facility.” The First Lien Credit Facility matures on October 21, 2026, and the Revolving Credit Facility matures on October 21, 2024. Our lenders under the First Lien Credit Facility include Bain Affiliated Funds and CPPIB Credit Investments III Inc., affiliates of Bain Capital LP and Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, respectively (together, the “Affiliated Debtholders”). See Note 12, Related Party Transactions. Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral under the debt.
On October 22, 2019, we also entered into a second lien credit agreement (the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”), which initially provided for a second lien term loan of $255.0 million. On September 23, 2020, we increased the second lien term loan by an incremental $190.0 million (“2020 Incremental Second Lien Term Loan”) to a total of $445.0 million. On August 24, 2021, we increased the second lien term loan by an incremental $70.0 million to a total of $515.0 million in conjunction with the acquisition of Patientco (“2021 Incremental Second Lien Term Loan”). We refer to the term loan facilities under the Second Lien Credit Agreement as the “Second Lien Credit Facility.” The Second Lien Credit Facility matures on October 21, 2027.
 
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The interest rate under the First Lien Credit Facility is 4.00% per annum above the LIBOR rate with a minimum base of 0.00%. The interest rate with regard to the initial term loans under the Second Lien Credit Facility is 7.75% per annum above the LIBOR rate with a minimum base of 0.00%. The interest rate under the 2020 Incremental Second Lien Term Loan is 8.00% per annum above the LIBOR rate with a minimum base of 1.00%. The interest rate under the 2021 Incremental Second Lien Term Loan is 7.00% per annum above the LIBOR rate with a minimum base of 0.75%. The LIBOR is adjusted each thirty-day period to the thirty-day LIBOR rate. Interest under the First Lien Credit Facility and Second Lien Credit Facility is paid monthly in arrears. The effective interest rates for the First Lien Credit Facility and Second Lien Credit Facility are 4.59% and 8.30%, respectively.
Principal on the First Lien Credit Facility is payable in 26 equal quarterly installments with the remaining balance to be paid on October 21, 2026. As of December 31, 2022, there are 15 payments remaining. All principal under the Second Lien Credit Facility is due on October 21, 2027. The First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement contain certain covenants which, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness. We were in compliance with all such debt covenants during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
The maturity of long-term debt principal payments (excluding debt discount) at December 31, 2022 is as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2023
$ 17,982
2024
67,983
2025
17,982
2026
1,694,851
2027
468,000
$ 2,266,798
Debt Issuance Costs
In connection with the 2021 Debt Repricing, we capitalized fees and other costs totaling $0.8 million. In connection with the 2021 Incremental First Lien Term Loans and 2021 Incremental Second Lien Term Loans, we capitalized fees and other costs totaling $9.4 million in conjunction with the Patientco acquisition. In connection with the Receivables Facility, we capitalized fees and other costs totaling $0.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we expensed previously capitalized fees and other debt issuance costs totaling $0.3 million and $0.8 million as part of the 2021 Debt Repricing and 2021 Incremental First Lien Term Loans, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, we expensed previously capitalized fees and other debt issuance costs totaling $1.1 million as part of a $47.0 million paydown on our second lien term loans. These costs were recognized as losses on extinguishment of debt in general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations. We have unamortized debt issuance costs of $40.9 million and $51.2 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
In connection with the Revolving Credit Facility, unamortized debt issuance costs were $1.8 million and $2.8 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
12. Derivative Financial Instruments
As-of January 1, 2021, we participated in two interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of a rise in interest rates on the First Lien Credit Facility. On October 13, 2021, we entered into a third interest rate swap to further mitigate this risk. On November 30, 2022, our first two interest rate swaps matured. We attempt to minimize our interest risk exposure by fixing our rate through the utilization of interest rate swaps, which are derivative instruments. The interest rate swaps mitigate the exposure on the variable component of interest on our First Lien Credit Facility. Our swaps are entered into with financial institutions that participate in the First Lien Credit Facility. By using a
 
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
derivative instrument to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, we expose ourselves to credit risk due to the possible failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract.
As of December 31, 2022, we have the following interest rate swap agreement designated as a hedging instrument:
Effective dates
Floating rate debt
Fixed rates
October 29, 2021 through October 31, 2024
$604.1 million
0.73%
The gain or loss on the swaps is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified into earnings as adjustments to interest expense in the same period or periods during which the swaps affect earnings. Gains or losses on the swaps representing hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.
The following table provides information on the location and amounts of our swaps designated as hedging instruments in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):
Interest rate swap derivatives
Balance sheet location
Fair value
December 31, 2022
Fair value
December 31, 2021
Other accrued expenses
$ $ (7,329)
Other current assets
$ 23,881 $
Other long-term assets
$ 15,648 $ 6,654
The effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments on the accompanying consolidated financial statements is as follows (in thousands):
Derivatives—Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized
in AOCI/AOCL on
Derivative
Location of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI/AOCL
into Income
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI/AOCL
into Income
Total interest
Expense on
Consolidated
Statements of
Operations
Interest rate swaps:
2022
$ 30,736
Interest Expense
$ 5,244 $ (155,325)
2021
$ 10,606
Interest Expense
$ (8,854) $ (127,011)
The net amount of accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be reclassified to interest income in the next twelve months is $18.3 million.
13. Related Party Transactions
At December 31, 2022 and 2021, we had $109.3 million and $113.2 million, respectively, of outstanding debt as part of the First Lien Credit Facility from Affiliated Debtholders. Interest expense associated with and paid to Affiliated Debtholders was $6.4 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Canada Pension Plan Investment Board has an ownership interest in us and a significant interest in the landlord that leases us office space under an operating lease agreement in Houston, Texas. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we expensed $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for this office space lease in general and administrative expense.
Bain Capital LP has an ownership interest in us and a significant interest in some clients for whom we provide software solutions. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we earned revenue of $1.4 million from
 
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
four clients and $1.0 million from two clients, respectively. They also have an ownership interest in us and a significant interest in a vendor that provides us with software solutions. For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we expensed $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for software services from this vendor in cost of revenue expense.
14. Common Stock
We have authorized the issuance of 220,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01. There are 200,386,661 and 200,458,395 common stock shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. There are 722,344 Class A common stock shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. Both common stock and Class A common stock have the same dividend and liquidation rights. However, each share of common stock is entitled to one vote and each share of the Class A common stock is not entitled to a vote.
15. Retirement Plans
We maintain qualified 401(k) plans which cover substantially all employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Participants may contribute a portion of their compensation to the plans, up to the maximum amount permitted under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under these plans, we contribute various percentages of employees’ salaries to the plans. Total expenses included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations related to the plans were $3.8 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
16. Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Plans
On October 22, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the Derby TopCo, Inc. 2019 Stock Incentive Plan (“Derby TopCo, Inc. Plan”). Under this plan, we can issue up to 16.4 million options or other equity awards. The granted awards contain service criteria, performance criteria, market conditions, or a combination thereof for vesting and have a 10-year contractual term. Options with a service condition generally vest over 5 years with 20% vesting in equal vesting installments. Options with a performance condition and a market condition vest based upon a change in control, initial public offering, or a sponsor distribution or deemed return if the investors have achieved specified levels of return on investment. In addition, as part of a change in control in 2019, 6.3 million fully vested rollover options remain outstanding.
We recorded $8.0 million and $6.8 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We expect to incur compensation expense of approximately $23.1 million over a weighted average of 3.1 years for all unvested time-based awards outstanding at December 31, 2022.
Stock-based compensation expense was recorded in the following cost and expense categories in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
Year ended December 31,
2022
2021
Cost of revenue
$ 478 $ 289
General and administrative
4,567 3,970
Sales and marketing
1,776 1,489
Research and development
1,182 1,079
Total
$ 8,003 $ 6,827
 
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Stock Options
We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the service condition options and the Monte Carlo pricing model to estimate the fair value of the performance condition options. We value both types of options at the grant date and both pricing models utilize the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate—reflects the average rate on the United States Treasury bond with maturity equal to the expected term of the option;

Expected dividend yield—as we do not currently pay dividends or expect to pay dividends in the near future, the expected dividend yield is zero;

Expected term of stock award—is based on historical experience that is modified based on expected future changes; and

Expected volatility in stock price—reflects the historical volatility of comparable public companies over the expected term of the stock option.
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $9.47 and $7.48 per share, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, we had 10.0 million fully vested options with a weighted average exercise price of $5.45 per share, an aggregate intrinsic value of $146.0 million and an average remaining contractual term of 5.6 years. The total fair value of options vested during 2022 and 2021 were $7.2 million and $6.3 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2022, we did not believe the vesting of performance condition options criteria was probable and, therefore, no stock-based compensation has been recorded for our performance based options. Once vesting performance criteria becomes probable, the amortization of the fair value will commence and be recorded as compensation expense. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the performance condition options subject to the vesting conditions being met was approximately $34.3 million and $30.6 million, respectively.
Information pertaining to option activity (including rollover options) during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 is as follows:
Number
of options
Weighted average
exercise price
per share
Weighted average
remaining
contractual life
Outstanding December 31, 2020
19,521,237 $ 7.77 8.3
Granted
1,678,766 16.16
Exercised
(121,119) 4.49
Canceled
(641,915) 12.68
Outstanding December 31, 2021
20,436,969 8.32 7.4
Granted
1,908,000 20.02
Exercised
(56,465) 12.38
Canceled
(597,300) 15.87
Outstanding December 31, 2022
21,691,204 $ 9.13 6.6
The following is a summary of the significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of both the service and performance condition options granted the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
2022
2021
Risk free interest rate
1.65%–4.29%
0.36%–1.18%
Expected dividend yield
0%
0%
Expected term of stock award
1.4–5
2.6–5
Expected volatility in stock price
50.46%–55%
52.83% to 65%
 
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised (the difference between the fair market value of our stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price) was approximately $0.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2022, 0.9 million options were available for future grant under the plans.
17. Other accrued expenses
Other accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
2022
2021
Interest rate swap liability
$ $ 7,329
Other taxes payable
2,338 3,273
Accrued severance
463 663
Retirement plan payable
635 404
Other
4,606 5,037
Total
$ 8,042 $ 16,706
18. Loss per Share
A reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations are as follows:
Year ended December 31,
2022
2021
Basic loss per share:
Net loss
$ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Net loss attributable to common shares
$ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(voting)
200,409,510 199,969,843
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(non-voting)
722,344 722,344
Basic weighted average common stock outstanding
201,131,854 200,692,186
Basic loss per share
$ (0.22) $ (0.23)
Diluted loss per share:
Net loss
$ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Net loss attributable to common shares
$ (44,029) $ (47,116)
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(voting)
200,409,510 199,969,843
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(non-voting)
722,344 722,344
Diluted weighted average common stock outstanding
201,131,854 200,692,186
Diluted loss per share
$ (0.22) $ (0.23)
Because of their anti-dilutive effect, 100,310 and 86,290 common share equivalents comprised of stock options have been excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
19. Commitments and Contingencies
We may be subject to legal proceedings, claims, asserted or unasserted, and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not, however, currently expect that the ultimate costs to resolve any pending matter will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
20. Subsequent Events
We have evaluated subsequent events through September 25, 2023, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
Debt
On June 1, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to borrowings under the revolving credit facility with a Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) based rate.
On June 23, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to the first lien term loans with a Term SOFR-based rate.
On June 27, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the Second Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to the second lien term loans with a Term SOFR-based rate.
Derivative Financial Instrument
On January 13, 2023, we entered into a new interest rate swap to further mitigate the risk of a rise in interest rates on the First Lien Credit Facility. This swap was entered into with a financial institution that participates in the First Lien Credit Facility. The following interest rate swap agreement is designated as a hedging instrument:
Effective dates
Floating rate debt
Fixed rates
January 31, 2023 through January 31, 2026
$508.0 million
3.92%
As a result of amendments to the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement in June 2023, pursuant to which LIBOR benchmark provisions were removed and replaced with Term SOFR benchmark provisions, the Company elected to apply the optional expedients under Topic 848 to eligible hedging relationships.
Business Combination
Additionally, on August 3, 2023, we completed the acquisition of all issued and outstanding membership interests (the “Units”) of HealthPay24, pursuant to that certain Unit Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated August 3, 2023. HealthPay24 offers a platform providing large hospitals and physician practices with comprehensive patient engagement and payment solutions.
Pursuant to the Agreement, the authorized and outstanding Units of HealthPay24 consist of 14,750 Common Units and 85,250 Preferred Units and were exchanged for $30.0 million in cash. Due to the timing of the acquisition, the initial accounting for the acquisition is incomplete. As such, we are not able to disclose certain information relating to the acquisition, including the preliminary fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
 
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except for share and per share data)
As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022
September 30, 2023
December 31, 2022
(Unaudited)
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 44,450 $ 64,558
Restricted cash
8,405 8,078
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4,991 at September 30,
2023 and $4,477 at December 31, 2022
112,556 107,082
Income tax receivable
4,971 4,351
Prepaid expenses
12,400 8,504
Other current assets
37,687 25,326
Total current assets
220,469 217,899
Property, plant and equipment, net
59,701 55,856
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
11,375 11,718
Intangible assets, net
1,222,141 1,326,542
Goodwill
3,023,006 3,009,558
Deferred costs
62,209 51,622
Other long-term assets
9,778 21,197
Total assets
$ 4,608,679 $ 4,694,392
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$ 33,353 $ 28,095
Accrued compensation
20,196 25,861
Aggregated funds payable
8,012 7,555
Other accrued expenses
9,360 8,042
Deferred revenue
10,626 9,902
Current portion of long-term debt
17,436 17,100
Related party current portion of long-term debt
547 883
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
4,520 4,025
Current portion of capital lease liabilities
802 749
Total current liabilities
104,852 102,212
Long-term liabilities
Deferred tax liability
185,449 232,925
Long-term debt, net, less current portion
2,134,660 2,099,533
Related party long-term debt, net, less current portion
66,910 108,375
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
15,670 17,706
Finance lease liabilities, net of current portion
12,405 13,015
Deferred revenue
6,392 6,552
Other long-term liabilities
278 7
Total liabilities
2,526,616 2,580,325
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock $0.01 par value–222,000,000 shares authorized and 201,113,805 and 201,109,005 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2023 and December 31,2022, respectively
2,011 2,011
Additional paid-in capital
2,230,925 2,224,824
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
29,061 30,247
Accumulated deficit
(179,934) (143,015)
Total stockholders’ equity
2,082,063 2,114,067
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 4,608,679 $ 4,694,392
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except for share and per share data)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022
Nine months ended September 30,
2023
2022
Revenue
$ 584,315 $ 522,773
Operating expenses
Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization expenses)
182,578 161,163
Sales and marketing
93,490 81,605
General and administrative
46,524 57,966
Research and development
25,548 24,532
Depreciation and amortization
131,780 136,583
Total operating expenses
479,920 461,849
Income from operations
104,395 60,924
Other income (expense)
Interest expense, net
(147,047) (106,305)
Related party interest expense
(6,010) (4,228)
Loss before income taxes
(48,662) (49,609)
Income tax expense (benefit)
(11,743) (13,688)
Net loss
$ (36,919) $ (35,921)
Net Income per share:
Basic
$ (0.18) $ (0.18)
Diluted
$ (0.18) $ (0.18)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
201,114,363 201,139,026
Diluted
201,114,363 201,139,026
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (in thousands)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022
Nine months ended
2023
2022
Net loss
$ (36,919) $ (35,921)
Other comprehensive income, before tax:
Interest rate swaps
(1,536) 43,679
Income tax effect:
Interest rate swaps
350 (10,623)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
(1,186) 33,056
Comprehensive income (loss)
$ (38,105) $ (2,865)
(1) Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net interest expense included $22,659 and ($834) for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, respectively.
(2) The income tax effects of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were ($5,327) and $202 for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in
Stockholders’ Equity (in thousands, except share data)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022
Common stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Shares
Amount
Balances, December 31, 2022
201,109,005 $ 2,011 $ 2,224,824 $ 30,247 $ (143,015) $ 2,114,067
Share-based compensation
6,505 6,505
Settlement of common stock options, net of stock option exercises
33,418 1 283 284
Repurchase of shares
(28,618) (1) (687) (688)
Net loss
(36,919) (36,919)
Other comprehensive income
(1,186) (1,186)
Balances, September 30,
2023
201,113,805 $ 2,011 $ 2,230,925 $ 29,061 $ (179,934) $ 2,082,063
Common stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Shares
Amount
Balances, December 31, 2021
201,180,739 $ 2,012 $ 2,218,628 $ (489) $ (98,986) $ 2,121,165
Share-based compensation
5,646 5,646
Settlement of common stock options, net of stock option exercises
50,451 1 603 604
Repurchase of shares
(117,385) (1) (2,346) (2,347)
Net loss
(35,921) (35,921)
Other comprehensive income
33,056 33,056
Balances, September 30,
2022
201,113,805 $ 2,012 $ 2,222,531 $ 32,567 $ (134,907) $ 2,122,203
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and September 30, 2022
Nine months ended September 30,
2023
2022
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss
$ (36,919) $ (35,921)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating
activities
Depreciation and amortization
131,780 136,583
Share-based compensation
6,505 5,646
Provision for bad debt expense
1,614 1,585
Loss on disposal of assets
6
Loss on extinguishment of debt
1,079
Impairment loss
10,856
Deferred income taxes
(47,126) (18,355)
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
7,907 7,650
Changes in:
Accounts receivable
(5,101) (5,451)
Income tax refundable
(619) 3,917
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(6,238) (4,970)
Deferred costs
(10,586) (13,102)
Other long-term assets
(33) 6
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
231 (5,580)
Deferred revenue
(257) (2,785)
Operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities
(1,199) (737)
Other long-term liabilities
45 47
Net cash provided by operating activities
40,004 80,474
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment and capitalization of internally developed software costs
(15,726) (14,528)
Acquisition of HealthPay24, net of cash
(30,027)
Net cash used in investing activities
(45,753) (14,528)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment to former shareholders
(2)
Change in aggregated funds liability
458 196
Repurchase of shares
(688) (2,347)
Proceeds from exercise of common stock
284 674
Payments on debt
(13,487) (60,487)
Capital subscription
Cash settlement of stock options
(70)
Finance lease liabilities paid
(599) (623)
Net cash used in financing activities
(14,032) (62,659)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents during the period
(19,781) 3,287
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash–beginning of period
72,636 54,501
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash–end of period
$ 52,855 $ 57,788
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Interest paid
$ 143,685 $ 103,488
Cash taxes paid (refunds received), net
36,654 845
Non-cash investing and financing activities
Fixed asset purchases in accounts payable
(502) (4,695)
Reconciliation of Balance Sheet Cash Accounts to Cash Flow Statement
Balance sheet
Cash and cash equivalents
44,450 50,101
Restricted cash
8,405 7,687
Total
52,855 57,788
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Waystar Holding Corp.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Business
Waystar Holding Corp. (“Waystar”, “we” or “our”) is a provider of mission-critical cloud technology to healthcare organizations. Our enterprise-grade platform transforms the complex and disparate processes comprising healthcare payments received by healthcare providers from payers and patients, from pre-service engagement through post-service remittance and reconciliation. Our platform enhances data integrity, eliminates manual tasks, and improves claim and billing accuracy, which results in better transparency, reduced labor costs, and faster, more accurate reimbursement and cash flow. The market for our solutions extends throughout the United States and includes Puerto Rico and other US Territories.
Risks and Uncertainties—We are subject to risks common to companies in similar industries, including, but not limited to, our operation in a highly competitive industry, our ability to retain our existing clients and attract new clients, our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships, the growth and success of our clients and overall healthcare transaction volumes, consolidation in the healthcare industry, our selling cycle of variable length to secure new client agreements, our implementation cycle that is dependent on our clients’ timing and resources, our ability to develop and market new solutions, or enhance our existing solutions, to respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards, the interoperability, connectivity, and integration of our solutions with our clients’ and their vendors’ networks and infrastructures, the performance and reliability of internet, mobile, and other infrastructure, the consequences if we cannot obtain, process, use, disclose, or distribute the highly regulated data we require to provide our solutions, impact of government regulations on our market, and our reliance on certain third-party vendors and providers.
On occasion, we enter into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, we indemnify, holds harmless, and agree to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent, or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third-party with respect to its technology. The terms of these indemnification agreements are generally perpetual any time after the execution of the agreement. The maximum potential future payments we could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against us in the future but have not yet been made. Historically, we have not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements.
We have entered into agreements with our directors or officers that may require us to indemnify them against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from their willful misconduct.
No liability associated with such indemnifications was recorded as of September 30, 2023 and 2022.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The financial statements include the consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, statements of comprehensive loss, statements of changes in stockholders’ equity, and statements of cash flows of Waystar and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
We operate as a single business unit. As such, we report our results as a single operating segment that encompasses our entire organization.
Revenue Recognition
We derive revenue primarily from providing access to our solutions for use in the healthcare industry and in doing so generate two types of revenue: (i) subscription revenue and (ii) volume-based revenue, which account
 
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
for 99% of total revenue for all periods presented. We also derive revenue from implementation fees for our software, as well as hardware sales to facilitate patient payments.
We recognize revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), through the following five steps:

identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

determination of the transaction price;

allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation
Our customers, referred to as clients elsewhere in this prospectus, represent healthcare providers across all types of care settings, including physician practices, clinics, surgical centers, and laboratories, as well as large hospitals and health systems.
We account for a contract when it has approval and commitment from both parties, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial substance and collectability of consideration is probable. The length of our contracts vary but are typically two to three years and generally renew automatically for successive one-year terms. Our revenue is reported net of applicable sales and use tax and is recognized as, or when, control of these services or products are transferred to clients, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for the contract’s performance obligations.
Revenue from our subscription services as well as from our volume-based services represents a single promise to provide continuous access (i.e., a stand-ready obligation) to our software solutions in the form of a service. Our software products are made available to our clients via a cloud-based, hosted platform where our clients do not have the right or practical ability to take possession of the software. As each day of providing access to the software solutions is substantially the same and the client simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits as services are provided, these services are viewed as a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct daily services.
Revenue from our subscription services is recognized over time on a ratable basis over the contract term beginning on the date that the service is made available to the client. Volume-based services are priced based on transaction, dollar volume or provider count in a given period. Given the nature of the promise is based on unknown quantities or outcomes of services to be performed over the contract term, the volume-based fee is determined to be variable consideration. The volume-based transaction fees are recognized each day using a time-elapsed output method based on the volume or transaction count at the time the clients’ transactions are processed.
Our other services are generally related to implementation activities across all solutions and hardware sales to facilitate patient payments. Implementation services are not considered performance obligations as they do not provide a distinct service to clients without the use of our software solutions. As such, implementation fees related to our solutions are billed upfront and recognized ratably over the contract term. Implementation fees and hardware sales represent less than 1% of total revenue for all periods presented.
Our contracts with clients typically include various combinations of our software solutions. Determining whether such software solutions are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together requires significant judgment. Specifically, judgment is required to determine whether access to the Company’s SaaS solutions is distinct from other services and solutions included in an arrangement.
We follow the requirements of ASC 606-10-55-36 through -40, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Principal Agent Considerations, in determining the gross versus net revenue presentations for our performance obligations in the contract with a client. Revenue recorded where we act in the capacity of a principal is reported on a gross basis equal to the full amount of consideration to which we expect in exchange for the good or
 
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
service transferred. Revenue recorded where we act in the capacity of an agent is reported on a net basis, exclusive of any consideration provided to the principal party in the transaction.
The principal versus agent evaluation is a matter of judgment that depends on the facts and circumstances of the arrangement and is dependent on whether we control the good or service before it is transferred to the client or whether we are acting as an agent of a third party. This evaluation is performed separately for each performance obligation identified. For the majority of our contracts, we are considered the principal in the transaction with the client and recognize revenue gross of any related channel partner fees or costs. We have certain agency arrangements where third parties control the goods or services provided to a client and we recognize revenue net of any fees to these third parties.
Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type, although our standard payment terms generally require payment within 30 to 60 days. In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of payment, we have determined our contracts do not generally include a significant financing component. The primary purpose of our invoicing terms is to provide clients with simplified and predictable ways of purchasing our products and services, not to receive financing from our clients or to provide clients with financing.
Contract Costs
Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract
Incremental costs of obtaining a contract primarily include commissions paid to our internal sales personnel. We consider all such commissions to be both incremental and recoverable since they are only paid when a contract is secured. These capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit, which is determined based on the average customer life, which includes anticipated renewals of contracts. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the total unamortized costs reported as deferred costs on our balance sheet amounted to $21.8 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for internal sales commissions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, amortization related to the sales commission asset was $5.4 million and $3.4 million, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing in our consolidated statements of operations.
Costs to Fulfill a Contract
We capitalize costs incurred to fulfill contracts that i) relate directly to the contract, ii) are expected to generate resources that will be used to satisfy performance obligations under the contract and iii) are expected to be recovered through revenue generated under the contract. Costs incurred to implement clients on our solutions (e.g., direct labor) are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated customer life if we expect to recover those costs. As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the total unamortized costs reported as deferred costs on our balance sheet amounted to $40.4 million and $32.8 million, respectively, for fulfillment costs. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, amortization related to the fulfillment cost asset was $6.3 million and $4.1 million, respectively, and is included in the costs of revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.
There were no impairment losses relating to deferred costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022.
Channel Partners
We account for fees paid to channel partners within sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying statement of operations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, we paid all channel partners $38.9 million and $33.9 million, respectively, for fees. As we are primarily responsible for contracting with and fulfilling contracts for the end user, we record revenue gross of related channel partner fees.
Deferred Offering Costs
We capitalize within other assets certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly related to our in-process equity financings, including the planned initial public offering, until such financings are
 
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded as a reduction of the proceeds received as a result of the offering. Should a planned equity financing be abandoned, terminated or significantly delayed, the deferred offering costs are immediately written off to operating expenses. As of September 30, 2023, deferred offering costs capitalized was $3.0 million. There were no deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2022.
Goodwill
We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations, where the total purchase price is allocated to the tangible and identified intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The purchase price is allocated using the information currently available, and may be adjusted, up to one year from acquisition date, after obtaining more information regarding, among other things, asset valuations, liabilities assumed and revisions to preliminary estimates. The purchase price in excess of the fair value of the tangible and identified intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill.
We account for goodwill under the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. Goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment annually on October 1st or whenever there is an impairment indicator. There was no impairment to goodwill recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022. Refer to Note 7 for more information on goodwill.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-03 to amend various SEC paragraphs in the Accounting Standards Codification to primarily reflect the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120. ASU No. 2023-03, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Equity (Topic 505), and Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120, SEC Staff Announcement at the March 24, 2022 EITF Meeting, and Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 6.B, Accounting Series Release 280—General Revision of Regulation S-X: Income or Loss Applicable to Common Stock.” ASU 2023-03 amends the ASC for SEC updates pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 120; SEC Staff Announcement at the March 24, 2022 Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Meeting; and Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 6.B, Accounting Series Release 280—General Revision of Regulation S-X: Income or Loss Applicable to Common Stock. These updates were immediately effective and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, as amended by ASU No. 2021-01, which created Topic 848—Reference Rate Reform. ASU No. 2020-04 contains optional practical expedients for reference rate reform related activities that impact debt, leases, derivatives and other contracts which may be elected over time as activities occur. In December 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-06, which defers the sunset date of Topic 848 from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2024, after which entities will no longer be permitted to apply the relief in Topic 848. An entity may elect to apply the amendments for contract modifications as of any date from the beginning of an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, or prospectively from a date within an interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020, up to the date that the financial statements are available to be issued. Topic 848 allows for different elections to be made at different points in time.
As a result of amendments to the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement in June 2023, pursuant to which LIBOR benchmark provisions were removed and replaced with Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) benchmark provisions, the Company elected to apply the optional expedients under Topic 848 to eligible hedging relationships. This change from LIBOR to SOFR benchmark provisions did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This amendment requires measurement and recognition of expected versus incurred losses for financial assets held. The amendment is effective for us for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted the requirements of ASU 2016-13 as of January 1, 2023 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.
In October 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers”, which requires that at the acquisition date, an acquirer should account for the related revenue contracts in accordance with ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“Topic 606”), as if it had originated the contracts. Generally, this results in an acquirer recognizing and measuring the acquired contract assets and contract liabilities consistent with how they were recognized and measured in the acquiree’s financial statements if the acquiree prepared financial statements in accordance with U. S. GAAP. For public business entities, the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the ASU is permitted. The Company early adopted ASU 2021-08 using a prospective approach and has carried over the contract assets and liabilities from the 2023 business acquisitions into the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
3. Revenue Recognition
Disaggregation of Revenue
The following table presents revenues disaggregated by revenue type and the timing of revenue recognition (in thousands):
Nine months ended September 30,
Recognition
2023
2022
Subscription revenue
Over time
$ 297,596 $ 272,603
Volume-based revenue
Over time
284,178 248,158
Implementation services and other revenue
Various
2,541 2,012
Total revenues
$ 584,315 $ 522,773
Contract Liabilities
We derive our revenue from contracts with clients primarily through subscription fees and volume-based fees. Our payment terms with the client generally comprise an initial payment for implementation services, which includes client enrollment and the setup of contracted solutions on our platform. These implementation fees are due upon contract execution. Additionally, subscription fees are earned on an ongoing basis, which are invoiced monthly.
Client payments received in advance of fulfilling the corresponding performance obligations are recorded as contract liabilities. Implementation fees are recognized over the customer life, with any unrecognized amounts deferred as contract liabilities. These amounts are reported as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet.
The following table presents activity impacting deferred revenue balances (in thousands):
September 30,
December 31,
2023
2022
Beginning balance
$ 16,454 $ 17,771
Revenue recognized
(9,304) (11,701)
Additional amounts deferred
9,868 10,384
 
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
September 30,
December 31,
2023
2022
Ending balance
$ 17,018 $ 16,454
Transaction Price Allocated to Remaining Performance Obligations
At September 30, 2023, the transaction price related to unsatisfied performance obligations that are expected to be recognized for the next 12 months and the greater of 12 months was $24.7 million and $14.3 million, respectively.
The transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) for executed contracts does not include revenue related to performance obligations that are part of a contract with an original expected duration of one year or less. Additionally, the balance does not include variable consideration that is allocated entirely to wholly unsatisfied promises that form part of a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct daily services.
Remaining performance obligation estimates are subject to change and are affected by several factors, including terminations and changes in the timing and scope of contracts, arising from contract modifications.
4. Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
The following table presents the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
Balance sheet
Carrying value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
September 30, 2023
Financial assets:
Interest rate swaps
Other current assets; other long-term assets
$ 37,993 $  — $ 37,993 $  —
December 31, 2022
Financial assets:
Interest rate swaps
Other current assets; other long-term assets
$ 39,529 $ $ 39,529 $
The fair values of our interest rate swaps are based on the sum of all future net present value cash flows. The future cash flows are derived based on the terms of our interest rate swaps, as well as considering published discount factors, and projected SOFR. At September 30, 2023, the fair value of the swap designated as a hedging instrument amounts to $33.3 million included in other current assets and $4.7 million included in other long-term assets. At December 31, 2022, the fair value of the swap designated as a hedging instrument amounts to $23.9 million included in other current assets and $15.6 million included in other long-term assets. The fair value of long-term debt was determined using the present value of future cash flows based on the borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities. The carrying value of our first lien term loan facility was $1,735.3 million and $1,748.8 million compared to a fair value of $1,737.5 million and $1,716.0 million at September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The carrying value of our second lien term loan facility approximated fair value at September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022. There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 during the periods presented.
5. Acquisitions
HealthPay24 acquisition
On August 3, 2023, we completed the acquisition of all issued and outstanding membership interests (the “Units”) of HealthPay24. We accounted for the acquisition as a business combination using the acquisition method
 
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of accounting. The total consideration paid was allocated to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess consideration paid over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill for the acquisition primarily represents future customer relationships. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. We deem the initial valuation of the assets and liabilities to be provisional and have left the measurement period open. We are still in the process of reviewing the methods, inputs and assumptions utilized for the valuation of intangible assets recognized as a part of the purchase price allocation. These fair values may be adjusted in a future period, not to exceed one year after the acquisition date, to reflect new facts and circumstances which existed as of the acquisition date. We have included the financial results of HealthPay24 in the consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. Pro forma results, including the acquired business since the beginning of fiscal 2023, would not be materially different than the reported results. Revenue and net earnings since the completion of the acquisition were immaterial.
The acquisition date fair value of the consideration paid for HealthPay24 was $31.4 million which consisted of the following (in thousands):
Initial cash consideration
$ 31,401
Total
$ 31,401
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 1,374
Accounts receivable
1,986
Prepaid and other current assets
255
Other assets
229
Customer relationships
14,800
Developed technology
800
Tradenames and trademarks
400
Goodwill
13,448
Total acquired assets
$ 33,292
Other current liabilities
$ 845
Deferred revenue
821
Other liabilities
225
Total acquired liabilities
$ 1,891
Total net assets acquired
$ 31,401
The fair values of the tangible assets were determined primarily using the income approach. The fair values of the acquired identifiable intangible assets were determined using Level 3 inputs such as discounted cash flows which are not observable in the market. Intangible assets acquired from the acquisition include customer relationships, developed technologies, and trade names and trademarks which are all amortized on a straight- line basis approximating the use of the assets. The useful lives of the acquired identifiable intangible assets are 13 years for customer relationships, 2 years for developed technology, and 2 years for trade names and trademarks. The weighted-average remaining useful life for all acquired intangibles is 12.1 years.
Total acquisition costs of $0.9 million were expensed as incurred and recorded in general and administrative expense in the statement of operations.
 
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
6. Property and Equipment, Net
The balances of the major classes of property and equipment are as follows (in thousands):
September 30, 2023
December 31, 2022
Building
$ 19,653 $ 19,653
Computer hardware
32,092 30,289
Capitalized internal-use software
23,361 15,692
Purchased computer software
21,929 20,133
Furniture and fixtures
2,857 2,594
Office equipment
202 196
Leasehold improvements
7,996 7,826
Capital lease asset
2,994 2,994
Construction in progress
15 15
Internal-use software in progress
12,047 8,529
123,146 107,921
Accumulated depreciation
(63,445) (52,065)
$ 59,701 $ 55,856
Depreciation of fixed assets, including the amortization of capitalized software, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 was $11.4 million and $9.4 million, respectively.
We capitalized $11.2 million and $8.1 million in software development costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software was $3.8 million and $1.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The net book value of capitalized software development costs was $22.6 million and $15.3 million as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2022, we recorded impairment expense of $4.6 million related to leasehold improvements at closed office locations as general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations. There were no impairments of property and equipment for the nine months ended September 30, 2023.
7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table details the cost basis changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2021
$ 3,009,769
Decreases due to measurement period adjustments related to prior year acquisitions
(211)
Balance as of December 31, 2022
3,009,558
Goodwill recorded in connection with HealthPay24 acquisition (Note 5)
13,448
Balance as of September 30, 2023
$ 3,023,006
 
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Amortization for definite-lived intangible assets is as follows (in thousands, except useful life):
As of September 30, 2023
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Value
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
Customer relationships
$ 1,426,900 $ (322,150) $ 1,104,750 12.3
Purchased developed technology
300,200 (207,333) 92,867 3.0
Tradenames and trademarks
55,200 (30,676) 24,524 6.0
Total
$ 1,782,300 $ (560,159) $ 1,222,141
As of December 31, 2022
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Value
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
Customer relationships
$ 1,412,100 $ (251,797) $ 1,160,303 13.0
Purchased developed technology
299,400 (165,117) 134,283 3.3
Tradenames and trademarks
54,800 (22,844) 31,956 5.9
Total
$ 1,766,300 $ (439,758) $ 1,326,542
Amortization expense was $120.4 million and $127.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
8. Leases
Finance lease right-of-use assets of $16.4 million and $17.6 million as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, are included in property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheet.
The following table presents components of lease expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2023
2022
Finance lease cost
Amortization of right-of-use assets
$ 1,190 $ 1,190
Interest on lease liabilities
602 637
Operating lease cost
2,817 2,733
Variable lease cost
316 677
Short-term lease
613 1,445
Total lease cost
$ 5,538 $ 6,682
 
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Maturities of lease liabilities as of September 30, 2023 are as follows (in thousands):
Operating leases
Finance leases
2023
$ 1,389 $ 387
2024
5,221 1,572
2025
5,110 1,604
2026
4,314 1,641
2027
2,004 1,678
Thereafter
4,609 11,024
Total future minimum lease payments
22,647 17,906
Less: Interest
2,457 4,699
Total
$ 20,190 $ 13,207
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 are as follows (in thousands):
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2023
2022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases
$ 4,017 $ 3,470
Financing cash flows for financing leases
1,160 1,160
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities:
Operating leases
$ 1,768 $ 875
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are as follows:
Weighted average remaining lease term (years):
Operating leases
5.0
Financing leases
10.3
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating leases
4.4
Financing leases
5.9
For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, we recorded impairment expense of $0 million and $6.3 million related to right-of-use assets at closed office space as general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations.
9. Income Taxes
We recognized income tax benefit of $11.7 million and $13.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 based on the year-to-date pre-tax income. The Company’s effective income tax rate was 24.1% and 27.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Differences in the effective tax and statutory federal income tax rate of 21% are driven by state income taxes, anticipated annual permanent differences, offset by research and development credit claimed.
10. Accounts Receivable Securitization
On August 13, 2021, we entered into a receivables financing agreement with a counterparty as the lender, which provided for a three-year receivables facility with a limit of $50.0 million (the ‘‘Receivables Facility’’). As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, $50.0 million was outstanding under the Receivables Facility
 
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Pursuant to the Receivables Facility, we sell and/or contribute current and future receivables to Waystar RC, LLC as the Special Purpose Entity (“SPE”). The SPE, in turn, pledges its interests in the receivables to the counterparty, which either makes loans or issues letters of credit on behalf of the SPE.
All receivables remain on our balance sheet as they continue to be the property of our consolidated entities under the securitization.
The interest rate under the Receivables Facility is 2.00% per annum above the LIBOR rate with a minimum base of 0%. The LIBOR is adjusted each thirty-day period to the thirty-day LIBOR rate. Interest under the Receivables Facility is paid monthly in arrears. The effective interest rate for the Receivables Facility is 2.64%.
All principal under the Receivables Facility is due on August 12, 2024.
The Receivables Facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, require we maintain certain collection thresholds with respect to our accounts receivable. We were in compliance with all such debt covenants during the periods presented.
On May 22, 2023, we amended the Receivables Facility to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to the Receivables Facility with a Term SOFR-based rate.
11. Debt
On June 1, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to borrowings under the revolving credit facility with a Term SOFR-based rate.
On June 23, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to the first lien term loans with a Term SOFR-based rate.
On June 27, 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the Second Lien Credit Agreement to replace all LIBOR-based interest rates applicable to the second lien term loans with a Term SOFR-based rate.
Debt instruments consist primarily of term loans, our revolving credit facility, and the Receivables Facility as follows (in thousands):
September 30, 2023
December 31, 2022
First lien term loan facility outstanding debt
$ 1,735,311 $ 1,748,798
Second lien term loan facility outstanding debt
468,000 468,000
Receivables Facility outstanding debt
50,000 50,000
Total outstanding debt
2,253,311 2,266,798
Unamortized debt issuance costs
(33,759) (40,908)
Current portion of long-term debt
(17,983) (17,983)
Total long-term debt, net
$ 2,201,570 $ 2,207,908
12. Derivative Financial Instruments
As-of January 1, 2021, we participated in two interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of a rise in interest rates on our first lien term loan facility. On October 13, 2021, we entered into a third interest rate swap to further mitigate this risk. On November 30, 2022, our first two interest rate swaps matured. We attempt to minimize our interest risk exposure by fixing our rate through the utilization of interest rate swaps, which are derivative instruments. The interest rate swaps mitigate the exposure on the variable component of interest on our first lien term loan facility. Our swaps are entered into with financial institutions that participate in the first lien term loan facility. By using a derivative instrument to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, we expose ourselves to credit risk due to the possible failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract.
 
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we have the following interest rate swap agreement designated as a hedging instrument:
Effective Dates
Floating Rate Debt
Fixed Rates
October 29, 2021 through October 31, 2024
$604.1 million
0.67%
On January 13, 2023, we entered into a new interest rate swap to further mitigate the risk of a rise in interest rates on the first lien term loan facility. This swap was entered into with a financial institution that participates in the first lien term loan facility. As of September 30, 2023, the following interest rate swap agreement is designated as a hedging instrument:
Effective Dates
Floating Rate Debt
Fixed Rates
January 31, 2023 through January 31, 2026
$506.7 million
3.87%
The gain or loss on the swaps is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified into earnings as adjustments to interest expense in the same period or periods during which the swaps affect earnings. Gains or losses on the swaps representing hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.
The following table provides information on the location and amounts of our swaps designated as hedging instruments in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 (in thousands):
Interest Rate Swap Derivatives
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
September 30, 2023
Fair Value
December 31, 2022
Other current assets
$ 33,270 $ 23,881
Other long-term assets
$ 4,723 $ 15,648
The effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments on the accompanying consolidated financial statements is as follows (in thousands):
Derivatives–Cash Flow Hedging
Relationships
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized
in AOCI/AOCL on
Derivative
Location of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI/AOCL
into Income
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI/AOCL
into Income
Total interest
Expense on
Consolidated
Statements of
Operations
Interest rate swaps:
Ended September 30, 2023
$ (1,186)
Interest Expense
$ 22,659 $ (153,057)
Ended September 30, 2022
$ 33,056
Interest Expense
$ (834) $ (110,533)
The net amount of accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be reclassified to interest income in the next twelve months is $25.4 million.
On June 2023, the Borrower and certain lenders amended the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement. Pursuant to which LIBOR benchmark provisions were removed and replaced with Term SOFR benchmark provisions, the Company elected to apply the optional expedients under Topic 848 to eligible hedging relationships.
13. Related Party Transactions
At September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had $67.5 million and $109.3 million, respectively, of outstanding debt as part of the first lien term loan facility from Bain Affiliated Funds and CPPIB Credit Investments III Inc., affiliates of Bain Capital LP and Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“Affiliated Debtholders”).
 
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Interest expense associated with and paid to Affiliated Debtholders was $6.0 million and $4.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Canada Pension Plan Investment Board has an ownership interest in us and a significant interest in the landlord that leases us office space under an operating lease agreement in Houston, Texas. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, we expensed $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for this office space lease in general and administrative expense.
Bain Capital LP has an ownership interest in us and a significant interest in some clients for whom we provide software solutions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, we earned revenue of $1.2 million from four clients and $1.0 million from four clients, respectively. They also have an ownership interest in us and a significant interest in a vendor that provides us with software solutions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, we expensed $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for software services from this vendor in cost of revenue expense.
14. Common Stock
We have authorized the issuance of 220,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share. There are 200,391,461 and 200,386,661 common stock shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. There are 722,344 Class A common stock shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote and each share of the Class A common stock is not entitled to a vote.
15. Retirement Plans
We maintain qualified 401(k) plans which cover substantially all employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Participants may contribute a portion of their compensation to the plans, up to the maximum amount permitted under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under these plans, we contribute various percentages of employees’ salaries to the plans. Total expenses included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations related to the plans were $3.1 million and $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
16. Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Plans
On October 22, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the Derby TopCo, Inc. 2019 Stock Incentive Plan (“Derby TopCo, Inc. Plan”). Under this plan, we can issue up to 16.4 million options or other equity awards. The granted awards contain service criteria, performance criteria, market conditions, or a combination thereof for vesting and have a 10-year contractual term. Options with a service condition generally vest over 5 years with 20% vesting in equal vesting installments. Options with a performance condition and a market condition vest based upon a change in control, initial public offering, or a sponsor distribution or deemed return if the investors have achieved specified levels of return on investment. In addition, as part of a change in control in 2019, 6.3 million fully vested rollover options remain outstanding.
We recorded $6.5 million and $5.6 million of stock-based compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We expect to incur compensation expense of approximately $18.1 million over a weighted average of 2.54 years for all unvested time-based awards outstanding on September 30, 2023.
 
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Stock-based compensation expense was recorded in the following cost and expense categories in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2023
2022
Cost of revenue
$ 545 $ 348
General and administrative
3,629 3,146
Sales and marketing
1,387 1,276
Research and development
944 876
Total
$ 6,505 $ 5,646
Stock Options
We utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the service condition options and the Monte Carlo pricing model to estimate the fair value of the performance condition options. We value both types of options at the grant date and both pricing models utilize the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate—reflects the average rate on the United States Treasury bond with maturity equal to the expected term of the option;

Expected dividend yield—as we do not currently pay dividends or expect to pay dividends in the near future, the expected dividend yield is zero;

Expected term of stock award—is based on historical experience that is modified based on expected future changes; and

Expected volatility in stock price—reflects the historical volatility of comparable public companies over the expected term of the stock option.
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 was $12.02 and $9.46 per share, respectively. As of September 30, 2023, we had 10.5 million fully vested options with a weighted average exercise price of $5.90 per share, an aggregate intrinsic value of $200.3 million and an average remaining contractual term of 5.0 years. The total fair value of options vested for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 were $4.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
At September 30, 2023, we did not believe the vesting of performance condition options criteria was probable and, therefore, no stock-based compensation has been recorded for our performance based options. Once vesting performance criteria becomes probable, the amortization of the fair value will commence and be recorded as compensation expense. As of September 30, 2023, and 2022, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to the performance condition options subject to the vesting conditions being met was approximately $33.4 million and $34.4 million, respectively.
Information pertaining to option activity (including rollover options) during the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022 is as follows:
Number of
options
Weighted average
exercise price per
share
Weighted average
remaining
contractual life
Outstanding December 31, 2022
21,691,204 $ 9.13 6.6
Granted
265,000 24.34
Exercised
(54,800) 12.83
Canceled
(385,000) 16.60
Outstanding September 30, 2023
21,516,404 $ 9.17 5.9
 
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Number of
options
Weighted average
exercise price per
share
Weighted average
remaining
contractual life
Outstanding December 31, 2021
20,436,969 $ 8.32 7.4
Granted
1,892,000 20.00
Exercised
(56,465) 12.38
Canceled
(557,300) 15.57
Outstanding September 30, 2022
21,715,204 $ 9.14 6.9
The following is a summary of the significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value of both the service and performance condition options granted the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022:
September 30, 2023
September 30, 2022
Risk free interest rate
3.51%–4.31%
1.65%–2.99%
Expected dividend yield
0%
0%
Expected term of stock award
1.2–5
1.4–5
Expected volatility in stock price
51.80%–55%
51.15%–55%
During the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised (the difference between the fair market value of our stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price) was approximately $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. On September 30, 2023, 1.1 million options were available for future grant under the plans.
17. Other accrued expenses
Other accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
September 30, 2023
December 31, 2022
Other taxes payable
$ 2,751 $ 2,338
Accrued severance
89 463
Retirement plan payable
530 635
Accrued self insurance claims
925 821
Other
5,065 3,785
Total
$ 9,360 $ 8,042
 
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
18. Loss per Share
A reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations are as follows:
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2023
2022
Basic loss per share:
Net loss
$ (36,919) $ (35,921)
Net loss attributable to common shares
$ (36,919) $ (35,921)
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(voting)
200,392,019 200,416,682
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(non-voting)
722,344 722,344
Basic weighted average common stock outstanding
201,114,363 201,139,026
Basic loss per share
$ (0.18) $ (0.18)
Diluted loss per share:
Net loss
$ (36,919) (35,921)
Net loss attributable to common shares
$ (36,919) $ (35,921)
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(voting)
200,392,019 200,416,682
Weighted average common stock outstanding–(non-voting)
722,344 722,344
Diluted weighted average common stock outstanding
201,114,363 201,139,026
Diluted loss per share
$ (0.18) $ (0.18)
Because of their anti-dilutive effect, 105,499 and 90,123 common share equivalents comprised of stock options have been excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation for the nine months ended September 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
19. Commitments and Contingencies
We may be subject to legal proceedings, claims, asserted or unasserted, and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not, however, currently expect that the ultimate costs to resolve any pending matter will have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
20. Subsequent Events
We have evaluated subsequent events through November 29, 2023, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
On October 31, 2023, we acquired certain assets of Olive AI, Inc.’s Clearinghouse and Patient Access businesses for total cash consideration of $10 million. Due to the timing of the acquisition, the accounting conclusions related to the transaction have not yet been finalized.
On October 31, 2023, we executed the First Amendment to the Receivables Facility Agreement increasing the credit available to us under the Receivables Facility from $50 million to $80 million. The amendment also extended the maturity date on the Receivables Facility to October 30, 2026. As of the date the financial statements were available to be issued, the only outstanding balance on the Receivables Facility is the $50 million outstanding as of September 30, 2023 as we have yet to draw on the additional $30 million available upon execution of the First Amendment.
On October 6, 2023, we executed the Seventh Amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement increasing the credit available on our revolving credit facility from $200.0 million to $342.5 million.
 
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
           shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_waystar-4c.jpg]
Waystar Holding Corp.
Common Stock
Prospectus
J.P. Morgan Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Barclays
William Blair
Evercore ISI
BofA Securities
RBC Capital Markets
Deutsche Bank Securities
Canaccord GenuityRaymond James
           , 2023
Through and including the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.   Other expenses of issuance and distribution
The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock being registered hereby (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee, and the stock exchange listing fee.
SEC registration fee
$       *
FINRA filing fee
*
Listing fee
*
Printing fees and expenses
*
Legal fees and expenses
*
Accounting fees and expenses
*
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
*
Miscellaneous
*
Total
$ *
*   To be completed by amendment.
Item 14.   Indemnification of directors and officers
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend, or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.
Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee, or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith, and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith, and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee, or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.
 
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person under Section 145.
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, which agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.
The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by our board of directors pursuant to the applicable procedure outlined in the amended and restated bylaws.
Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held jointly and severally liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.
The underwriting agreement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under any of the foregoing provisions, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 15.   Recent sales of securities
Within the past three years, the Registrant has granted or issued the following securities of the Registrant which were not registered under the Securities Act:

In September 2020, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 722,344 shares of its common stock to certain accredited investors, at a price per share of $14.00, for gross proceeds of approximately $10.1 million.

In September 2020, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 39,130,692 shares of its common stock to certain accredited investors, at a price per share of $14.00, for gross proceeds of approximately $547.8 million.

In July 2021, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 29,412 shares of its common stock to certain accredited investors, at a price per share of $17.00, for gross proceeds of approximately $0.5 million.

In August 2021, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 714,998 shares of its common stock to certain accredited investors, at a price per share of $17.00, for gross proceeds of approximately $12.2 million.
 
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

In November 2021, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 8,824 shares of its common stock to certain accredited investors, at a price per share of $17.00, for gross proceeds of approximately $0.2 million.

Since July 2020, the Registrant has granted an aggregate of 6,084,450 stock options to employees, directors, and consultants under the Registrant’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, with per share exercise prices ranging from $4.25 to $25.00.
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.
Item 16.   Exhibits and financial statement schedules
(a)   Exhibits.
See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature pages hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
(b)   Financial Statement Schedules.
None.
Item 17.   Undertakings.
(1)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(2)   The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(A)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(B)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3)   The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXHIBITS
Exhibit
number
Description
1.1** Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1* Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Waystar Holding Corp., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
3.2* Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Waystar Holding Corp., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
5.1** Form of Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
10.1** Form of Stockholders Agreement among Waystar Holding Corp. and the other parties named therein, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.2** Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and among Waystar Holding Corp. and the other parties named therein, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.3** First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019, among Derby Merger Sub, Inc., BNVC Group Holdings, Inc., Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.), Derby Parent, Inc., BNVC Holdings, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.4** First Amendment, dated as of December 2, 2019, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, among BNVC Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Derby Parent, Inc.), Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.) (as successor to Derby Merger Sub, Inc. and BNVC Group Holdings, Inc.), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.5** Second Amendment, dated as of September 23, 2020, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, among BNVC Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Derby Parent, Inc.), Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.) (as successor to Derby Merger Sub, Inc. and BNVC Group Holdings, Inc.), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.6** Third Amendment, dated as of March 24, 2021, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, among BNVC Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Derby Parent, Inc.), Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.) (as successor to Derby Merger Sub, Inc. and BNVC Group Holdings, Inc.), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.7** Fourth Amendment, dated as of August 24, 2021, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, among BNVC Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Derby Parent, Inc.), Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.) (as successor to Derby Merger Sub, Inc. and BNVC Group Holdings, Inc.), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.8** Fifth Amendment, dated as of June 1, 2023, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, among BNVC Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Derby Parent, Inc.), Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.) (as successor to Derby Merger Sub, Inc. and BNVC Group Holdings, Inc.), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
 
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Exhibit
number
Description
10.9** Sixth Amendment, dated as of June 23, 2023, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, among BNVC Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Derby Parent, Inc.), Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.) (as successor to Derby Merger Sub, Inc. and BNVC Group Holdings, Inc.), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.10** Seventh Amendment, dated as of October 6, 2023, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, among BNVC Holdings, Inc. (as successor to Derby Parent, Inc.), Waystar Technologies, Inc. (f/k/a Navicure, Inc.) (as successor to Derby Merger Sub, Inc. and BNVC Group Holdings, Inc.), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and Issuing Bank, Barclays Bank PLC as Issuing Bank, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Issuing Bank, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.11** Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2021, by and among Waystar RC LLC, PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Waystar Technologies, Inc., as initial Servicer, and PNC Capital Markets LLC, as Structuring Agent.
10.12
10.13**†
10.14**†
10.15**†
10.16**†
10.17*† Form of 2023 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.18*† Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.19*† Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.20*† Form of Option Agreement under the 2023 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.21*† Form of Notice of Amendment to Outstanding Options Granted under the Derby TopCo, Inc. 2019 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.22*† Form of 2023 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.23*† Form of Employment Agreement of Matthew J. Hawkins.
10.24*† Form of Employment Agreement of Eric L. (Ric) Sinclair III.
10.25*† Form of Employment Agreement of T. Craig Bridge.
21.1**
23.1
23.2* Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**
99.1**
107**
*   To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
†   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Lehi, Utah, on November 29, 2023.
WAYSTAR HOLDING CORP.
By:
/s/ Matthew J. Hawkins
Name: Matthew J. Hawkins
Title:    Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on November 29, 2023.
Signatures
Title
/s/ Matthew J. Hawkins
Matthew J. Hawkins
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
/s/ Steven M. Oreskovich
Steven M. Oreskovich
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
*
John Driscoll
Director
*
Eric C. Liu
Director
*
Michael Douglas
Director
*
Paul Moskowitz
Director
*
Ursula Burns
Director
*
Heidi G. Miller
Director
*
Robert DeMichiei
Director
*
Vivian E. Riefberg
Director
By:
/s/ Matthew J. Hawkins                           
Name:
Matthew J. Hawkins
Title:
Attorney-in-Fact
 
II-6

Exhibit 10.12

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RECEIVABLES FINANCING AGREEMENT

AND

REAFFIRMATION OF PERFORMANCE GUARANTY

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RECEIVABLES FINANCING AGREEMENT AND REAFFIRMATION OF PERFORMANCE GUARANTY (this “Amendment”), dated as of October 31, 2023, is entered into by and among WAYSTAR RC LLC, as borrower under the Receivables Financing Agreement (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Borrower”), WAYSTAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (“Waystar”), as initial servicer under the Receivables Financing Agreement (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Servicer”), PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“PNC”), as administrative agent under the Receivables Financing Agreement (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), and as lender (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Lender”), and acknowledged and agreed to by PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, as structuring agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Structuring Agent”), and is reaffirmed by, with respect to Section 11, Waystar, as performance guarantor (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Performance Guarantor”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Servicer, the Persons from time to time party thereto as Lenders, the Administrative Agent, and, solely with respect to Section 10.10 thereof, the Structuring Agent, entered into the Receivables Financing Agreement as of August 12, 2021 (the “Original Receivables Financing Agreement”; and as amended hereby and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Receivables Financing Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Performance Guarantor entered into the Performance Guaranty as of August 12, 2021 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Performance Guaranty”) in favor of, and as accepted by, the Administrative Agent; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend the Original Receivables Financing Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.      Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Original Receivables Financing Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.      Amendments to Original Receivables Financing Agreement. Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4, the Original Receivables Financing Agreement is hereby amended to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) and to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text), in each case, as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

 1 

 

 

SECTION 3.      Representations, Warranties and Enforceability. Each of the Borrower and the Servicer hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lender, as applicable, as of the date hereof with respect to itself, as follows:

 

(a)            the representations and warranties of it contained in Section 6.01 and Section 6.02, as applicable, of the Receivables Financing Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of such date unless such representations and warranties by their terms refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of such earlier date;

 

(b)            no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, as set forth in Section 9.01 of the Receivables Financing Agreement, has occurred and is continuing, or would result immediately after giving effect to the Amendment Documents (as defined below); and

 

(c)            (i) the execution and delivery by it of the Amendment Documents, and the performance of its obligations under the Amendment Documents and the Receivables Financing Agreement are within its organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part and (ii) the Amendment Documents have been duly executed and, together with the Receivables Financing Agreement, are its valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

SECTION 4.      Conditions Precedent. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)            The Administrative Agent shall have received fully executed counterparts of (i) this Amendment, (ii) the Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Administrative Agent, the Lender and the Structuring Agent, and acknowledged and agreed to by the Borrower, and (iii) the Amendment No. 1 to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Borrower, the Servicer and each Originator, and acknowledged and agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Lender (collectively, the “Amendment Documents”).

 

(b)            The Administrative Agent shall have received fully an executed copy of the corporate or other organizational action taken by the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment.

 

(c)            The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested on or prior to the date hereof.

 

 2 

 

 

(d)            No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, as set forth in Section 9.01 of the Receivables Financing Agreement, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(e)            PNC, as the Administrative Agent and as the Lender under the Receivables Financing Agreement (or the Structuring Agent on behalf of PNC, as applicable), in each case, shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable to it under the Transaction Documents and in connection with the Amendment Documents on or prior to the date hereof, including, to the extent invoiced, payment or reimbursement of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be paid or reimbursed on or prior to the date hereof. To the extent such fees and other amounts have not yet been invoiced, the Borrower agrees to remit payment to the applicable party promptly upon receipt of such invoice.

 

SECTION 5.      Amendment. The Borrower, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent, the Lender, and, with respect to Section 11, the Performance Guarantor, hereby agree that the provisions and effectiveness of this Amendment shall apply to the Original Receivables Financing Agreement as of the date hereof. Except as amended by this Amendment, the Original Receivables Financing Agreement remains unchanged and in full force and effect. This Amendment is a Transaction Document.

 

SECTION 6.      Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart hereof by facsimile or other electronic means shall be equally effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart.

 

SECTION 7.      Captions. The headings of the Sections of this Amendment are provided solely for convenience of reference and shall not modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions of this Amendment.

 

SECTION 8.      Successors and permitted assigns. The terms of this Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Borrower, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent, the Lender and, with respect to Section 11, the Performance Guarantor and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

SECTION 9.      Severability. Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 10.    Governing Law and Jurisdiction. Sections 12.07, 12.10 and 12.11 of the Receivables Financing Agreement are incorporated in this Amendment by reference as if such provisions were set forth herein.

 

SECTION 11.    Reaffirmation of Performance Guarantee. After giving effect to the Amendment Documents, all of the provisions of the Performance Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and the Performance Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms the Performance Guaranty and acknowledges that the Performance Guaranty has continued and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 3 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

  WAYSTAR RC LLC,
  as the Borrower
   
   
  By: /s/ Steve Oreskovich
  Name: Steve Oreskovich
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
   
  WAYSTAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
  as the Servicer
   
   
  By: /s/ Steve Oreskovich
  Name: Steve Oreskovich
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Amendment No. 1 to RFA (Waystar)

 

 S-1 

 

 

Acknowledged and reaffirmed by, with respect to Section 11, as of the date first written above:  
   
WAYSTAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,  
as the Performance Guarantor  
   
   
By: /s/ Steve Oreskovich  
Name: Steve Oreskovich  
Title: Chief Financial Officer  

 

Amendment No. 1 to RFA (Waystar)

 

 S-2 

 

 

  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as the Administrative Agent
   
   
  By: /s/ Eric Bruno
  Name: Eric Bruno
  Title: Senior Vice President
   
   
  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  as the Lender
   
   
  By: /s/ Eric Bruno
  Name: Eric Bruno
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

Amendment No. 1 to RFA (Waystar)

 

 S-3 

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed to by, as of the date first written above:  
   
PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC,  
as the Structuring Agent  
   
   
By: /s/ Eric Bruno  
Name: Eric Bruno  
Title: Managing Director  

 

Amendment No. 1 to RFA (Waystar)

 

 S-4 

 

 

EXECUTION VERSION

Exhibit A to Amendment No. 1

Conformed Receivables Financing Agreement

 

RECEIVABLES FINANCING AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 12, 2021

 

by and among

 

WAYSTAR RC LLC,

as Borrower,

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Lender,

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent,

 

WAYSTAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

as initial Servicer,

 

and

 

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC,

as Structuring Agent

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS  
SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms 1
SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretative Matters 3334
ARTICLE II TERMS OF THE LOANS  
SECTION 2.01. Loan Facility 3434
SECTION 2.02. Making Loans; Repayment of Loans 3434
SECTION 2.03. Interest and Fees 36
SECTION 2.04. Records of Loans 3636
SECTION 2.05. Selection of Interest Rates and Tranche Periods 3636
SECTION 2.06. Defaulting Lender 37
ARTICLE III SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES AND PAYMENT PROVISIONS  
SECTION 3.01. Settlement Procedures 3737
SECTION 3.02. Payments and Computations, Etc. 4040
ARTICLE IV INCREASED COSTS; FUNDING LOSSES; TAXES; ILLEGALITY; SECURITY INTEREST; BENCHMARK REPLACEMENT SETTING AND LIBOR NOTIFICATION  
SECTION 4.01. Increased Costs 4040
SECTION 4.02. Funding Losses 42
SECTION 4.03. Taxes 4242
SECTION 4.04. Inability to Determine LIBOR or LMIR; Change in Legality 4646
SECTION 4.05. Security Interest 47
SECTION 4.06. Benchmark Replacement Setting 48
SECTION 4.07. LIBOR Notification 5657
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS to Effectiveness and CREDIT EXTENSIONS  
SECTION 5.01. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness and the Initial Credit Extension 5757
SECTION 5.02. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions 5757
SECTION 5.03. Conditions Precedent to All Releases 5858
ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES  
SECTION 6.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower 5959

 

 -i- 

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

SECTION 6.02. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer 6465
ARTICLE VII COVENANTS  
SECTION 7.01. Covenants of the Borrower 6869
SECTION 7.02. Covenants of the Servicer 7778
SECTION 7.03. Separate Existence of the Borrower 8384
SECTION 7.04. Financial Covenants 8788
ARTICLE VIII ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLES  
SECTION 8.01. Appointment of the Servicer 8888
SECTION 8.02. Duties of the Servicer 8889
SECTION 8.03. Collection Account Arrangements 8990
SECTION 8.04. Enforcement Rights 9191
SECTION 8.05. Responsibilities of the Borrower 9293
SECTION 8.06. Servicing Fee 9293
ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT  
SECTION 9.01. Events of Default 9394
ARTICLE X THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT  
SECTION 10.01. Authorization and Action 9798
SECTION 10.02. Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Etc. 9798
SECTION 10.03. Administrative Agent and Affiliates 9798
SECTION 10.04. Indemnification of Administrative Agent 9899
SECTION 10.05. Delegation of Duties 9899
SECTION 10.06. Action or Inaction by Administrative Agent 9899
SECTION 10.07. Notice of Events of Default; Action by Administrative Agent 9899
SECTION 10.08. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Parties 99100
SECTION 10.09. Successor Administrative Agent 99100
SECTION 10.10. Structuring Agent 99100
SECTION 10.11. Erroneous Payment 100101
ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION  
SECTION 11.01. Indemnities by the Borrower 102103

 

 -ii- 

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

SECTION 11.02. Indemnification by the Servicer 105106
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS  
SECTION 12.01. Amendments, Etc. 106107
SECTION 12.02. Notices, Etc. 107108
SECTION 12.03. Assignability; Addition of Lenders 107108
SECTION 12.04. Costs and Expenses 110111
SECTION 12.05. No Proceedings 110111
SECTION 12.06. Confidentiality 111112
SECTION 12.07. GOVERNING LAW 112113
SECTION 12.08. Execution in Counterparts 112113
SECTION 12.09. Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Termination 112113
SECTION 12.10. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION 113114
SECTION 12.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 113114
SECTION 12.12. Ratable Payments 114115
SECTION 12.13. Limitation of Liability 114115
SECTION 12.14. Intent of the Parties 114115
SECTION 12.15. USA Patriot Act 114116
SECTION 12.16. Right of Setoff 115116
SECTION 12.17. Severability 115116
SECTION 12.18. Mutual Negotiations 115116
SECTION 12.19. Captions, Headings and Cross References 115116

 

 -iii- 

 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A Form of Loan Request
EXHIBIT B Form of Reduction Notice
EXHIBIT C   Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
EXHIBIT D Credit and Collection Policy
EXHIBIT E Form of Information Package
EXHIBIT F Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT G Closing Memorandum
EXHIBIT H   Form of Interim Report
EXHIBIT I   [Reserved]
EXHIBIT JI   Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE I Commitments
SCHEDULE II Lock-Boxes, Collection Accounts and Collection Account Banks
SCHEDULE III Notice Addresses

 

 -iv- 

 

 

This RECEIVABLES FINANCING AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 12, 2021 by and among the following parties:

 

(i)            WAYSTAR RC LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Borrower (together with its successors and assigns, the “Borrower”);

 

(ii)           PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“PNC”), as Lender;

 

(iii)          PNC, as Administrative Agent;

 

(iv)          WAYSTAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, in its individual capacity (“Waystar”) and as initial servicer (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Servicer”); and

 

(v)           PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, as Structuring Agent.

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

The Borrower has acquired, and will acquire from time to time, Receivables from the Originator(s) pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement. The Borrower has requested that the Lender make Loans from time to time to the Borrower, on the terms, and subject to the conditions set forth herein, secured by, among other things, the Receivables.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.      Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

 

Account Control Agreement” means each agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Borrower, the Servicer (if applicable), the Administrative Agent and a Collection Account Bank, governing the terms of the related Collection Accounts that (a) provides the Administrative Agent with control within the meaning of the UCC over the deposit accounts subject to such agreement and (b) by its terms, may not be terminated or canceled by the related Collection Account Bank without the written consent of the Administrative Agent or upon no less than thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

 1 

 

 

Adjusted Net Receivables Pool Balance” means an amount equal to (a) the Net Receivables Pool Balance minus (b) the greater of (i) the Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount and (ii) zero.

 

Administrative Agent” means PNC, in its capacity as contractual representative for each Credit Party, and any successor thereto in such capacity appointed pursuant to Article X or Section 12.03(f).

 

Administrative Agent’s Account” means the account(s) from time to time designated in writing by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and the Servicer for purposes of receiving payments to or for the account of the Lender hereunder.

 

Adverse Claim” means any Lien, except any Permitted Lien.

 

Advisors” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.06(c).

 

Affected Person” means each Credit Party and each of their respective Affiliates.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Aggregate Capital” means, at any time of determination, the aggregate outstanding Capital of the Lender at such time.

 

Aggregate Interest” means, at any time of determination, the aggregate accrued and unpaid Interest on the Loans of the Lender at such time.

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” means the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and any other similar anti-corruption Laws or regulations administered or enforced in any jurisdiction in which the Borrower or the Servicer or any of the Servicer’s Subsidiaries conduct business.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws” means any Applicable Law in force or hereinafter enacted related to terrorism, money laundering, or economic sanctions, including Executive Order No. 13224, the USA PATRIOT Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. 1701, et. seq., the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1, et. seq., 18 U.S.C. § 2332d, and 18 U.S.C. § 2339B, and any regulations or directives promulgated under these provisions.

 

Applicable Law” means, with respect to any Person, (a) all provisions of law, statute, treaty, constitution, ordinance, rule, regulation, ordinance, requirement, restriction, permit, executive order, certificate, decision, directive or order of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person or any of its property and (b) all judgments, injunctions, orders, writs, decrees and awards of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions in which such Person is a party or by which any of its property is bound. For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA shall constitute an “Applicable Law” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

 2 

 

 

Assignment and Acceptance Agreement” means an assignment and acceptance agreement entered into by the Lender, an Eligible Assignee and the Administrative Agent, and, if required, the Borrower, pursuant to which such Eligible Assignee may become a party to this Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

 

Attorney Costs” means and includes all fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and all disbursements of internal counsel.

 

Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time.

 

Base Rate” means, for any day a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate shall be at all times equal to the greater of:

 

(a)            the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Lender or its Affiliate as its “reference rate” or “prime rate”, as applicable. Such “reference rate” or “prime rate” is set by the Lender or its Affiliate based upon various factors, including such Person’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate, and is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer; and

 

(b)            a half percent (0.50%) per annum above the latest Overnight Bank Funding Rate.

 

Beneficial Owner” means, each of the following: (a) each individual, if any, who, directly or indirectly, owns 25% or more of such Borrower’s Equity Interests; and (b) a single individual with significant responsibility to control, manage, or direct the Borrower.

 

Borrower” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Indemnified Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Borrower Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Borrower Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on any of the following:

 

(a)            the assets, operations, business or financial condition of the Borrower;

 

(b)            the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party;

 

(c)            the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Borrower is a party, or the validity, enforceability, value or collectibility of any material portion of the Pool Receivables;

 

 3 

 

 

(d)            the status, perfection, enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral; or

 

(e)            the rights and remedies of any Credit Party under the Transaction Documents or associated with its respective interest in the Collateral.

 

Borrower Obligations” means all present and future indebtedness, reimbursement obligations, and other liabilities and obligations (howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or due or to become due) of the Borrower to any Credit Party, Borrower Indemnified Party and/or any Affected Person, arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and shall include, without limitation, all Capital and Interest on the Loans, all Fees and all other amounts due or to become due under the Transaction Documents (whether in respect of fees, costs, expenses, indemnifications or otherwise), including, without limitation, interest, fees and other obligations that accrue after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to the Borrower (in each case whether or not allowed as a claim in such proceeding).

 

Borrower’s Net Worth” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables at such time, minus (b) the sum of (i) the Aggregate Capital at such time, plus (ii) the Aggregate Interest at such time, plus (iii) the aggregate accrued and unpaid Fees at such time, plus (iv) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Subordinated Notes at such time, plus (v) the aggregate accrued and unpaid interest on all Subordinated Notes at such time, plus (vi) without duplication, the aggregate accrued and unpaid other Borrower Obligations at such time.

 

Borrowing Base” means, at any time of determination, the amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Facility Limit and (b) an amount equal to (i) the Adjusted Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time, minus (ii) the Total Reserves at such time.

 

Borrowing Base Deficit” means, at any time of determination, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Aggregate Capital at such time, exceeds (b) the Borrowing Base at such time, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, then the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

Breakage Fee” means (a) for any Interest Period for which Interest is computed by reference to LMIR or LIBOR and a reduction of Capital is made for any reason on any day other than a Settlement Date or (b) to the extent that the Borrower shall for any reason, fail to borrow on the date specified by the Borrower in connection with any request for funding pursuant to Article II of this Agreement, the amount, if any, by which (i) the additional Interest (calculated without taking into account any Breakage Fee or any shortened duration of such Interest Period pursuant to the definition thereof) which would have accrued during such Interest Period on the reductions of Capital relating to such Interest Period had such reductions not been made (or, in the case of clause (b) above, the amounts so failed to be borrowed or accepted in connection with any such request for funding by the Borrower), exceeds (ii) the income, if any, received by the Lender from the investment of the proceeds of such reductions of Capital (or such amounts failed to be borrowed by the Borrower). A certificate as to the amount of any Breakage Fee (including the computation of such amount) shall be submitted by the Lender to the Borrower and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

 4 

 

 

Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which: (a)  banks are not authorized or required to close in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania or New York City, New York and (b) if this definition of “Business Day” is utilized in connection with LIBOR or LMIR, dealings are carried out in the London interbank market.

 

Cash Equivalents” shall mean (a) securities with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency thereof, (b) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits of PNC or any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, (c) repurchase obligations of PNC or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than seven days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government, (d) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in either case maturing within ninety (90) days after the day of acquisition, (e) securities with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s, (f) securities with maturities of ninety (90) days or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by PNC or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, or (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition.

 

Capital” means, with respect to the Lender, without duplication, the aggregate amounts paid to, or on behalf of, the Borrower in connection with all Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Article II, as reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Capital pursuant to Section 3.01; provided, that if such Capital shall have been reduced by any distribution and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason, such Capital shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made.

 

Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all common shares, preferred shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, membership interests or other equivalent interests and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock or other equity interests.

 

 5 

 

 

Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a)            Parent ceases to own, directly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock and all other equity interests of the Borrower free and clear of all Adverse Claims;

 

(b)            Parent ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock, membership interests or other equity interests of any Originator;

 

(c)            any Subordinated Note shall at any time cease to be owned by an Originator, free and clear of all Adverse Claims;

 

(d)            a “Change of Control” (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall have occurred;

 

(e)            Holdings ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock, membership interests or other equity interests of Parent; or

 

(f)             with respect to Holdings, any “person”, “entity” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of Holdings that exceeds thirty-five percent (35%) thereof, unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings.

 

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date (or with respect to the Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes the Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the final rule titled Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Capital Adequacy Guidelines; Capital Maintenance: Regulatory Capital; Impact of Modifications to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; Consolidation of Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Programs; and Other Related Issues, adopted by the United States bank regulatory agencies on December 15, 2009, (ii) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (iii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to the agreements reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems” (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time), shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Closing Date” means August 12, 2021.

 

 6 

 

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Collateral” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

 

Collection Account” means each account listed on Schedule II to this Agreement (as such schedule may be modified from time to time in connection with the closing or opening of any Collection Account in accordance with the terms hereof), in each case, in the name of the Borrower and maintained at a bank or other financial institution acting as a Collection Account Bank pursuant to an Account Control Agreement for the purpose of receiving Collections.

 

Collection Account Bank” means any of the banks or other financial institutions holding one or more Collection Accounts.

 

Collections” means, with respect to any Pool Receivable: (a) all funds that are received by any Originator, the Borrower, the Servicer or any other Person on their behalf in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Pool Receivable (including purchase price, finance charges, interest and all other charges), or applied to amounts owed in respect of such Pool Receivable (including insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of repossessed goods or other collateral or property of the related Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of such Pool Receivable and available to be applied thereon), (b) all Deemed Collections, (c) all proceeds of all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivable and (d) all other proceeds of such Pool Receivable.

 

Commitment” means, with respect to the Lender, the maximum aggregate amount which such Person is obligated to lend or pay hereunder on account of all Loans, on a combined basis, as set forth on Schedule I or other agreements pursuant to which it became the Lender, as such amount may be modified in connection with any subsequent assignment pursuant to Section 12.03. If the context so requires, “Commitment” also refers to the Lender’s obligation to make Loans hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Concentration Percentage” means (a) for any Group A Obligor, twenty percent (20.00%), (b) for any Group B Obligor, fifteen percent (15.00%), (c) for any Group C Obligor, ten percent (10.00%) and (d) for any Group D Obligor, four percent (4.00%).

 

Concentration Reserve Percentage” means, at any time of determination, the largest of: (a) the sum of the five (5) largest Obligor Percentages of the Group D Obligors, (b) the sum of the three (3) largest Obligor Percentages of the Group C Obligors, (c) the sum of the two (2) largest Obligor Percentages of the Group B Obligors and (d) the largest Obligor Percentage of the Group A Obligors.

 

Contract” means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all contracts, instruments, agreements, leases, invoices, notes or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or that evidence such Receivable or under which an Obligor becomes or is obligated to make payment in respect of such Receivable.

 

Controlled Group” means all members of a controlled group of corporations or other business entities and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

 7 

 

 

Covered Entity” means (a) each of Borrower, the Servicer, each Originator, the Parent and each of Parent’s Subsidiaries and (b) each Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of a Person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the direct or indirect (i) ownership of, or power to vote, 25% or more of the issued and outstanding equity interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or other Persons performing similar functions for such Person, or (ii) power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by ownership of equity interests, contract or otherwise.

 

Credit Agreement” means that certain First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019 (as amended by the First Amendment, dated as of December 2, 2020, the Second Amendment, dated as of September 23, 2020, and Third Amendment, dated as of March 24, 2021), by and among NavicureDerby Merger Sub, Inc., as the Borrower,BNVC Group Holdings, Inc. and the Parent, as the Borrowers, Derby Parent, Inc. and BNVC Holdings, Inc., as Holdings, the financial institutions party thereto, as Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A, as Administrative Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank AG New Branch, as Issuing Banks, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank AG New Branch, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, as in effect as of the Closing Date hereunder.

 

Credit and Collection Policy” means, as the context may require, those receivables credit and collection policies and historical practices of the Originators and/or Servicer in effect on the Closing Date and described in Exhibit D, as modified in compliance with this Agreement.

 

Credit Extension” means the making of any Loan.

 

Credit Party” means the Lender and the Administrative Agent.

 

Days’ Sales Outstanding” means, for any Fiscal Month, an amount computed as of the last day of such Fiscal Month equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) as of the last day of each of the three (3) most recent Fiscal Months ended on the last day of such Fiscal Month, divided by (b) (i) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) generated by the Originators during the three (3) most recent Fiscal Months ended on the last day of such Fiscal Month, divided by (ii) ninety (90).

 

Debt” means, as to any Person at any time of determination, any and all indebtedness, obligations or liabilities (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or joint or several) of such Person for or in respect of: (a) borrowed money, (b) amounts raised under or liabilities in respect of any bonds, debentures, notes, note purchase, acceptance or credit facility, or other similar instruments or facilities, (c) reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) under any letter of credit, (d) any other transaction (including production payments (excluding royalties), installment purchase agreements, forward sale or purchase agreements, capitalized leases and conditional sales agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing of money entered into by such Person to finance its operations or capital requirements (but not including (i) accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business payable on terms customary in the trade, (ii) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business and (iii) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warrants or other unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset), (e) all net obligations of such Person in respect of interest rate or currency hedges or (f) without duplication, any Guaranty of any such Debt.

 

 8 

 

 

Deemed Collections” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(d).

 

Default Ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each Fiscal Month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such Fiscal Month, by (b) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) generated by the Originators during the month that is seven (7) Fiscal Months before such Fiscal Month.

 

Defaulted Receivable” means a Receivable:

 

(a)            as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for one hundred eighty one (181) calendar days or more from the original due date for such payment;

 

(b)            without duplication, as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for less than or equal to one hundred eighty (180) calendar days from the original due date for such payment and, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, is or should be written off the applicable Originator’s or the Borrower’s books as uncollectible;

 

(c)            without duplication, as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for less than or equal to one hundred eighty (180) calendar days from the original due date for such payment, and as to which an Insolvency Proceeding shall have occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof or any other Person obligated thereon or owning any Related Security with respect thereto; or

 

(d)            without duplication, as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for one hundred eighty one (181) calendar days or more but less than or equal to two hundred ten (210) calendar days from the original due date for such payment, and as to which an Insolvency Proceeding shall have previously occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof or any other Person obligated thereon or owning any Related Security with respect thereto;

 

provided, however, that in each case above such amount shall be calculated without giving effect to any netting of credits that have not been matched to a particular Receivable for the purposes of aged trial balance reporting.

 

 9 

 

 

Defaulting Lender” means the Lender if the Lender (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans or (ii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, the Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of the Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on the Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of the Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans under this Agreement, provided that the Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding.

 

Delaware LLC Act” means Chapter 18 of the Delaware Limited Liability Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101 et seq., as amended.

 

Delinquency Ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each Fiscal Month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that were Delinquent Receivables on such day, by (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables on such day.

 

Delinquent Receivable” means a Receivable as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for one hundred twenty one (121) calendar days or more from the original due date for such payment.

 

Dilution Horizon Ratio” means for any Fiscal Month, the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of such Fiscal Month by dividing: (a) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during such Fiscal Month and the previous Fiscal Month by (b) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the last day of such Fiscal Month. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the completion and the receipt by the Administrative Agent of the results of any annual audit or field exam of the Receivables and the servicing and origination practices of the Servicer and the Originators, the numerator of the Dilution Horizon Ratio may be adjusted by the Administrative Agent upon not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Borrower to reflect such number of Fiscal Months as the Administrative Agent reasonably believes best reflects the business practices of the Servicer and the Originators and the actual amount of dilution and Deemed Collections that occur with respect to Pool Receivables based on the weighted average dilution lag calculation completed as part of such audit or field exam.

 

 10 

 

 

Dilution Ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward), computed as of the last day of each Fiscal Month by dividing: (a) the aggregate amount of Deemed Collections during such Fiscal Month (other than amounts related to the Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount), by (b) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) generated by the Originators during the month that is two (2) months prior to such Fiscal Month.

 

Dilution Reserve Percentage” means, on any day, the product of (a) the Dilution Horizon Ratio multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) 2.25 times the average of the Dilution Ratios for the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months and (ii) the Dilution Volatility Component.

 

Dilution Volatility Component” means, for any Fiscal Month, the product (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) of (a) the positive difference, if any, between: (i) the highest two (2) month average Dilution Ratio for any Fiscal Month during the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months and (ii) the arithmetic average of the Dilution Ratios for such twelve (12) Fiscal Months times (b) the quotient of (i) the highest two (2) month average Dilution Ratio for any Fiscal Month during the twelve (12) most recent consecutive Fiscal Months divided by (ii) the arithmetic average of the Dilution Ratios for such twelve (12) consecutive Fiscal Months.

 

Division Transaction” shall mean, with respect to any Person that is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, that any such Person (a) divides into two or more Persons or (b) creates or otherwise reorganizes into one or more series, in each case, as contemplated under the laws of the State of Delaware, including without limitation, Section 18-217 of the Delaware LLC Act.

 

Dollars” and “$” each mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Eligible Assignee” means (a) any of the Lender’s Affiliates, (b) any Person managed by the Lender or any of its Affiliates and (c) any other financial or other institution.

 

Eligible Foreign Obligor” means an Obligor that is organized in or that has a head office (domicile), registered office, and chief executive office located in a country other than (x) the United States or (y) a Sanctioned Country.

 

Eligible Receivable” means, at any time of determination, a Pool Receivable:

 

(a)            the Obligor of which is: (i) either a U.S. Obligor or an Eligible Foreign Obligor; (ii) not a Sanctioned Person; (iii) not subject to any Insolvency Proceeding; (iv) not an Affiliate of the Borrower, the Servicer, the Parent or any Originator; (v) not the Obligor with respect to Delinquent Receivables with an aggregate Outstanding Balance exceeding fifty percent (50.00%) of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Obligor’s Pool Receivables; (vi) not a natural person; and (vii) not a material supplier to any Originator or an Affiliate of a material supplier;

 

 11 

 

 

(b)            for which an Insolvency Proceeding shall not have occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof or any other Person obligated thereon or owning any Related Security with respect thereto;

 

(c)            that is denominated and payable only in Dollars in the United States of America, and the Obligor with respect to which has been instructed to remit Collections in respect thereof directly to a Lock-Box or Collection Account in the United States of America;

 

(d)            that does not have a due date which is more than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the original invoice date of such Receivable;

 

(e)            that arises under a Contract for the sale of goods or services on an arm’s-length basis in the ordinary course of the applicable Originator’s business;

 

(f)             that arises under a duly authorized Contract that is in full force and effect and that is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(g)            that has been transferred by an Originator to the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement with respect to which transfer all conditions precedent under the Purchase and Sale Agreement have been met;

 

(h)            that, together with the Contract related thereto, conforms in all material respects with all Applicable Laws (including any Applicable Laws relating to usury, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy);

 

(i)             with respect to which all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with or notices to, any Governmental Authority or other Person required to be obtained, effected or given by an Originator in connection with the creation of such Receivable, the execution, delivery and performance by such Originator of the related Contract or the assignment thereof under the Purchase and Sale Agreement have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

 

(j)             that is not subject to any existing dispute, litigation, right of rescission, set-off (including, customer deposits, advance payments (including payments related to unearned revenues), etc.), counterclaim, hold back defense, any other defense against the applicable Originator (or any assignee of such Originator) or Adverse Claim, and the Obligor of which holds no right as against the applicable Originator to cause such Originator to repurchase the goods or merchandise, the sale of which shall have given rise to such Receivable; provided that only the portion of such Pool Receivable subject to such dispute, litigation, right of rescission, right of set-off, counterclaim, defense or Adverse Claim shall be ineligible;

 

 12 

 

 

(k)            that satisfies all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policy;

 

(l)             that, together with the Contract related thereto, has not been modified, waived or restructured since its creation, except as permitted pursuant to Section 8.02(a) of this Agreement;

 

(m)           in which the Borrower owns good and marketable title, free and clear of any Adverse Claims, and that is freely transferrable and assignable (including without any consent of the related Obligor or any Governmental Authority unless such consent has been obtained), and the payments thereon are free and clear of any (or increased to account for) any applicable taxes;

 

(n)            for which the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) shall have a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest therein and in the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

 

(o)            that (i) constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” (as defined in the UCC), (ii) is not evidenced by instruments or chattel paper and (iii) does not constitute, or arise from the sale of, as extracted collateral (as defined in the UCC);

 

(p)            that is neither a Defaulted Receivable nor a Delinquent Receivable;

 

(q)            for which no Originator, the Borrower, the Parent or the Servicer has established any offset or netting arrangements with the related Obligor in connection with the ordinary course of payment of such Receivable;

 

(r)             that represents amounts earned by the Originator thereof and payable by the Obligor in accordance with the Contract related thereto that are not subject to the performance of additional services by the Originator thereof or by the Borrower and the related goods or merchandise shall have been shipped and/or services performed, other than in the case of an Unbilled Receivable, the billing or invoicing of such Receivable; provided, that if such Receivable is subject to the performance of additional services, only the portion of such Receivable attributable to such additional services shall be excluded;

 

(s)            which (i) does not arise from a sale of accounts made as part of a sale of a business or constitute an assignment for the purpose of collection only, (ii) is not a transfer of a single account made in whole or partial satisfaction of a preexisting indebtedness or an assignment of a right to payment under a contract to an assignee that is also obligated to perform under the contract and (iii) is not a transfer of an interest in or an assignment of a claim under a policy of insurance;

 

(t)             which does not relate to the sale of any consigned goods or finished goods which have incorporated any consigned goods into such finished goods;

 

 13 

 

 

(u)            for which the related payments are delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (including, but not limited to Section 8.03); and

 

(v)            that does not arise under a Contract for the ten (10) largest Obligors scheduled to be cancelled; it being understood that any Pool Receivable that arises under a Contract for the ten (10) largest Obligors scheduled to be cancelled shall be deemed to be ineligible on the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days prior to the scheduled cancellation date and (ii) the Information Package Due Date immediately preceding such cancellation date.

 

Embargoed Property” means any property (a) in which a Sanctioned Person holds an interest, other than an ownership interest; (b) that is due to or from a Sanctioned Person; (c) that is located in a Sanctioned Jurisdiction; or (d) that would otherwise cause any actual or possible violation by the Lender or Administrative any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law if the Lender were to obtain an encumbrance on, lien on, pledge of or security interest in such property, or provide services in consideration of such property.

 

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as from time to time in effect..

 

ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, trade or business which together with the Person is a member of a controlled group of corporations or a controlled group of trades or businesses and would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

 

Erroneous Payment” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.11(a).

 

Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.11(d).

 

Erroneous Payment Impacted Loan” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.11(d).

 

Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.11(d).

 

Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.11(d).

 

 14 

 

 

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01. For the avoidance of doubt, any Event of Default that occurs shall be deemed to be continuing at all times thereafter unless and until waived in accordance with Section 12.01.

 

Excess Concentration” means the sum of the following amounts, without duplication:

 

(a)            the sum of the amounts calculated for each of the Obligors equal to the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables of such Obligor, over (ii) the product of (x) such Obligor’s Concentration Percentage, multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(b)            the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, the Obligors of which are Eligible Foreign Obligors, over (ii) the product of (x) one percent (1.00%), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(c)            the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, the Obligors of which are the federal government of the United States of America or any political subdivision, department, affiliate, agency or other entity thereof (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include any state or local government body or any political subdivision, department, affiliate, agency or other entity thereof), over (ii) the product of (x) two and a half percent (2.50%), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(d)            the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables as to which any payment, or part thereof, remain unpaid for thirty one (31) to sixty (60) calendar days from the original due date for such payment, over (ii) the product of (x) twenty percent (20.00%), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(e)            the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables as to which any payment, or part thereof, remain unpaid for sixty one (61) to ninety (90) calendar days from the original due date for such payment, over (ii) the product of (x) fifteen percent (15.00%), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(f)             excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables as to which any payment, or part thereof, remain unpaid for ninety one (91) to one hundred twenty (120) calendar days from the original due date for such payment, over (ii) the product of (x) ten percent (10.00%), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(g)            the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Unbilled Receivables, over (ii) the product of (x) thirty percent (30.00%), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool.

 

 15 

 

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to an Affected Person or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to an Affected Person: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Affected Person being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of the Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of the Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of the Lender with respect to an applicable interest in the Loans or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) the Lender makes a Loan or its Commitment or (ii) the Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, if applicable, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to the Lender’s assignor immediately before the Lender became a party hereto or to the Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to the Lender’s failure to comply with Section 4.03(f) herein and (d) any withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

 

Facility Limit” means fiftyeighty million dollars ($50,000,00080,000,000). References to the unused portion of the Facility Limit shall mean, at any time of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Facility Limit at such time, minus (b) the Aggregate Capital.

 

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and any laws, regulations, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into with respect to the foregoing.

 

Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Fee Letter” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

 

Fees” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

 

Final Maturity Date” means the date that (a) is ninety (90) calendar days following the Scheduled Termination Date or (b) such earlier date on which the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations become due and payable pursuant to Section 9.01.

 

Final Payout Date” means the date on or after the Termination Date when (a) the Aggregate Capital and Aggregate Interest have been paid in full, (b) all Borrower Obligations shall have been paid in full, (c) all other amounts owing to each Credit Party and any other Borrower Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents have been paid in full and (d) all accrued Servicing Fees have been paid in full.

 

 16 

 

 

Financial Covenant” means the First Lien Leverage Ratio currently located in Section 6.12(a) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Financial Officer” of any Person means, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the principal accounting officer, the controller, the treasurer or the assistant treasurer of such Person.

 

First Lien Leverage Ratio” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

Fiscal Month” means each calendar month.

 

Fitch” means Fitch, Inc. and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, consistently applied.

 

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

 

Group A Obligor” means any Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) with a short-term rating of at least: (a) “A-1” by S&P, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from S&P, a rating of “A+” or better by S&P on such Obligor’s, its parent’s, or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities, or (b) “P 1” by Moody’s, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from Moody’s, “Al” or better by Moody’s on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities; provided, that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a split rating from S&P and Moody’s, then such Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable) shall be deemed to have the lower rating, and such deemed rating shall be used for the purposes of whether such rating satisfies clause (a) or (b) above; provided further, that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a rating from only one of S&P or Moody’s, then such Obligor will be a “Group A Obligor” if such rating satisfies clause (a) or (b) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Obligor that is a Subsidiary of an Obligor that satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor” shall be deemed to be a Group A Obligor and shall be aggregated with the Obligor that satisfies such definition for the purposes of determining the “Concentration Reserve Percentage”, the “Concentration Percentage” and clause (a) of the definition of “Excess Concentration” for such Obligors, unless such deemed Obligor separately satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor”, “Group B Obligor”, or “Group C Obligor”, in which case such Obligor shall be separately treated as a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor, as the case may be, and shall be aggregated and combined for such purposes with any of its Subsidiaries that are Obligors.

 

 17 

 

 

Group B Obligor” means an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) that is not a Group A Obligor, with a short-term rating of at least: (a) “A-2” by S&P, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from S&P, a rating of “BBB+” to “A” by S&P on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities, or (b) “P 2” by Moody’s, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from Moody’s, “Baal” to “A2” by Moody’s on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities; provided, that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a split rating from S&P and Moody’s, then such Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable) shall be deemed to have the lower rating, and such deemed rating shall be used for the purposes of whether such rating satisfies clause (a) or (b) above; provided further, that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a rating from only one of S&P or Moody’s, then such Obligor will be a “Group B Obligor” if such rating satisfies clause (a) or (b) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Obligor that is a Subsidiary of an Obligor that satisfies the definition of “Group B Obligor” shall be deemed to be a Group B Obligor and shall be aggregated with the Obligor that satisfies such definition for the purposes of determining the “Concentration Reserve Percentage”, the “Concentration Percentage” and clause (a) of the definition of “Excess Concentration” for such Obligors, unless such deemed Obligor separately satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor”, “Group B Obligor”, or “Group C Obligor”, in which case such Obligor shall be separately treated as a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor, as the case may be, and shall be aggregated and combined for such purposes with any of its Subsidiaries that are Obligors.

 

Group C Obligor” means an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) that is not a Group A Obligor or a Group B Obligor, with a short-term rating of at least: (a) “A-3” by S&P, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from S&P, a rating of “BBB-” to “BBB” by S&P on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities, or (b) “P 3” by Moody’s, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from Moody’s, “Baa3” to “Baa2” by Moody’s on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities; provided, that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a split rating from S&P and Moody’s, then such Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable) shall be deemed to have the lower rating, and such deemed rating shall be used for the purposes of whether such rating satisfies clause (a) or (b) above; provided further, that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a rating from only one of S&P or Moody’s, then such Obligor will be a “Group C Obligor” if such rating satisfies clause (a) or (b) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Obligor that is a Subsidiary of an Obligor that satisfies the definition of “Group C Obligor” shall be deemed to be a Group C Obligor and shall be aggregated with the Obligor that satisfies such definition for the purposes of determining the “Concentration Reserve Percentage”, the “Concentration Percentage” and clause (a) of the definition of “Excess Concentration” for such Obligors, unless such deemed Obligor separately satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor”, “Group B Obligor”, or “Group C Obligor”, in which case such Obligor shall be separately treated as a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor, as the case may be, and shall be aggregated and combined for such purposes with any of its Subsidiaries that are Obligors.

 

 18 

 

 

Group D Obligor” means any Obligor that is not a Group A Obligor, Group B Obligor or Group C Obligor.

 

Guaranty” of any Person means any obligation of such Person guarantying or in effect guarantying any Debt, liability or obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such liability arising by virtue of partnership agreements, including any agreement to indemnify or hold harmless any other Person, any performance bond or other suretyship arrangement and any other form of assurance against loss, except endorsement of negotiable or other instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

 

Holdings” means BNVC Holdings, Inc.

 

Indebtedness” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates under any Transaction Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) above, Other Taxes.

 

Independent Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(c).

 

Information Package” means a report, in substantially the form of Exhibit E.

 

Information Package Due Date” means (a) with respect to each of August 2021 and September 2021, the twentieth (20th) calendar day and (b) with respect to each calendar month thereafter, two (2) Business Days prior to the related Settlement Date.

 

Initial Investors” means collectively, (a) EQT VIII SCSp. together with any EQT branded fund, investment vehicle or managed account arrangement established, managed and/or operated and/or advised by CBTJ Financial Services B.V., EQT AB or SEP Holdings B.V. or by any of their respective affiliates, together with its affiliates and its funds, partnerships or other co-investment vehicles managed, advised or controlled by the foregoing, (but excluding any operating portfolio company of the foregoing), (b) Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, together with its affiliates and its and its affiliates’ investment entities, including funds, partnerships, co-investment vehicles and managed account arrangements established, operated, managed, advised or controlled directly or indirectly by the foregoing or other entities under common control with the Canada Pension Plan Investment Board or its affiliates (but excluding any operating portfolio company of the foregoing) and (c) Bain Capital Private Equity, L.P., together with its affiliates and its and its affiliates’ investment entities, including funds, partnerships, co-investment vehicles and managed account arrangements established, operated, managed, advised or controlled directly or indirectly by the foregoing or other entities under common control with the Bain Capital Private Equity, L.P. or its affiliates (but excluding any operating portfolio company of the foregoing).

 

 19 

 

 

Insolvency Proceeding” means (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors of a Person, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors of a Person, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors, in each of clauses (a) and (b) undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Intended Tax Treatment” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.14.

 

Interest” means, for each Loan for any day during any Interest Period (or portion thereof), the amount of interest accrued on the Capital of such Loan during such Interest Period (or portion thereof) in accordance with Section 2.03(b).

 

Interest Period” means, with respect to each Loan, (a) before the Termination Date: (i) initially, the period commencing on the date such Loan is made pursuant to Section 2.01 (or in the case of any fees payable hereunder, commencing on the Closing Date) and ending on (but not including) the next Monthly Settlement Date and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on such Monthly Settlement Date and ending on (but not including) the next Monthly Settlement Date and (b) on and after the Termination Date, such period (including a period of one day) as shall be selected from time to time by the Administrative Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Lender) or, in the absence of any such selection, each period of thirty (30) calendar days from the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

Interest Rate” means, for any day in any Interest Period for any Loan (or any portion of Capital thereof):

 

(a)            LMIR or LIBOR, as determined pursuant to Section 2.05, provided, however, that the Interest Rate applicable to any LIBOR Loan that is not advanced on a Monthly Settlement Date shall be LMIR for each day during the initial Interest Period applicable to such Loan from the date such Loan is made pursuant to Section 2.01 until the next occurring Monthly Settlement Date;

 

provided, however, that the “Interest Rate” for each Loan and any day while an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall be an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of two percent (2.00)% per annum plus the greater of (i) the interest rate per annum determined for such Loan and such day pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) the Base Rate in effect on such day; provided, further, that no provision of this Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection of Interest in excess of the maximum permitted by Applicable Law; provided, further, however, that Interest for any Loan shall not be considered paid by any distribution to the extent that at any time all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason.

 

 20 

 

 

Interim Report” means a Liquidity Report or a Transaction Report or an Obligor Cancellation Report, as applicable, in substantially the form of Exhibit H.

 

Interim Report Due Date” means (a) with respect to a Liquidity Report, the Liquidity Report Due Date, (b) with respect to a Transaction Report, the Transaction Report Due Date and (c) with respect to each Obligor Cancellation Report, the Obligor Cancellation Report Due Date.

 

Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Lender” means PNC and its successors and assigns.

 

LIBOR” means, with respect to any Tranche Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the rate per annum for deposits in Dollars as reported on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any other page that may replace such page from time to time for the purpose of displaying offered rates of leading banks for London interbank deposits in Dollars for such Tranche Period (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day which is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Tranche Period for an amount comparable to the Portion of Capital to be funded at LIBOR during such Tranche Period; however, that with respect to the initial Tranche Period for a Loan that is not advanced on a Monthly Settlement Date, LIBOR shall be the interest rate per annum equal to LMIR for each day during such initial Tranche Period from the date that such Loan is made pursuant to Section 2.01 until the next-occurring Monthly Settlement Date. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower of LIBOR as determined in accordance herewith (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if LIBOR as determined herein would be less than zero basis points (0.00%), such rate shall be deemed to be zero basis points (0.00%) for purposes of this Agreement.

 

LIBOR Loan” means a Loan accruing Interest at LIBOR.

 

Lien” means any ownership interest or claim, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, hypothecation, charge or other encumbrance or security arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether voluntarily or involuntarily given, including, but not limited to, any conditional sale or title retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement or lease intended as, or having the effect of, security and any filed financing statement or other notice of any of the foregoing (whether or not a lien or other encumbrance is created or exists at the time of the filing).

 

Linked Account” means any deposit account which is or could be linked to a Collection Account by a controlled balance arrangement.

 

 21 

 

 

Liquidity” means the sum of (a) its unrestricted cash, plus (b) its unrestricted Cash Equivalents determined in accordance with GAAP (c) the undrawn amount available under the Credit Agreement.

 

Liquidity Event” shall be deemed to have occurred on any day when less than the Liquidity Event Threshold Amount is available to be borrowed under the Credit Agreement for two (2) consecutive Business Days.

 

Liquidity Event Threshold Amount” means an amount equal to (a) $130,000,000, less (b) if applicable, solely to the extent the committed availability under the Credit Agreement is less than $97,500,000, an amount up to a maximum amount of $50,000,000 attributable solely to an acquisition funding; provided, that the amount described in the immediately preceding clause (b) shall be reduced to $0 (excluding any letters of credit issued) upon the repayment in full of the amounts due under the Credit Agreement.

 

Liquidity Report” means a report identifying the usage and committed availability under the Credit Agreement and a certification from the Servicer that there is no unmatured default thereunder, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Liquidity Report Due Date” means, with respect to each calendar month, (a) the Information Package Due Date, (b) the Transaction Report Due Date and (c) any date on which there is a change to the amount available to be borrowed under the Credit Agreement.

 

LMIR” means for any day during any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the one-month Eurodollar rate for Dollar deposits as reported on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any other page that may replace such page from time to time for the purpose of displaying offered rates of leading banks for London interbank deposits in Dollars, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the immediately preceding Business Day (or if not so reported, then as determined by the Administrative Agent from another recognized source for interbank quotation), in each case, changing when and as such rate changes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if LMIR as determined herein would be less than zero basis points (0.00%), such rate shall be deemed to be zero basis points (0.00%) for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Loan” means any loan made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01.

 

Loan Request” means a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto executed and delivered by the Borrower to each Credit Party pursuant to Section 2.02(a).

 

Lock-Box” means each locked postal box with respect to which a Collection Account Bank has executed an Account Control Agreement pursuant to which it has been granted exclusive access for the purpose of retrieving and processing payments made on the Receivables and which is listed on Schedule II (as such schedule may be modified from time to time in connection with the addition or removal of any Lock-Box in accordance with the terms hereof).

 

 22 

 

 

Loss Horizon Ratio” means, for any Fiscal Month, the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed, as of the last day of such Fiscal Month, by dividing: (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during the three (3) most recent Fiscal Months (or such other number of Fiscal Months as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) plus (ii) 0.75 times the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during the fourth (4th) most recent Fiscal Month (or such other Fiscal Month as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), by (b) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of such date.

 

Loss Reserve Percentage” means, at any time of determination, the product of (a) 2.25, times (b) the highest average of the Default Ratios for any three consecutive Fiscal Months during the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months, times (c) the Loss Horizon Ratio.

 

Majority Lender” means the Lender.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a circumstance or condition that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect:

 

(a)            the assets, operations, business or financial condition of the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(b)            the ability of the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor or any Originator, taken as a whole, to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party;

 

(c)            the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or the validity, enforceability, value or collectibility of any material portion of the Pool Receivables;

 

(d)            the status, perfection, enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral; or

 

(e)            the rights and remedies of any Credit Party under the Transaction Documents or associated with its respective interest in the Collateral.

 

Minimum Dilution Reserve Percentage” means, on any day, the product (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) of (a) the average of the Dilution Ratios for the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months, multiplied by (b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio.

 

Minimum Funding Threshold” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) seventy five percent (75%) of the Facility Limit and (b) the Borrowing Base.

 

Monthly Settlement Date” means the eighteenth (18th) calendar day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next occurring Business Day).

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

 23 

 

 

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (other than one considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code) is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

 

Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the consolidated net income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Net Receivables Pool Balance” means, at any time of determination: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool, minus (b) the Excess Concentration.

 

Net Worth” shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date of termination, the excess of total assets of such Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any year-end cash contributions to such Person), over total liabilities of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

Obligor” means, with respect to any Receivable, the Person obligated to make payments pursuant to the Contract relating to such Receivable.

 

Obligor Cancellation Event” shall be deemed to have occurred on any day the aggregate outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables related to the cancelled Contracts for the ten (10) largest Obligors (as determined based on the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables related to such Obligors as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month) exceeds two and a half percent (2.50%) of the aggregate outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables in any calendar month.

 

Obligor Cancellation Report” means a report identifying the cancelled Contracts for the ten (10) largest Obligors (as determined based on the eligible Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables related to such Obligors), in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Obligor Cancellation Report Due Date” means, with respect to each cancelled Contract for any of the ten (10) largest Obligors (as determined based on the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables related to such Obligors), five (5) days after the date of such cancellation.

 

Obligor Percentage” means, at any time of determination, for each Obligor, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables of such Obligor less the amount (if any) then included in the calculation of the Excess Concentration with respect to such Obligor and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables at such time.

 

 24 

 

 

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

 

Originator” and “Originators” have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement, as the same may be modified from time to time by adding new Originators or removing Originators, in each case with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Affected Person, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Affected Person and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Affected Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Transaction Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Transaction Document).

 

Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other similar excise or property Taxes, charges or levies or fees arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, filing, recording or enforcement of, or otherwise in respect of, this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the other documents or agreements to be delivered hereunder or thereunder, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

 

Outstanding Balance” means, at any time of determination, with respect to any Receivable, the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

 

Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurocurrency borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB, as set forth on its public website from time to time, and as published on the next succeeding Business Day as the overnight bank funding rate by the NYFRB (or by such other recognized electronic source (such as Bloomberg) selected by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of displaying such rate); provided, that if such day is not a Business Day, the Overnight Bank Funding Rate for such day shall be such rate on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, further, that if such rate shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist, the Overnight Bank Funding Rate for such time shall be a comparable replacement rate determined by the Administrative Agent at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Overnight Bank Funding Rate determined as above would be less than fifty basis points (0.50%), then such rate shall be deemed to be fifty basis points (0.50%). The rate of interest charged shall be adjusted as of each Business Day based on changes in the Overnight Bank Funding Rate without notice to the Borrower.

 

Parent” means Waystar Technologies, Inc.

 

Parent Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(c).

 

 25 

 

 

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(d).

 

Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(e).

 

PATRIOT Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.15.

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan” means a pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which any Originator, the Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group may have any liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Percentage” means, at any time of determination, with respect to the Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (a) the numerator of which is (i) prior to the termination of its Commitment hereunder, its Commitment at such time or (ii) if its Commitment hereunder has been terminated, the aggregate outstanding Capital of all Loans being funded by the Lender at such time and (b) the denominator of which is (i) prior to the termination of its Commitment hereunder, its Commitment at such time or (ii) if its Commitment hereunder has been terminated, the aggregate outstanding Capital of all Loans at such time.

 

Performance Guarantor” means Waystar Technologies, Inc.

 

Performance Guaranty” means the Performance Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date, by the Performance Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Permitted Holders” shall (along with each defined term constituting a component thereof) have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

Permitted Lien” means (a) the interests of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each of the other Secured Parties under the Transaction Documents, (b) any inchoate liens for current taxes, assessments, levies, fees and other government and similar charges not yet due and payable or the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, but only so long as foreclosure with respect to such lien is not imminent and the use and value of the property to which the liens attach are not impaired during the pendency of such proceedings, (c) liens arising out of any judgment or award against any Originator with respect to which (i) an appeal or proceeding for review is being taken in good faith and with respect to which there shall have been secured a bond pending such appeal or proceeding for review and (ii) such judgment or award does not constitute an Event of Default, (d) any lien in favor of, or assigned to, the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and (e) any Lien on the Capital Stock or other equity interests of the Originators (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Borrower) granted in connection with the Credit Agreement (or any refinancing thereof) in favor of the secured parties thereunder.

 

 26 

 

 

Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

PNC” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Pool Receivable” means a Receivable in the Receivables Pool.

 

Portion of Capital” means, with respect to the Lender and its related Capital, the portion of such Capital being funded or maintained by the Lender by reference to a particular interest rate basis.

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Servicer, the Originators and the Borrower, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Purchase and Sale Termination Event” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

Ratings Event” shall be deemed to have occurred on any day when Waystar’s long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities are rated greater than or equal to (a) an Issuer Credit Rating of “BB-” by S&P and (b) an LT Corporate Family Rating of “Ba3” by Moody’s.

 

Receivable” means any right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not earned by performance, owed to any Originator or the Borrower (as assignee of an Originator), whether constituting an account, chattel paper, payment intangible, instrument or general intangible, in each instance arising in connection with the sale of goods that have been or are to be sold or for services rendered or to be rendered, and includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto. Any such right to payment arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, any such right to payment represented by an individual invoice or agreement, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of any such right to payment arising from any other transaction.

 

Receivables Pool” means, at any time of determination, all of the then outstanding Receivables transferred (or purported to be transferred) to the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement prior to the Termination Date.

 

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(b).

 

Reimbursement Obligation” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(b).

 

Related Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

 27 

 

 

Related Security” means, with respect to any Receivable:

 

(a)            all of the Borrower’s and each Originator’s interest in any goods (including returned goods), and documentation of title evidencing the shipment or storage of any goods (including returned goods), the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable;

 

(b)            all instruments and chattel paper that may evidence such Receivable;

 

(c)            all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all UCC financing statements or similar filings relating thereto;

 

(d)            all of the Borrower’s and each Originator’s rights, interests and claims under the related Contracts and all guaranties, indemnities, insurance and other agreements (including the related Contract) or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable or otherwise relating to such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise; and

 

(e)            all of the Borrower’s rights, interests and claims under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

Release” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Reportable Compliance Event” means that: (a) any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned Person, or is charged by indictment, criminal complaint, or similar charging instrument, arraigned, custodially detained, penalized or the subject of an assessment for a penalty, or enters into a settlement with an Official Bodya Governmental Authority in connection with any sanctions or other Anti-Terrorism Law or Anti-Corruption law, or any predicate crime to any anti-Terrorism Law or Anti-Corruption Law, or has knowledge of facts or circumstances to the effect that it is reasonably likely that any aspect of its operations represents a violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or Anti-Corruption Law; (b) any Covered Entity engages in a transaction that has caused or may cause the Lender or Administrative Agent to be in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Laws, including a Covered Entity’s use of any proceeds of the Facilities to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, directly or indirectly, a Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction; or (c) any Collateral becomes Embargoed Property.

 

Reportable Event” means any reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Pension Plan (other than a Pension Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate which is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code).

 

Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.06(c).

 

Required Capital Amount” means ten million dollars ($10,000,000).

 

Restricted Payments” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(v).

 

 28 

 

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

Sanctioned Country” means any country, territory, or region that is the subject of sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

Sanctioned Person” means (a) a Person that is the subject of sanctions administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State (“State”), including by virtue of being (i) named on OFAC’s list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons”; (ii) organized under the Laws of, ordinarily resident in, or physically located in a Sanctioned Jurisdiction; (iii) owned or controlled 50% or more in the aggregate, by one or more Persons that are the subject of sanctions administered by OFAC; or (b) [reserved]; (c) [reserved]; or (d) a Person that is the subject of sanctions imposed by any Governmental Authority of a jurisdiction whose Laws apply to this Agreement..

 

Scheduled Termination Date” means August 12October 30, 20242026.

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental agencies substituted therefor.

 

Secured Parties” means each Credit Party, each Borrower Indemnified Party and each Affected Person.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Servicer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, including any successor Servicer pursuant to Section 8.01.

 

Servicer Indemnified Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

Servicer Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

Servicing Fee” means the fee referred to in Section 8.06(a) of this Agreement.

 

Servicing Fee Rate” means the rate referred to in Section 8.06(a) of this Agreement.

 

Settlement Date” means with respect to any Portion of Capital for any Interest Period or any Interest or Fees, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Termination Date has not occurred, the Monthly Settlement Date and (b) on and after the Termination Date or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each day selected from time to time by the Administrative Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Lender) (it being understood that the Administrative Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Lender) may select such Settlement Date to occur as frequently as daily), or, in the absence of such selection, the Monthly Settlement Date.

 

 29 

 

 

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person and as of any particular date, (a) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of such Person is not less than the total amount required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, (b) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business, (c) such Person is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in any business or transaction, and is not about to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged.

 

Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount” means for any Fiscal Month, an amount computed on the last day of such Fiscal Month, equal to the greater of:

 

(a)            the product of (i) the quotient of (A) the aggregate amount of dilution or similar adjustments arising out of product rebates or similar arrangements which are customary for the Originators and specified in the related Contract or applicable marketing program related to the applicable Receivable and Obligor thereof that are expected by the Servicer to be made or otherwise incurred with respect to the then outstanding Pool Receivables as such expected dilution and similar adjustments are reflected on the books and records of the Originators and their Affiliates and reserved for by the Originators, as determined in consultation with the external accountants of the Originators and in accordance with the customary procedures established by the Originators and such accountants and (B) the current month’s sales and (ii) the last twelve month’s maximum quotient of (A) monthly product rebates and (B) the corresponding month’s sales; and

 

(b)            the quotient of (i) the current month’s Days’ Sales Outstanding and (ii) thirty (30).

 

Structuring Agent” means PNC Capital Markets LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company.

 

Subordinated Note” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

Sub-Servicer” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d).

 

Subsidiary” means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock of each class or other interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or other interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or other managers of such entity are at the time owned, or management of which is otherwise controlled: (a) by such Person, (b) by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

 30 

 

 

Supplemental Reserve Percentage” means, at any time of determination,

 

(a)            to the extent a Transaction Report reflects:

 

(i)            a month over month decrease in the number of transactions for the related month that is in excess of (A) fifteen percent (15.00%), a percentage equal to the positive difference between (1) a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the calculated Borrowing Base and the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (as calculated in the most recently delivered Information Package) and (2) sixty percent (60.00%) and (B) twenty percent (20.00%), a percentage equal to (1) the percentage referenced in the immediately preceding clause (A), multiplied by (2) 1.5; and

 

(ii)           an average decrease in the number of transactions for any two (2) consecutive months that is in excess of ten percent (10.00%), the percentage referenced in the immediately preceding clause (i)(A);

 

in all cases under this clause (a), the Supplemental Reserve Percentage shall be the greatest of clauses (a)(i)(A), (a)(i)(B) and (a)(ii) above;

 

(b)            upon the occurrence of an Obligor Cancellation Event, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Pool Balance of all Pool Receivables related to such cancelled Contracts and the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables; and

 

(c)            upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, ten percent (10.00%).

 

Supplemental Reserve Percentage and Interim Report Cessation Event” means, at any time of determination: (a) the occurrence and continuation of a Ratings Event or (b) five (5) Business Days after the Borrower’s election to permit the exclusive ownership and control of the Collection Accounts to be transferred to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties).

 

Tangible Net Worth” means, as to any Person as of any date of determination, the consolidated Net Worth of such Person and its Subsidiaries, less the consolidated net book value of all assets of such Person and its subsidiaries (to the extent reflected as an asset in the balance sheet of such Person or any Subsidiary at such date) which will be treated as intangibles under GAAP, including, without limitation, such items as deferred financing expenses, deferred taxes, net leasehold improvements, good will, trademarks, trade names, service marks, copyrights, franchises, patents, licenses and unamortized debt discount and expense.

 

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority and all interest, penalties and additions to tax with respect thereto.

 

Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Scheduled Termination Date, (b) the date on which the “Termination Date” is declared or deemed to have occurred under Section 9.01 and (c) the date selected by the Borrower on which the Commitment has been reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.02(d).

 

 31 

 

 

Total Reserves” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of: (i) the Yield Reserve Percentage, plus (ii) the greater of (A) the sum of the Concentration Reserve Percentage plus the Minimum Dilution Reserve Percentage and (B) the sum of the Loss Reserve Percentage plus the Dilution Reserve Percentage, plus (iii) until the occurrence and during the continuation of a Supplemental Reserve Percentage and Interim Report Cessation Event, the Supplemental Reserve Percentage, times (b) the Adjusted Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time.

 

Tranche Period” means, with respect to any LIBOR Loan, a period of one, two or three months selected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05. Each Tranche Period shall commence on a Monthly Settlement Date and end on (but not including) the Monthly Settlement Date occurring one, two or three calendar months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05; provided, however, that if the date any Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01 is not a Monthly Settlement Date, the initial Tranche Period for such Loan shall commence on the date such Loan is made pursuant to Section 2.01 and end on the next Monthly Settlement Date occurring after the day in the applicable succeeding calendar month which corresponds numerically to the beginning day of such initial Tranche Period; provided, further, that if any Tranche Period would end after the Termination Date, such Tranche Period (including a period of one day) shall end on the Termination Date.

 

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Account Control Agreement(s), the Fee Letter, each Subordinated Note, the Performance Guaranty and all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Transaction Report” means a report identifying the number of transactions during a calendar month, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Transaction Report Due Date” means, with respect to each calendar month, the second (2nd) Business Day after the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month.

 

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

Unbilled Receivable” means, at any time, any Receivable as to which the invoice or bill with respect thereto has not yet been sent to the Obligor thereof.

 

Unmatured Event of Default” means an event that but for notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Unmatured Purchase and Sale Termination Event” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

 32 

 

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

U.S. Obligor” means an Obligor that is a corporation or other business organization and is organized under the laws of the United States of America (or of a United States of America territory, district, state, commonwealth, or possession, including, without limitation, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands) or any political subdivision thereof.

 

U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(f)(ii)(B)(3).

 

Volcker Rule” means Section 13 of the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Waystar” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Weighted Average Credit Terms” means, for any Fiscal Month, the weighted average (weighted based on the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables) payment terms (computed in days and calculated based on the difference between the original invoice date and the stated due date for payment) of invoices for all Pool Receivables as of the last day of such Fiscal Month.

 

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Yield Reserve Percentage” means at any time of determination:

 

1.50 x DSO x (BR + SFR)

360

 

where:

 

BR= the Base Rate;

 

DSO= the Days’ Sales Outstanding for the most recently ended Fiscal Month; and

 

SFR= the Servicing Fee Rate.

 

 33 

 

 

SECTION 1.02.      Other Interpretative Matters. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New York and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all references herein to “Article,” “Section,” “Schedule”, “Exhibit” or “Annex” shall mean articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and annexes to, this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and all such certificates and other documents, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of business on such day; (b) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to such agreement (or the certificate or other document in which they are used) as a whole and not to any particular provision of such agreement (or such certificate or document); (c) references to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to such agreement (or the certificate or other document in which the reference is made), and references to any paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (d) the term “including” means “including without limitation”; (e) references to any Applicable Law refer to that Applicable Law as amended from time to time and include any successor Applicable Law; (f) references to any agreement refer to that agreement as from time to time amended, restated or supplemented or as the terms of such agreement are waived or modified in accordance with its terms; (g) references to any Person include that Person’s permitted successors and assigns; (h) unless otherwise provided, in the calculation of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the term “from” means “from and including”, and the terms “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”; (i) terms in one gender include the parallel terms in the neuter and opposite gender; (j) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of business on such day and (k) the term “or” is not exclusive.

 

ARTICLE II

 

TERMS OF THE LOANS

 

SECTION 2.01.      Loan Facility. Upon a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02, and on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, the Lender shall, in accordance with its Commitment, make Loans to the Borrower on a revolving basis from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to the Termination Date. Under no circumstances shall the Lender be obligated to make any such Loan if, after giving effect to such Loan:

 

(a)            the Aggregate Capital would exceed the Facility Limit at such time;

 

(b)            the aggregate outstanding Capital of the Lender would exceed its Commitment; or

 

(c)            the Aggregate Capital would exceed the Borrowing Base at such time.

 

SECTION 2.02.      Making Loans; Repayment of Loans.

 

(a)            Each Loan hereunder shall be made on any Business Day by prior written request from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, in the form of a Loan Request attached hereto as Exhibit A, provided that, at any time when PNC (or an Affiliate thereof) is both the Administrative Agent and the sole Lender hereunder, if the Borrower enters into a separate written agreement with the Administrative Agent regarding the Administrative Agent’s PINACLE® auto-advance service (or any similar or replacement electronic loan administration service implemented by the Administrative Agent), then any request for a Loan made using such service shall constitute a Loan Request, and each Loan made pursuant to such service shall be made on the date such Loan Request is received by the Administrative Agent. Each such request for a Loan shall be made no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), on a Business Day (it being understood that any such request made after such time shall be deemed to have been made on the following Business Day) and shall specify (i) the amount of the Loan(s) requested (which shall not be less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) and shall be an integral multiple of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000)), (ii) the account to which the proceeds of such Loan shall be distributed and (iii) the date such requested Loan is to be made (which shall be a Business Day).

 

 34 

 

 

(b)            On the date of each Loan specified in the applicable Loan Request, the Lender shall, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article V and pursuant to the other conditions set forth in this Article II, make available to the Borrower in same day funds in an amount equal to the amount of such Loan requested, at the account set forth in the related Loan Request.

 

(c)            The Borrower shall repay in full the outstanding Capital of the Lender on the Final Maturity Date. Prior thereto, the Borrower shall, on each Settlement Date, make a prepayment of the outstanding Capital of the Lender to the extent required under Section 3.01 and otherwise in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower, in its discretion, shall have the right to make a prepayment, in whole or in part, of the outstanding Capital of the Lender (i) at any time when PNC (or an Affiliate thereof) is both the Administrative Agent and the sole Lender hereunder, and to the extent the Borrower has entered into a separate written agreement with the Administrative Agent regarding the Administrative Agent’s PINACLE® auto-advance service (or any similar or replacement electronic loan administration service implemented by the Administrative Agent) pursuant to Section 2.02(a) hereof, on any Business Day, or (ii) otherwise, on any Business Day upon prior written notice to each Credit Party, such notice to be delivered no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day (it being understood that any such notice made after such time shall be deemed to have been made on the following Business Day), in the form of a Reduction Notice attached hereto as Exhibit B; provided, however, that (i) each such prepayment shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) and shall be an integral multiple of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000); provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, a prepayment may be in an amount necessary to reduce any Borrowing Base Deficit existing at such time or the outstanding Capital of the Lender to zero ($0), and (ii) any accrued Interest and Fees in respect of such prepaid Capital shall be paid on the immediately following Settlement Date; provided, further, that the Borrower shall not provide any Reduction Notice, and no such Reduction Notice shall be effective, if after giving effect thereto, the Aggregate Capital at such time would be less than the Minimum Funding Threshold.

 

(d)            The Borrower may, at any time upon at least thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lender, terminate the Facility Limit in whole.

 

(e)            The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees from time to time to request Loans pursuant to Section 2.02(a) in amounts and at such times such that the Aggregate Capital at all times is no less than the Minimum Funding Threshold at such time; it being understood and agreed that each Credit Extension pursuant to this Agreement is subject to the applicable conditions set forth in Article V and the other conditions set forth in this Article II.

 

 35 

 

 

SECTION 2.03.      Interest and Fees.

 

(a)            On each Settlement Date, the Borrower shall, in accordance with the terms and priorities for payment set forth in Section 3.01, pay to each Credit Party and the Structuring Agent certain fees (collectively, the “Fees”) in the amounts set forth in the fee letter agreements from time to time entered into, among the Borrower, the Lender and/or the Administrative Agent and/or the Structuring Agent (each such fee letter agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, collectively being referred to herein as the “Fee Letter”). Undrawn Fees (as defined in the Fee Letter) shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender as provided in Section 2.06.

 

(b)            Each Loan of the Lender and the Capital thereof (without duplication) shall accrue interest on each day when such Capital remains outstanding at the then applicable Interest Rate for such Loan. The Borrower shall pay all Interest (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Interest accrued on LIBOR Loans during an Interest Period regardless of whether the applicable Tranche Period has ended), Fees and Breakage Fees accrued during each Interest Period on each Settlement Date in accordance with the terms and priorities for payment set forth in Section 3.01.

 

SECTION 2.04.      Records of Loans . The Lender shall record in its records, the date and amount of each Loan made by the Lender hereunder, the interest rate with respect thereto, the Interest accrued thereon and each repayment and payment thereof. Subject to Section 12.03(b), such records shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error. The failure to so record any such information or any error in so recording any such information shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to repay the Capital of the Lender, together with all Interest accruing thereon and all other Borrower Obligations.

 

SECTION 2.05.      Selection of Interest Rates and Tranche Periods.

 

(a)            Subject to the following sentence, each Loan shall bear interest initially at LMIR. Thereafter, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may from time to time elect to change or continue the type of Interest Rate and/or Tranche Period borne by each Loan or, subject to the minimum amount requirement for each outstanding Loan set forth in Section 2.02, a portion thereof by notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), one (1) Business Day prior to the expiration of any Tranche Period or Interest Period, as applicable; provided, that there shall not be more than three (3) LIBOR Loans outstanding hereunder at any one time; provided, further that for the avoidance of doubt, any change from LMIR to LIBOR and/or any change to a Tranche Period applicable to a Loan shall not be effective until the Monthly Settlement Date occurring after the date of such request. Any such notices requesting the continuation or conversion of a Loan to the Administrative Agent may be given by telephone, telecopy, or other telecommunication device acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable once given and, if by telephone, shall be promptly confirmed in writing in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent).

 

 36 

 

 

(b)            If, by the time required in Section 2.05(a), the Borrower fails to select a Tranche Period or Interest Rate for any Loan, such Loan shall automatically accrue Interest at LMIR for the next occurring Interest Period.

 

SECTION 2.06.      Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as the Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a)            Undrawn Fees (as defined in the Fee Letter) shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender.

 

(b)            The Commitment and Capital of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Majority Lender have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 12.01); provided, that, this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of such Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of the Lender directly affected thereby (if the Lender is directly affected thereby).

 

(c)            Except to the extent otherwise agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to a non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from the Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

ARTICLE III

 

SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES AND PAYMENT PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 3.01.      Settlement Procedures.

 

(a)            The Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or, if so requested by the Administrative Agent, segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrative Agent, which shall be an account maintained and controlled by the Administrative Agent unless the Administrative Agent otherwise instructs in its sole discretion), for application in accordance with the priority of payments set forth below, all Collections on Pool Receivables that are received by the Servicer or the Borrower or received in any Lock-Box or Collection Account; provided, however, that so long as each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.03 are satisfied on such date, the Servicer may release to the Borrower from such Collections the amount (if any) necessary to pay (i) the purchase price for Receivables purchased by the Borrower on such date in accordance with the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement or (ii) amounts owing by the Borrower to the Originators under the Subordinated Notes (each such release, a “Release”). On each Settlement Date, the Servicer (or, following its assumption of control of the Collection Accounts, the Administrative Agent) shall, distribute such Collections in the following order of priority:

 

(i)            first, to the Servicer for the payment of the accrued Servicing Fees payable for the immediately preceding Interest Period (plus, if applicable, the amount of Servicing Fees payable for any prior Interest Period to the extent such amount has not been distributed to the Servicer);

 

 37 

 

 

(ii)           second, to the Lender and each other Credit Party (ratably, based on the amount then due and owing), all accrued and unpaid Interest, Fees and Breakage Fees due to the Lender and each such Credit Party for the immediately preceding Interest Period (including any additional amounts or indemnified amounts payable under Sections 4.03 and 11.01 in respect of such payments), plus, if applicable, the amount of any such Interest, Fees and Breakage Fees (including any additional amounts or indemnified amounts payable under Sections 4.03 and 11.01 in respect of such payments) payable for any prior Interest Period to the extent such amount has not been distributed to the Lender or each such Credit Party;

 

(iii)          third, as set forth in clause (A), (B) or (C) below, as applicable:

 

(A)            prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date, to the extent that a Borrowing Base Deficit exists on such date or the Aggregate Capital on such date exceeds the Facility Limit, to the Lender for the payment of a portion of the Aggregate Capital at such time, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount necessary to reduce the Borrowing Base Deficit to zero ($0) or the amount necessary to reduce the Aggregate Capital to an amount equal to or less than the Facility Limit, as applicable;

 

(B)            on and after the occurrence of the Termination Date, to the Lender for the payment in full of the aggregate outstanding Capital of the Lender at such time; or

 

(C)            prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date, at the election of the Borrower from time to time and in accordance with Section 2.02(c), to the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding Capital of the Lender at such time;

 

(iv)          fourth, to each Credit Party, the Affected Persons and the Borrower Indemnified Parties (ratably, based on the amount due and owing at such time), for the payment of all other Borrower Obligations then due and owing by the Borrower to each such Credit Party, the Affected Persons and the Borrower Indemnified Parties; and

 

(v)           fifth, the balance, if any, to be paid to the Borrower for its own account, including, without limitation, the payment of any amounts pursuant to a Release.

 

(b)            All payments or distributions to be made by the Servicer, the Borrower and any other Person to the Lender (or their respective related Affected Persons and the Borrower Indemnified Parties) shall be paid or distributed to the Administrative Agent at its Administrative Agent’s Account. The Administrative Agent, upon its receipt in the applicable Administrative Agent’s Account of any such payments or distributions, shall distribute such amounts to the Lender, Affected Persons and the Borrower Indemnified Parties, as applicable; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall have received insufficient funds to pay all of the above amounts in full on any such date, the Administrative Agent shall pay such amounts to the Lender, Affected Persons and the Borrower Indemnified Parties in accordance with the priority of payments set forth above, and with respect to any such category above for which there are insufficient funds to pay all amounts owing on such date, ratably (based on the amounts in such categories owing to each such Person) among all such Persons entitled to payment thereof.

 

 38 

 

 

(c)            If and to the extent the Administrative Agent, the Lender, any Affected Person or any Borrower Indemnified Party shall be required for any reason to pay over to any Person any amount owed and received on its behalf hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received but rather to have been retained by the Borrower and, accordingly, the Administrative Agent, the Lender, such Affected Person or such Borrower Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have a claim against the Borrower for such amount.

 

(d)            For the purposes of this Section 3.01:

 

(i)            if on any day the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable is reduced or adjusted as a result of any defective, rejected, returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods or services, or any revision, cancellation, allowance, rebate, credit memo, discount or other adjustment made by the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer, or any setoff, counterclaim or dispute between the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower, an Originator or any Affiliate of an Originator, or the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer, and an Obligor, the Borrower shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in the amount of such reduction or adjustment and, if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or if the Purchase and Sale Termination Date has occurred and, in each case, if an Originator has made a related payment in cash to the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2(c) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Borrower shall immediately pay (or cause the applicable Originator to pay pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement) any and all such amounts in respect thereof to a Collection Account (or as otherwise directed by the Administrative Agent at such time) for the benefit of the Credit Parties for application pursuant to Section 3.01(a); provided that if a Pool Receivable’s “Purchase Price” has been reduced by the full Outstanding Balance thereof pursuant to Section 3.3(a) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and such reduction has been made in accordance with Section 3.3(c) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, then the Borrower shall deliver to the applicable Originator any payments thereafter received by the Borrower on account of such Pool Receivable’s Outstanding Balance in accordance with the Borrower’s obligations under the proviso to Section 3.3(a) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement;

 

(ii)           if on any day any of the representations or warranties in Section 6.01 is not true with respect to any Pool Receivable, the Borrower shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in full and, if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or if the Purchase and Sale Termination Date shall have occurred and, in each case, if an Originator has made a related payment in cash to the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2(c) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such deemed Collection to a Collection Account (or as otherwise directed by the Administrative Agent at such time) for the benefit of the Credit Parties for application pursuant to Section 3.01(a) (Collections deemed to have been received pursuant to Section 3.01(d) are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Deemed Collections”);

 

 39 

 

 

(iii)          except as provided in clauses (i) or (ii) above or otherwise required by Applicable Law or the relevant Contract, all Collections received from an Obligor of any Receivable shall be applied to the Receivables of such Obligor in the order of the age of such Receivables, starting with the oldest such Receivable, unless such Obligor designates in writing its payment for application to specific Receivables; and

 

(iv)           if and to the extent the Administrative Agent, the Lender, any Affected Person or any Borrower Indemnified Party shall be required for any reason to pay over to an Obligor (or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official in any Insolvency Proceeding) any amount received by it hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received by such Person but rather to have been retained by the Borrower and, accordingly, such Person shall have a claim against the Borrower for such amount, payable when and to the extent that any distribution from or on behalf of such Obligor is made in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 3.02.      Payments and Computations, Etc.

 

(a)            All amounts to be paid by the Borrower or the Servicer to the Administrative Agent, the Lender, any Affected Person or any Borrower Indemnified Party hereunder shall be paid no later than one o’clock p.m. (1:00 p.m.) (New York City time) on the day when due in same day funds to the Administrative Agent’s Account.

 

(b)            Each of the Borrower and the Servicer shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, pay interest on any amount not paid or deposited by it when due hereunder, at an interest rate per annum equal to 2.50% per annum above the Base Rate, payable on demand.

 

(c)            All computations of interest under subsection (b) above and all computations of Interest, Fees and other amounts hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days (or, in the case of amounts determined by reference to the Base Rate, 365 or 366 days, as applicable) for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed. Whenever any payment or deposit to be made hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment or deposit shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of such payment or deposit.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

INCREASED COSTS; FUNDING LOSSES; TAXES; ILLEGALITY; SECURITY INTEREST; BENCHMARK REPLACEMENT SETTING AND LIBOR NOTIFICATION

 

SECTION 4.01.      Increased Costs.

 

(a)            Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)            impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Affected Person;

 

 40 

 

 

(ii)           subject any Affected Person to any Taxes (except to the extent such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes or Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(iii)          impose on any Affected Person any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) (A) affecting the Collateral, this Agreement, any other Transaction Document, any Loan or (B) affecting its obligations or rights to make Loans;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Affected Person (A) acting as a Credit Party hereunder with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) of funding or maintaining any Loan or (C) of maintaining its obligation to fund or maintain any Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Affected Person hereunder, then, upon request of such Affected Person, the Borrower shall pay to such Affected Person such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Person for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)            Capital and Liquidity Requirements. If any Affected Person determines in its sole discretion that any Change in Law affecting such Affected Person or any lending office of such Affected Person or such Affected Person’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of (x) increasing the amount of capital required to be maintained by such Affected Person or Affected Person’s holding company, if any, (y) reducing the rate of return on such Affected Person’s capital or on the capital of such Affected Person’s holding company, if any, or (z) causing an internal capital or liquidity charge or other imputed cost to be assessed upon such Affected Person or Affected Person’s holding company, if any, in each case, as a consequence of (A) this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (B) the commitments of such Affected Person hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, (C) the Loans made by such Affected Person or (D) any Capital (or portion thereof), to a level below that which such Affected Person or such Affected Person’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Affected Person’s policies and the policies of such Affected Person’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time, upon request of such Affected Person, the Borrower will pay to such Affected Person such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Person or such Affected Person’s holding company for any such increase, reduction or charge.

 

(c)            [Reserved].

 

(dc)          Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of an Affected Person setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Affected Person or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 4.01 and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall, subject to the priorities of payment set forth in Section 3.01, pay such Affected Person the amount shown as due on any such certificate on the first Settlement Date occurring after the Borrower’s receipt of such certificate.

 

 41 

 

 

(ed)          Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Affected Person to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 4.01 shall not constitute a waiver of such Affected Person’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate an Affected Person pursuant to this Section 4.01 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Affected Person notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Affected Person’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

SECTION 4.02.      Funding Losses.

 

(a)            The Borrower will pay the Lender all Breakage Fees.

 

(b)            A certificate of the Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Lender, as specified in clause (a) above and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall, subject to the priorities of payment set forth in Section 3.01, pay the Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate on the first Settlement Date occurring after the Borrower’s receipt of such certificate.

 

SECTION 4.03.      Taxes.

 

(a)            Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Transaction Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If any Applicable Law (as determined in the sole, good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment to an Affected Person, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), the applicable Affected Person receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(b)            Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(c)            Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify each Affected Person, within thirty (30) calendar days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Affected Person or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Affected Person and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by an Affected Person (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of an Affected Person, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

 42 

 

 

(d)            Indemnification by the Lender. The Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) calendar days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to the Lender or any of their respective Affiliates that are Affected Persons (but only to the extent that the Borrower and its Affiliates have not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting any obligation of the Borrower, the Servicer or their Affiliates to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to the failure of the Lender or any of their respective Affiliates that are Affected Persons to comply with Section 12.03(e) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to the Lender or any of their respective Affiliates that are Affected Persons, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Transaction Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to the Lender or any of their respective Affiliates that are Affected Persons under any Transaction Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender or any of their respective Affiliates that are Affected Persons from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (d).

 

(e)            Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 4.03, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f)             Status of Affected Persons.

 

(i)            Any Affected Person that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Transaction Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Affected Person, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Affected Person is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 4.03(f)(ii)(A), 4.03(f)(ii)(B) and 4.03(g)) shall not be required if, in the Affected Person’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Affected Person to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Affected Person

 

 43 

 

 

(ii)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(A)            an Affected Person that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement and from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that such Affected Person is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

(B)            any Affected Person that is not a U.S. Person shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested of the Affected Person) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement and from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)            in the case of such an Affected Person claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Transaction Document, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as may be applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Transaction Document, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as may be applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

(2)            executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI;

 

(3)            in the case of such an Affected Person claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit JI hereto to the effect that such Affected Person is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as may be applicable); or

 

 44 

 

 

(4)            to the extent such Affected Person is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as may be applicable), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that, if such Affected Person is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Affected Person are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Affected Person may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner; and

 

(C)            any Affected Person that is not a U.S. Person shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient), from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, executed originals of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

(g)            Documentation Required by FATCA. If a payment made to an Affected Person under any Transaction Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Affected Person were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Affected Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Affected Person has complied with such Affected Person’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (g), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

 45 

 

 

(h)            Treatment of Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 4.03 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.03), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 4.03 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(i)             Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 4.03 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Credit Party or any other Affected person, the termination of the Commitment and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the Borrower Obligations and the Servicer’s obligations hereunder.

 

(j)             Updates. Each Affected Person agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 4.03 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

SECTION 4.04.      Inability to Determine LIBOR or LMIR; Change in Legality.

 

(a)            If the Lender shall have determined in its sole discretion (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto absent manifest error) on any day, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, either that: (i) dollar deposits in the relevant amounts and for the relevant Interest Period or day, as applicable, are not available, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR or LMIR for such Interest Period or day, as applicable, or (iii) LIBOR or LMIR determined pursuant hereto does not accurately reflect the cost to the applicable Affected Person (as conclusively determined by the Lender) of maintaining any Portion of Capital during such Interest Period or day, as applicable, the Lender shall promptly give telephonic notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the Borrower on such day. Upon delivery of such notice: (i) no Portion of Capital shall be funded thereafter at LIBOR or LMIR unless and until the Lender shall have given notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist and (ii) with respect to any outstanding Portion of Capital then funded at LIBOR or LMIR, such Interest Rate shall automatically be converted to the Base Rate.

 

 46 

 

 

(b)            If on any day the Lender shall have been notified by any Affected Person that such Affected Person has determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error) that any Change in Law, or compliance by such Affected Person with any Change in Law, shall make it unlawful or impossible for such Affected Person to fund or maintain any Portion of Capital at or by reference to LIBOR or LMIR, the Lender shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Upon receipt of such notice, until the Lender notifies the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer apply, (i) no Portion of Capital shall be funded at or by reference to LIBOR or LMIR and (ii) the Interest for any outstanding portions of Capital then funded at LIBOR or LMIR shall automatically and immediately be converted to the Base Rate.

 

SECTION 4.05.      Security Interest.

 

(a)            As security for the performance by the Borrower of all the terms, covenants and agreements on the part of the Borrower to be performed under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including the punctual payment when due of the Aggregate Capital and all Interest in respect of the Loans and all other Borrower Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants and assigns to the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid, continuing and perfected first priority security interest in, all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising (collectively, the “Collateral”): (i) all Pool Receivables, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iii) all Collections with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iv) the Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts and all amounts on deposit therein, and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time evidencing such Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts and amounts on deposit therein, (v) all rights (but none of the obligations) of the Borrower under the Purchase and Sale Agreement, (vi) all other personal and fixture property or assets of the Borrower of every kind and nature including, without limitation, all goods (including inventory, equipment and any accessions thereto), instruments (including promissory notes), documents, accounts, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), deposit accounts, securities accounts, securities entitlements, letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims, securities and all other investment property, supporting obligations, money, any other contract rights or rights to the payment of money, insurance claims and proceeds, and all general intangibles (including all payment intangibles) (each as defined in the UCC) and (vii) all proceeds of, and all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing.

 

(b)            The Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have, with respect to all the Collateral, and in addition to all the other rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), all the rights and remedies of a secured party under any applicable UCC. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements describing as the collateral covered thereby as “all of the debtor’s personal property or assets” or words to that effect, notwithstanding that such wording may be broader in scope than the collateral described in this Agreement.

 

 47 

 

 

(c)            Immediately upon the occurrence of (i) the Final Payout Date or (ii) the repurchase of any Receivable as set forth in Section 3.3(a) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Collateral, in the case of clause (i), or the applicable Receivable and any Related Security solely with respect to such Receivable, in the case of clause (ii), shall be automatically released from the lien created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent, the Lender and the other Credit Parties hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Borrower; provided, however, that promptly following any such termination, and at the expense of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall execute (if applicable) and deliver to the Borrower written authorization for the Borrower to file (or have filed on its behalf) UCC-3 termination statements and such other documents as the Borrower shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

SECTION 4.06.      Benchmark Replacement Setting.

 

(a)            Announcements Related to LIBOR. On March 5, 2021, the ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator of LIBOR (the “IBA”) and the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, the regulatory supervisor for the IBA, announced in a public statement the future cessation or loss of representativeness of overnight/Spot Next, 1-week, 1-month, 2-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month USD LIBOR tenor settings (collectively, the “Cessation Announcements”). The parties hereto acknowledge that, as a result of the Cessation Announcements, a Benchmark Transition Event occurred on March 5, 2021 with respect to USD LIBOR under clauses (1) and (2) of the definition of Benchmark Transition Event below; provided however, no related Benchmark Replacement Date occurred as of such date.

 

(b)            Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event, an Early Opt-in Election or an Other Benchmark Rate Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if the Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Transaction Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party hereto or to any other Transaction Document; and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Transaction Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lender without any amendment to, or further action or consent of the any other party to, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from the Lender.

 

 48 

 

 

(c)            Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

(d)            Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and Lender of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event, an Early Opt-in Election or an Other Benchmark Rate Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to Section 4.06(e) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable the Lender pursuant to this Section 4.06, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 4.06.

 

(e)            Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including Term SOFR or USD LIBOR) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

 

(f)             Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any request for a Loan bearing interest based on USD LIBOR, conversion to or continuation of a Loan bearing interest based on USD LIBOR to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Loan of or conversion to a Loan at the Base Rate. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Base Rate.

 

 49 

 

 

(g)            Term SOFR Transition Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document and subject to the proviso below in this paragraph, if a Term SOFR Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Transaction Document in respect of such Benchmark setting (the “Secondary Term SOFR Conversion Date”) and subsequent Benchmark settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and (ii) Loans outstanding on the Secondary Term SOFR Conversion Date bearing interest based on the then-current Benchmark shall be deemed to have been converted to Loans bearing interest at the Benchmark Replacement with a tenor approximately the same length as the interest payment period of the then-current Benchmark; provided that, this paragraph (g) shall not be effective unless the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lender and the Borrower a Term SOFR Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver a Term SOFR Notice after a Term SOFR Transition Event and may do so in its sole discretion.

 

(h)            Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Section 4.06:

 

Available Tenor means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, (x) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate or is based on a term rate, any tenor for such Benchmark that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to Section 4.06(e), or (y) if the then-current Benchmark is not a term rate nor based on a term rate, any payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark under the terms of this Agreement as of such date.

 

Benchmark” means, initially, USD LIBOR; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event, an Early Opt-in Election or an Other Benchmark Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to USD LIBOR or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 4.06(a).

 

 50 

 

 

Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:

 

(1)            the sum of: (a) Term SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

 

(2)            the sum of: (a) Daily Simple SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; and

 

(3)            the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities at such time, and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

 

provided that, in the case of clause (1), such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided, further, that, in the case of an Other Benchmark Rate Election, the “Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the alternative set forth in clause (3) above and when such clause is used to determine the Benchmark Replacement in connection with the occurrence of an Other Benchmark Rate Election, the alternate benchmark rate selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be the term benchmark rate that is used in lieu of a USD LIBOR-based rate in relevant other U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities; provided, further, that, with respect to a Term SOFR Transition Event, on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date, the “Benchmark Replacement” shall revert to and shall be determined as set forth in clause (1) of this definition, all in accordance with Section 4.06(f) above. If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes hereof and of the other Transaction Documents.

 

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement:

 

 51 

 

 

(1)            for purposes of clauses (1) and (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the applicable amount(s) set forth below:

 

Available Tenor

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment*

 

One-Week 0.03839%   (3.839 basis points)
One-Month 0.11448%   (11.448 basis points)
Two-Months 0.18456%   (18.456 basis points)
Three-Months 0.26161%   (26.161 basis points)
Six-Months 0.42826%   (42.826 basis points)

 

* These values represent the ARRC/ISDA recommended spread adjustment values available here: https://assets.bbhub.io/professional/sites/10/IBOR-Fallbacks-LIBOR-Cessation_Announcement_20210305.pdf

 

(2)            for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor, giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities;

 

provided that, if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate, more than one tenor of such Benchmark is available as of the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement will not be a term rate, the Available Tenor of such Benchmark for purposes of this definition of “Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” shall be deemed to be the Available Tenor that has approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustments) as the payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement.

 

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents).

 

 52 

 

 

Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

 

(1)            in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

 

(2)            in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date determined by the Administrative Agent, which date shall promptly follow the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein;

 

(3)            in the case of a Term SOFR Transition Event, the date that is set forth in the Term SOFR Notice provided to the Lender and Borrower pursuant to this Section 4.06, which date shall be at least thirty (30) days from the date of the Term SOFR Notice; or

 

(4)            in the case of an Early Opt-in Election or an Other Benchmark Rate Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election or Other Benchmark Rate Election, as applicable, is provided to the Lender, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election or Other Benchmark Rate Election, as applicable, is provided to the Lender, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election or Other Benchmark Rate Election, as applicable, from the Lender.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

 53 

 

 

Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

 

(1)            a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

 

(2)            a public statement or publication of information by a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent, the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

 

(3)            a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Transaction Document in accordance with this Section 4.06 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Transaction Document in accordance with this Section 4.06.

 

 54 

 

 

Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.

 

Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which may include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.

 

Early Opt-in Election” means, if the then-current Benchmark is USD LIBOR, the occurrence of:

 

(1)            a notification by the Administrative Agent to (or the request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to notify) each of the other parties hereto that at least five (5) currently outstanding U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) a SOFR-based rate (including SOFR, a term SOFR or any other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate (and such syndicated credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review), and

 

(2)            the joint election by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to trigger a fallback from USD LIBOR and the provision by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the and Lender.

 

Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to USD LIBOR or, if no floor is specified, zero.

 

ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.

 

 55 

 

 

Other Benchmark Rate Election” means, if the then-current Benchmark is USD LIBOR, the occurrence of: (x) either (i) a request by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent , or (ii) notice by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, that, at the determination of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed), in lieu of a USD LIBOR based rate, a term benchmark rate as a benchmark rate, and (y) the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and the Borrower jointly elect to trigger a fallback from USD LIBOR and the provision, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Borrower and the Lender.

 

Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1) if such Benchmark is USD LIBOR, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two London banking days preceding the date of such setting, and (2) if such Benchmark is not USD LIBOR, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or any successor thereto.

 

SOFR” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

SOFR Administrator” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

 

SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.

 

Term SOFR” means, for the applicable Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

 

Term SOFR Notice” means a notification by the Administrative Agent to the Lender and the Borrower of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event.

 

Term SOFR Transition Event” means the determination by the Administrative Agent that (1) Term SOFR has been recommended for use by the Relevant Governmental Body, and is determinable for each Available Tenor, (2) the administration of Term SOFR is administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent and (3) a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not in the case of an Other Benchmark Rate Election) has previously occurred resulting in a Benchmark Replacement in accordance with this Section 4.06 that is not Term SOFR.

 

 56 

 

 

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

 

USD LIBOR” means any interest rate that is based on the London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollars, including LIBOR and LMIR, as applicable.

 

SECTION 4.07.      LIBOR Notification. Section 4.06 of this Agreement provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest in the event that the London interbank offered rate is no longer available or in certain other circumstances. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of “LIBOR” or “LMIR”, as applicable, or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate therefor. To the extent that any term or provision of Section 4.06 is or may be inconsistent with any term or provision in the remainder of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the terms and provisions of Section 4.06 shall control.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS to Effectiveness and CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

SECTION 5.01.      Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness and the Initial Credit Extension. This Agreement shall become effective as of the Closing Date when (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the documents, agreements (in fully executed form), opinions of counsel, lien search results, UCC filings, certificates and other deliverables listed on the closing memorandum attached as Exhibit G hereto (subject to Section 7.01(cc)), in each case, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (b) all fees and expenses payable by the Borrower on the Closing Date to each Credit Party have been paid in full in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

 

SECTION 5.02.      Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions. Each Credit Extension hereunder on or after the Closing Date shall be subject to the conditions precedent that:

 

(a)            in the case of a Loan, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a Loan Request for such Loan, in accordance with Section 2.02(a);

 

(b)            [reserved];

 

(cb)          the Servicer shall have delivered to each Credit Party all Information Packages and Interim Reports required to be delivered hereunder;

 

(dc)          the conditions precedent to such Credit Extension specified in Section 2.01(a) through (c), shall be satisfied;

 

 57 

 

 

(ed)          on the date of such Credit Extension the following statements shall be true and correct (and upon the occurrence of such Credit Extension, the Borrower and the Servicer shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such statements are then true and correct):

 

(i)            the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Servicer contained in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 are true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension as though made on and as of such date unless such representations and warranties by their terms refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of such earlier date;

 

(ii)           no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would result from such Credit Extension;

 

(iii)          no Borrowing Base Deficit exists or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension;

 

(iv)          the Aggregate Capital would not equal an amount less than the Minimum Funding Threshold after giving effect to such Credit Extension; and

 

(v)           the Termination Date has not occurred.

 

SECTION 5.03.      Conditions Precedent to All Releases. Each Release hereunder on or after the Closing Date shall be subject to the conditions precedent that:

 

(a)            after giving effect to such Release, the Servicer shall be holding in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties an amount of Collections sufficient to pay the sum of (x) all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, Interest, Fees and Breakage Fees, in each case, through the date of such Release, (y) the amount of any Borrowing Base Deficit (after giving effect to such Release and the Borrower’s related purchase of Receivables pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement on the date of such Release) and (z) the amount of all other accrued and unpaid Borrower Obligations through the date of such Release;

 

(b)            the Borrower shall use the proceeds of such Release solely to pay (x) the purchase price for Receivables purchased by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and (y) any amounts owing by the Borrower to the Originators under the Subordinated Notes;

 

(c)            the Borrower has not received a written notice from the Administrative Agent prohibiting Releases hereunder; and

 

 58 

 

 

(d)            on the date of such Release the following statements shall be true and correct (and upon the occurrence of such Release, the Borrower and the Servicer shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such statements are then true and correct):

 

(i)            the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Servicer contained in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 are true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of the date of such Release as though made on and as of such date unless such representations and warranties by their terms refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of such earlier date;

 

(ii)           no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Event of Default would result from such Release;

 

(iii)          no Borrowing Base Deficit exists or would exist after giving effect to such Release;

 

(iv)          the Aggregate Capital would exceed the Minimum Funding Threshold after giving effect to such Release; and

 

(v)           the Termination Date has not occurred.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 6.01.      Representations and Warranties of the Borrower. The Borrower represents and warrants to each Credit Party as of the Closing Date, on each Settlement Date and on each day on which a Credit Extension shall have occurred:

 

(a)            Organization and Good Standing. The Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full power and authority under its organizational documents and under the laws of the State of Delaware to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

 

(b)            Due Qualification. The Borrower is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing as a foreign entity and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification, licenses or approvals, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Power and Authority; Due Authorization. The Borrower (i) has all necessary power and authority to (A) execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (B) perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (C) grant a security interest in the Collateral to the Administrative Agent on the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided and (ii) has duly authorized by all necessary action such grant and the execution, delivery and performance of, and the consummation of the transactions provided for in, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

 59 

 

 

(d)            Binding Obligations. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(e)            No Conflict or Violation. The execution, delivery and performance of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof, will not (i) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under its organizational documents or any indenture, sale agreement, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of the Collateral or any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument, other than this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or (iii) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law.

 

(f)             Litigation and Other Proceedings. (i)  There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, against the Borrower before any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Borrower is not subject to any order, judgment, decree, injunction, stipulation or consent order of or with any Governmental Authority that, in the case of either of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), (A) asserts the invalidity of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (B) seeks to prevent the grant of a security interest in any Collateral by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the ownership or acquisition by the Borrower of any Pool Receivables or other Collateral or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (C) seeks any determination or ruling that could materially and adversely affect the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (D) individually or in the aggregate for all such actions, suits, proceedings and investigations could reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)            No Consents. The Borrower is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, order, license, approval, registration, authorization, action or declaration of or with any Governmental Authority in connection with the grant of a security interest in the Collateral by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent hereunder or the due execution, delivery, or performance by the Borrower of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or the consummation by the Borrower of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party that has not already been obtained and are in full force and effect or the failure of which to obtain could not reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

 60 

 

 

(h)            Offices; Legal Name. The Borrower’s sole jurisdiction of organization is the State of Delaware and such jurisdiction has not changed within four (4) months prior to the date of this Agreement. The office of the Borrower is located at 888 West Market Street, Louisville, KY 40202. The legal name of the Borrower is Waystar RC LLC.

 

(i)             Investment Company Act; Volcker Rule. The Borrower (i) is not, and is not controlled by, an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act and (ii) is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule. In determining that the Borrower is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule, the Borrower relies on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” set forth in Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act , although other exemptions from the definition of “investment company” set forth in the Investment Company Act may also be available.

 

(j)             No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of formation of the Borrower there has been no Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)            Accuracy of Information. All Information Packages, Interim Reports, Loan Requests, certificates, reports, statements, documents and other written information, furnished to any Credit Party by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, are, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects on the date the same are furnished to such Credit Party, and do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, if any, such representation is made only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

(l)             Sanctions and other Anti-Terrorism Law. No: (a) Covered Entity: (i) is a Sanctioned Person, nor any employees, officers, directors, consultants, brokers or agents acting on a Covered Entity’s behalf in connection with this Agreement is a Sanctioned Person; (ii) directly, or knowingly indirectly through any third party, engages in any transactions or other dealings with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction, or which otherwise are prohibited by any Applicable Laws of the United States or Laws of other applicable jurisdictions relating to economic sanctions and other Anti-Terrorism Laws; (b) Collateral is Embargoed Property.

 

(m)           Anti-Corruption Laws. Each Covered Entity has (a) conducted its business in compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws and (b) has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with such Laws.

 

 61 

 

 

(n)            Compliance with Law. The Borrower has complied in all respects with all Applicable Laws to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)            Eligible Receivables. Each Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of any date is an Eligible Receivable as of such date.

 

(p)            Bulk Sales Act. No transaction contemplated by this Agreement requires compliance by it with any bulk sales act or similar law.

 

(q)            Taxes. The Borrower will (i) timely file all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it and (ii) pay, or cause to be paid, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, if any, other than taxes, assessments and other governmental charges being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, except in each case to the extent that the failure to file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r)             Opinions. The facts regarding the Borrower, the Servicer, each Originator, the Performance Guarantor, the Receivables, the Related Security and the related matters set forth or assumed in each of the opinions of counsel delivered in connection with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects.

 

(s)            Other Transaction Documents. Each representation and warranty made by the Borrower under each other Transaction Document to which it is a party is true and correct in all material respects (unless such representation and warranty contains a materiality qualifier, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct as made) as of the date when made, except for any such representation and warranty that applies as to an earlier date (in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless such representation and warranty contains a materiality qualifier, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct as made) as of such earlier date).

 

(t)             No Linked Accounts. There are no Linked Accounts with respect to any Collection Account.

 

(u)            Margin Regulations. The Borrower is not engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meanings of Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

 

(v)            Solvency. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, the Borrower is Solvent.

 

 62 

 

 

(w)           Perfection Representations.

 

(i)            This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral which (A) security interest has been perfected and is enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from the Borrower (in the case of the Related Security, in only that portion of the Related Security in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC) and (B) will be free of all Adverse Claims in such Collateral.

 

(ii)           The Receivables constitute “accounts” or “general intangibles” within the meaning of Section 9-102 of the UCC.

 

(iii)          The Borrower owns and has good and marketable title to the Collateral free and clear of any Adverse Claim of any Person.

 

(iv)          All appropriate financing statements, financing statement amendments and continuation statements have been filed in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under Applicable Law in order to perfect (and continue the perfection of) the sale or contribution of the Receivables and Related Security from each Originator to the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the grant by the Borrower of a security interest in the Collateral to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(v)          Other than the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Borrower has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Collateral except as permitted by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The Borrower has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements filed against the Borrower that include a description of collateral covering the Collateral other than any financing statement (i) in favor of the Administrative Agent or (ii) that has been terminated or amended to reflect the release of any security interest in the Collateral. The Borrower is not aware of any judgment lien, ERISA lien or tax lien filings against the Borrower.

 

(vi)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the representations contained in this Section 6.01(w) shall be continuing and remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date.

 

(x)            The Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts.

 

(i)            Nature of Collection Accounts. Each Collection Account constitutes a “deposit account” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

 

(ii)           Ownership. Each Lock-Box and Collection Account is in the name of the Borrower and the Borrower owns and has good and marketable title to the Collection Accounts free and clear of any Adverse Claim.

 

(iii)          Perfection. The Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a fully executed Account Control Agreement relating to each Lock-Box and Collection Account, pursuant to which each applicable Collection Account Bank has agreed to comply with the instructions originated by the Administrative Agent directing the disposition of funds in such Lock-Box and Collection Account without further consent by the Borrower, the Servicer or any other Person. The Administrative Agent has “control” (as defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC) over each Collection Account.

 

 63 

 

 

(iv)          Instructions. Neither the Lock-Boxes nor the Collection Accounts are in the name of any Person other than the Borrower . Neither the Borrower nor the Servicer has consented to the applicable Collection Account Bank complying with instructions of any Person other than the Administrative Agent.

 

(y)            Ordinary Course of Business. Each remittance of Collections by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Credit Parties under this Agreement will have been (i) in payment of a debt incurred by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the Borrower and (ii) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the Borrower.

 

(z)            Tax Status. The Borrower (i) is, and shall at all relevant times continue to be, a “disregarded entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) is not and will not at any relevant time become an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as an association for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(aa)          No Other Debt. The Borrower has not, does not and will not during this Agreement (x) issue any obligations that (A) constitute asset-backed commercial paper, or (B) are securities required to be registered under the Securities Act or that may be offered for sale under Rule 144A or a similar exemption from registration under the Securities Act or the rules promulgated thereunder, or (y) issue any other debt obligations or equity interest other than debt obligations substantially similar to the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement that are (A) issued to other banks or asset-backed commercial paper conduits in privately negotiated transactions, and (B) subject to transfer restrictions substantially similar to the transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

 

(bb)          Consolidated Assets. The Borrower’s assets and liabilities are consolidated with the assets and liabilities of Parent for purposes of generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(cc)          Certificate of Beneficial Ownership. The information contained in the Certificate of Beneficial Ownership executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent for the Borrower on or prior to the date of this Agreement, as updated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, is accurate, complete and correct as of the date hereof and as of the date any such update is delivered, in each case, to the best knowledge of the Borrower.

 

(dd)          Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties. On the date of each Credit Extension, on the date of each Release, on each Settlement Date and on the date each Information Package, Interim Report or other report is delivered to any Credit Party hereunder, the Borrower shall be deemed to have certified that (i) all representations and warranties of the Borrower hereunder are true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of such day as though made on and as of such day, except for representations and warranties which apply as to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) as of such date) and (ii) no Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from such Credit Extension or Release.

 

 64 

 

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the representations and warranties contained in this Section 6.01 shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date.

 

SECTION 6.02.      Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer represents and warrants to each Credit Party as of the Closing Date, on each Settlement Date and on each day on which a Credit Extension shall have occurred:

 

(a)            Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full power and authority under its organizational documents and under the laws of the State of Delaware to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

 

(b)            Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing as a foreign entity and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business or the servicing of the Pool Receivables as required by this Agreement requires such qualification, licenses or approvals, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            Power and Authority; Due Authorization. The Servicer (i) has all necessary power and authority to (A) execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (B) perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (ii) has duly authorized by all necessary action the execution, delivery and performance of, and the consummation of the transactions provided for in, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

(d)            Binding Obligations. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Servicer, enforceable against the Servicer in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

(e)            No Conflict or Violation. The execution, delivery and performance of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof, will not (i) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under its organizational documents or any indenture, sale agreement, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, credit agreement (including the Credit Agreement), loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument, other than this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or (iii) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law, except to the extent that any such conflict, breach, default, Adverse Claim or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 65 

 

 

(f)             Litigation and Other Proceedings. (i)  There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer, threatened, against the Borrower before any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Servicer is not subject to any order, judgment, decree, injunction, stipulation or consent order of or with any Governmental Authority that, in the case of either of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), (A) asserts the invalidity of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (B) seeks to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (C) seeks any determination or ruling that could materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (D) individually or in the aggregate for all such actions, suits, proceedings and investigations could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)            No Consents. The Servicer is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, order, license, approval, registration, authorization, action or declaration of or with any Governmental Authority in connection with the due execution, delivery, or performance by the Servicer of this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the consummation by the Servicer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party that has not already been obtained and are in full force and effect or the failure of which to obtain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h)            Location of Records. The offices where the initial Servicer keeps all of its records relating to the servicing of the Pool Receivables are located at 888 West Market Street, Louisville, KY 40202.

 

(i)             Investment Company Act. The Servicer is not, and is not controlled by, an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

(j)             No Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2020, there has been no Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Servicer.

 

(k)            Accuracy of Information. All Information Packages, Interim Reports, Loan Requests, certificates, reports, statements, documents and other written information, furnished to any Credit Party by or on behalf of the Servicer pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, are, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects on the date the same are furnished to such Credit Party, and do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, if any, such representation is made only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

 66 

 

 

(l)             Sanctions and Other Anti-Terrorism Laws. No: (a) Covered Entity: (i) is a Sanctioned Person, nor any employees, officers, directors, consultants, brokers or agents acting on a Covered Entity’s behalf in connection with this Agreement is a Sanctioned Person; (ii) directly, or knowingly indirectly through any third party, engages in any transactions or other dealings with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction, or which otherwise are prohibited by any Applicable Laws of the United States or Laws of other applicable jurisdictions relating to economic sanctions and other Anti-Terrorism Laws; (b) Collateral is Embargoed Property.

 

(m)           Anti-Corruption Laws. Each Covered Entity has (a) conducted its business in compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws and (b) has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with such Laws.

 

(n)            Compliance with Law. The Servicer (i) shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with the Pool Receivables and the related Contracts, (ii) has maintained in effect all qualifications required under Applicable Law in order to properly service the Pool Receivables and (iii) has complied in all respects with all Applicable Laws in connection with servicing the Pool Receivables, except, with respect to clause (iii) above, where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)            Eligible Receivables. Each Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of any date is an Eligible Receivable as of such date.

 

(p)            Bulk Sales Act. No transaction contemplated by this Agreement requires compliance by it with any bulk sales act or similar law.

 

(q)            Taxes. The Servicer has (i) timely filed all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it and (ii) paid, or caused to be paid, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, if any, other than taxes, assessments and other governmental charges being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, except in each case to the extent that such failure to file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r)             Opinions. The facts regarding the Borrower, the Servicer, each Originator, the Performance Guarantor, the Receivables, the Related Security and the related matters set forth or assumed in each of the opinions of counsel delivered in connection with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects.

 

 67 

 

 

(s)            [Reserved].

 

(ts)           No Linked Accounts. There are no Linked Accounts with respect to any Collection Account.

 

(ut)           Credit and Collection Policy. The Servicer has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in connection with its servicing of the Pool Receivables and the related Contracts.

 

(vu)          Servicing Programs. No license or approval is required for the Administrative Agent’s use of any software or other computer program used by the Servicer, any Originator or any Sub-Servicer in the servicing of the Pool Receivables, other than those which have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(wv)         Servicing of Pool Receivables. Since the Closing Date, there has been no material adverse change in the ability of the Servicer or any Sub-Servicer to service and collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security.

 

(xw)          Financial Condition. The consolidated balance sheets of the Servicer and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020 and the related statements of income and shareholders’ equity of the Servicer and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to each Credit Party, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Servicer and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with GAAP.

 

(yx)          Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties. On the date of each Credit Extension, on the date of each Release, on each Settlement Date and on the date each Information Package, Interim Report or other report is delivered to any Credit Party, the Servicer shall be deemed to have certified that (i) all representations and warranties of the Servicer hereunder are true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) on and as of such day as though made on and as of such day, except for representations and warranties which apply as to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless such representations and warranties contain a materiality qualifier, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as made) as of such date) and (ii) no Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from such Credit Extension or Release.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the representations and warranties contained in this Section 6.02 shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date.

 

 68 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 7.01.      Covenants of the Borrower. At all times from the Closing Date until the Final Payout Date:

 

(a)            Payment of Principal and Interest. The Borrower shall duly and punctually pay Capital, Interest, Fees and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Existence. The Borrower shall keep in full force and effect its existence and rights as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the Collateral.

 

(c)            Financial Reporting. The Borrower will maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and the Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall furnish to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)            Annual Financial Statements of the Borrower. Promptly upon completion and in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, if applicable, the date on which the financial statements described in Section 7.01(c)(v) are delivered), annual unaudited financial statements of the Borrower certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower that they fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP (except as noted therein), the financial condition of the Borrower as of the date indicated and the results of its operations for the periods indicated.

 

(ii)           Information Packages and Interim Reports. As soon as available and in any event by no later than (A) each Information Package Due Date, an Information Package as of the most recently completed Fiscal Month and (B) until the occurrence and during the continuation of a Supplemental Reserve Percentage and Interim Report Cessation Event, each Interim Report Due Date, each applicable Interim Report with respect to the Pool Receivables.

 

(iii)          Other Information. Such other information relating to the Collateral and the Borrower and the transactions contemplated hereby (including non-financial information) as any Credit Party may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(iv)          Quarterly Financial Statements of Parent. As soon as available, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Parent as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Parent for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, and setting forth, in reasonable detail, in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, all of which shall be certified by a Financial Officer of Parent that they present in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP (except as noted therein), the consolidated financial condition of the Parent as at the dates indicated and its consolidated income and cash flows for the periods indicated, subject (in the case of unaudited interim financing statements) to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments, to the extent required to be filed with the SEC.

 

 69 

 

 

(v)           Annual Financial Statements of Parent. As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date, (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Parent as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent for such fiscal year and setting forth, in reasonable detail, in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous fiscal year and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements, a report thereon of an independent certified public accountant of recognized national standing (other than any qualification, that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (A) an upcoming maturity date under any Indebtedness, (B) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period or (C) the activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) which report shall be unqualified as to “going concern” and scope of audit (except for any such qualification solely with respect to or resulting from the maturity of any Indebtedness of the Parent or its Subsidiaries, the activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries or any potential inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period (or, other than in the case of any financial maintenance covenant included herein, any actual inability to satisfy any financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period), and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Parent as at the dates indicated and its income and cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP (except as noted herein)).

 

(vi)          Other Reports and Filings. Promptly (but in any event within ten (10) calendar days) after the filing or delivery thereof, copies of all financial information, proxy materials and reports not otherwise delivered pursuant to Sections 7.01(c)(i) through (v) above, if any, which Parent or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries shall publicly file with the SEC or deliver to holders (or any trustee, agent or other representative therefor) of any of its material Debt pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing the same.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any financial information, proxy statements or other material required to be delivered pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be deemed to have been furnished to each of the Administrative Agent and the Lender on the date that such report, proxy statement or other material is posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

(vii)         Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any financial information, proxy statements or other material required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 7.01(c) shall be deemed to have been furnished to each Credit Party on the date that such report, proxy statement or other material is posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

 70 

 

 

(d)            Notices. The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will notify each Credit Party in writing of any of the following events promptly upon (but in no event later than three (3) Business Days after) a Financial Officer or other officer learning of the occurrence thereof, with such notice describing the same, and if applicable, the steps being taken by the Person(s) affected with respect thereto:

 

(i)            Notice of Events of Default or Unmatured Events of Default. A statement of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(ii)           [Reserved].

 

(iiiii)        Litigation. The institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding on the Borrower, the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor or any Originator, which with respect to any Person other than the Borrower, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iviii)      Adverse Claim. (A) Any Person shall obtain an Adverse Claim upon the Collateral or any portion thereof, (B) any Person other than the Borrower, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent shall obtain any rights or direct any action with respect to any Collection Account (or related Lock-Box) or (C) any Obligor shall receive any change in payment instructions with respect to Pool Receivable(s) from a Person other than the Servicer or the Administrative Agent.

 

(viv)       Name Changes. At least thirty (30) calendar days before any change in any Originator’s or the Borrower’s name, jurisdiction of organization or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof.

 

(viv)       Change in Accountants or Accounting Policy. Any change in (i) the external accountants of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator or the Parent, (ii) any accounting policy of the Borrower or (iii) any material accounting policy of any Originator that is relevant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (it being understood that any change to the manner in which any Originator accounts for the Pool Receivables shall be deemed “material” for such purpose).

 

(viivi)     Notice of Purchase and Sale Termination Event or Unmatured Purchase and Sale Termination Event. The occurrence of a Purchase and Sale Termination Event or an Unmatured Purchase and Sale Termination Event under the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

 71 

 

 

(viiivii)   Material Adverse Change. Promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any Borrower Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)            Conduct of Business. The Borrower will carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted, and will do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic organization in its jurisdiction of organization and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

 

(f)             Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will comply with all Applicable Laws to which it may be subject if the failure to comply could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)            Furnishing of Information and Inspection of Receivables. The Borrower will furnish or cause to be furnished to each Credit Party from time to time such information with respect to the Pool Receivables and the other Collateral as any Credit Party may reasonably request. The Borrower will, (i) at the Borrower’s expense, during regular business hours with prior written notice, permit each Credit Party or their respective agents or representatives to (A) examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books and records relating to the Pool Receivables or other Collateral, (B) visit the offices and properties of the Borrower for the purpose of examining such books and records and (C) discuss matters relating to the Pool Receivables, the other Collateral or the Borrower’s performance hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party with any of the officers, directors, employees or independent public accountants of the Borrower having knowledge of such matters and (ii) without limiting the provisions of clause (i) above, during regular business hours, at the Borrower’s expense, upon prior written notice from the Administrative Agent, permit certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Administrative Agent to conduct a review of its books and records with respect to the Pool Receivables and other Collateral; provided, that the Borrower shall be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent or such certified public accountants or other auditors, as the case may be, for only one (1) combined review of the Servicer, the Borrower and the Originators pursuant to Section 7.02(e) and of the Borrower conducted pursuant to each of clauses (i) and (ii) above in any twelve-month period, unless an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case no such reimbursement limitation shall apply.

 

 72 

 

 

(h)            Payments on Receivables, Collection Accounts. The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, instruct all Obligors to deliver payments on the Pool Receivables to a Collection Account or a Lock-Box (subject to Section 8.03(b) of this Agreement with respect to the Central Bank Collections and the SVB Collections). The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, maintain such books and records as are necessary to identify Collections received from time to time on Pool Receivables and to segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. If any payments on the Pool Receivables or other Collections are received by the Borrower, the Servicer or an Originator, it shall hold such payments in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and promptly (but in any event within two (2) Business Days after receipt) remit such funds into a Collection Account. The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will cause each Collection Account Bank to comply with the terms of each applicable Account Control Agreement. The Borrower shall not permit funds other than Collections on Pool Receivables and other Collateral to be deposited into any Collection Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Collection Account, the Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall, within two (2) Business Days, (x) identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds and (y) instruct such Person to no longer deposit any such funds into any such Collection Account. The Borrower will not, and will not permit the Servicer, any Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party is entitled, with any other funds. The Borrower shall only add a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box) or a Collection Account Bank to those listed on Schedule II to this Agreement, (1) if the Administrative Agent has received notice of such addition and an executed and acknowledged copy of an Account Control Agreement (or an amendment thereto) in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent from the applicable Collection Account Bank and (2) with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall only terminate a Collection Account Bank or close a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box) with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. To the extent that there exists any Linked Accounts, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the Servicer to, promptly delink such accounts from the Collection Account.

 

(i)             Sales, Liens, etc. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to, any Pool Receivable or other Collateral, or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof.

 

(j)             Extension or Amendment of Pool Receivables. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 8.02, the Borrower will not, and will not permit the Servicer to, alter the delinquency status or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable in any material respect, or amend, modify or waive, in any material respect, any term or condition of any related Contract. The Borrower shall at its expense, timely and fully perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the collectability of the Pool Receivables, and timely and fully comply with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Pool Receivable and the related Contract.

 

(k)            Change in Credit and Collection Policy. The Borrower will not make any material change in the Credit and Collection Policy that would be reasonably expected to either (i) have a material adverse effect on the collectability of the Pool Receivables or (ii) have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect or a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lender. Promptly following any material change in the Credit and Collection Policy, the Borrower will deliver a copy of the updated Credit and Collection Policy to the Administrative Agent and the Lender.

 

 73 

 

 

(l)             Books and Records. The Borrower shall maintain and implement (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may maintain and implement on the Borrower’s behalf) administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Pool Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may keep and maintain on the Borrower’s behalf) all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Pool Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Pool Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Pool Receivable).

 

(m)           Identifying of Records. The Borrower shall identify (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may identify on the Borrower’s behalf) its master data processing records relating to Pool Receivables and related Contracts with a legend that indicates that the Pool Receivables have been pledged in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(n)            Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. The Borrower shall not (and shall not instruct or encourage the Servicer or any Sub-Servicer to) add, replace or terminate any Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box) or make any change in its (or their) instructions to the Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box), other than any instruction to remit payments to a different Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box), unless the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) prior written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) a signed and acknowledged Account Control Agreement (or amendment thereto) with respect to such new Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box), in each case (x) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) in accordance with the terms hereof and, if applicable, such Account Control Agreement.

 

(o)            Security Interest, Etc. The Borrower shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, take all action necessary to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Collateral in which an ownership or security interest may be created under the UCC and perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), including taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) as the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may reasonably request. In order to evidence the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Borrower shall, from time to time take such action, or execute (if necessary) and deliver such instruments as may be necessary (including, without limitation, such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) to maintain and perfect, as a first-priority interest, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Related Security and Collections in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC. The Borrower shall, from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and present to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent’s authorization and approval, all financing statements, amendments, continuations or initial financing statements in lieu of a continuation statement, or other filings necessary to continue, maintain and perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest as a first-priority interest. The Administrative Agent’s approval of such filings shall authorize the Borrower to file such financing statements under the UCC without the signature of the Borrower, any Originator or the Administrative Agent where allowed by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything else in the Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Borrower shall not have any authority to file a termination, partial termination, release, partial release, or any amendment that deletes the name of a debtor or excludes collateral of any such financing statements filed in connection with the Transaction Documents, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

 74 

 

 

(p)            Further Assurances; Change in Name or Jurisdiction of Origination, etc.

 

(i)            The Borrower hereby authorizes and hereby agrees from time to time, at its own expense, promptly to execute (if necessary) and deliver all further instruments and documents, and to take all further actions, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or to enable the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) to exercise and enforce the Secured Parties’ rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower hereby authorizes, and will, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, at the Borrower’s own expense, execute (if necessary) and file such financing statements or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments and documents, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or evidence any of the foregoing.

 

(ii)           The Borrower authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto and assignments thereof, relating to the Receivables, the Related Security, the related Contracts, Collections with respect thereto and the other Collateral without the signature of the Borrower. A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

 

(iii)          The Borrower shall at all times be organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and shall not take any action to change its jurisdiction of organization.

 

(iv)          The Borrower will not change its name, location, identity or corporate structure unless (x) the Borrower, at its own expense, shall have taken all action necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements and the taking of such other action as the Administrative Agent may request in connection with such change or relocation) and (y) if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to such UCC perfection and priority matters as the Administrative Agent may request at such time.

 

(q)            Sanctions and other Anti-Terrorism Laws; Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(i)            The Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent and Lender in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event.

 

 75 

 

 

(ii)           The Borrower shall and shall cause each Covered Entity to conduct its business in compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with such Laws.

 

(r)             Borrower’s Tax Status. The Borrower will remain a wholly-owned subsidiary of a United States person (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) and not be subject to withholding under Section 1446 of the Code. The Borrower shall not take or cause any action to be taken that could result in the Borrower (i) being treated other than as a “disregarded entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3 for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) becoming an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(s)            [Reserved].

 

(ts)           Fundamental Changes. The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of each Credit Party, permit (i) itself to merge or consolidate with or into, or enter into a Division Transaction, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, any Person or (ii) itself to be directly owned by any Person other than an Originator or a wholly-owned Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of an Originator or (iii) any of its issued and outstanding Capital Stock or any of its other equity interests to become subject to any Adverse Claims. The Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with at least thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice before making any change in the Borrower’s name or location or making any other change in the Borrower’s identity or corporate structure that could impair or otherwise render any UCC financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document “seriously misleading” as such term (or similar term) is used in the applicable UCC; each notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lender pursuant to this sentence shall set forth the applicable change and the proposed effective date thereof.

 

(ut)           Certain Agreements. Without the prior written consent of each Credit Party, the Borrower will not amend, modify, waive, revoke or terminate any Transaction Document to which it is a party or any provision of the Borrower’s organizational documents which requires the consent of the “Independent Director” (as such term is used in the Borrower’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement).

 

(vu)          Restricted Payments.

 

(i)            Except pursuant to clause (ii) below, the Borrower will not: (A) purchase or redeem any of its membership interests, (B) declare or pay any dividend or set aside any funds for any such purpose, (C) prepay, purchase or redeem any Debt, (D) lend or advance any funds or (E) repay any loans or advances to, for or from any of its Affiliates (the amounts described in clauses (A) through (E) being referred to as “Restricted Payments”).

 

(ii)           Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (iii) below, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments so long as such Restricted Payments are made only in one or more of the following ways: (A) the Borrower may make cash payments (including prepayments) on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with their respective terms and (B) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends if, in both cases, both immediately before and immediately after giving effect thereto, the Borrower’s Net Worth is not less than the Required Capital Amount.

 

 76 

 

 

(iii)          The Borrower may make Restricted Payments only out of the funds, if any, it receives pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall not pay, make or declare any Restricted Payment (including any dividend) if, after giving effect thereto, any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.01(v), the Borrower may make cash distributions in respect of a given taxable year equal to the amount necessary for Parent to discharge its U.S. federal, state and local tax liabilities in respect of Borrower’s taxable income allocated to (or allocable to) Parent when and as due for each such taxable year.

 

(wv)          Other Business. The Borrower will not: (i) engage in any business other than the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Debt of any kind (or cause or permit to be issued for its account any letters of credit) or bankers’ acceptances other than pursuant to this Agreement or the Subordinated Notes or (iii) form any Subsidiary or make any investments in any other Person.

 

(xw)          Use of Collections Available to the Borrower. The Borrower shall apply the Collections available to the Borrower to make payments in the following order of priority: (i) the payment of its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents (other than the Subordinated Notes), (ii) the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Notes and (iii) other legal and valid purposes.

 

(yx)          Borrower’s Net Worth. The Borrower shall not permit the Borrower’s Net Worth to be less than the Required Capital Amount.

 

(zy)          Certificate of Beneficial Ownership and Other Additional Information. The Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent: (i) confirmation of the accuracy of the information set forth in the most recent Certificate of Beneficial Ownership provided to the Administrative Agent; (ii) a new Certificate of Beneficial Ownership, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent, when the individual(s) to be identified as a Beneficial Owner have changed; and (iii) such other information and documentation as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lender from time to time for purposes of compliance by the Administrative Agent or the Lender with Applicable Laws (including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act and other “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations), and any policy or procedure implemented by the Administrative Agent or the Lender to comply therewith.

 

(aaz)         Sanctions and other Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Borrower will not (i) become a Sanctioned Person or allow its employees, officers, directors, consultants, brokers, and agents acting on its behalf in connection with this Agreement to become a Sanctioned Person; (ii) directly, or knowingly indirectly through a third party, engage in any transactions or other dealings with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction, including any use of the proceeds of any Loan to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction; (iii) repay any Loan with funds derived from any unlawful activity; (iv) permit any Collateral to become Embargoed Property; (v) engage in any transactions or other dealings with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction prohibited by any Applicable Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions relating to economic sanctions and any Anti-Terrorism Laws; or (vi) cause the Lender or Administrative Agent to violate any sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

 77 

 

 

(bbaa)      Anti-Corruption Laws. The Borrower will not directly or knowingly indirectly, use the Loans or any proceeds thereof for any purpose which would breach any Anti-Corruption Laws in any jurisdiction in which any Covered Entity conducts business.

 

(ccbb)      Post-Closing Actions. On or prior to September 10, 2021 (or such later date as may be specified in writing by the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall deliver a filed copy of a UCC-3 Amendment to each UCC-1 Financing Statement identified on Exhibit A to Exhibit G hereto, in each case, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 7.02.      Covenants of the Servicer. At all times from the Closing Date until the Final Payout Date:

 

(a)            Existence. The Servicer shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary for the conduct of its business or the servicing of the Pool Receivables as required by this Agreement.

 

(b)            Financial Reporting. The Servicer will maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and the Servicer shall furnish to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)            Compliance Certificates. (A) A compliance certificate promptly upon completion of the annual report of the Parent and in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the close of each fiscal year of the Parent, in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit F signed by a Financial Officer of the Servicer stating that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, stating the nature and status thereof and (B) within sixty (60) calendar days after the close of each fiscal quarter of the Servicer, a compliance certificate in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit F signed by a Financial Officer of the Servicer stating that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, stating the nature and status thereof.

 

(ii)           Information Packages and Interim Reports. As soon as available and in any event by no later than (A) each Information Package Due Date, an Information Package as of the most recently completed Fiscal Month and (B) until the occurrence and during the continuation of a Supplemental Reserve Percentage and Interim Report Cessation Event, each Interim Report Due Date, each applicable Interim Report with respect to the Pool Receivables.

 

 78 

 

 

(iii)          Other Information. Such other information (including non-financial information) relating to the Borrower, the Servicer, the Originators and the Collateral as any Credit Party may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(c)            Notices. The Servicer will notify each Credit Party in writing of any of the following events promptly upon (but in no event later than three (3) Business Days after) a Financial Officer or other officer learning of the occurrence thereof, with such notice describing the same, and if applicable, the steps being taken by the Person(s) affected with respect thereto:

 

(i)            Notice of Events of Default or Unmatured Events of Default. A statement of a Financial Officer of the Servicer setting forth details of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing and the action which the Servicer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(ii)           Representations and Warranties. The failure of any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Servicer under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to be true and correct in any material respect when made.

 

(iii)          Litigation. The institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iv)          Adverse Claim. (A) Any Person shall obtain an Adverse Claim upon the Collateral or any portion thereof, (B) any Person other than the Borrower, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent shall obtain any rights or direct any action with respect to any Collection Account (or related Lock-Box) or (C) any Obligor shall receive any change in payment instructions with respect to Pool Receivable(s) from a Person other than the Servicer or the Administrative Agent.

 

(v)           Name Changes. At least thirty (30) calendar days before any change in any Originator’s or the Borrower’s name, jurisdiction of organization or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof.

 

(vi)          Change in Accountants or Accounting Policy. Any change in (i) the external accountants of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator or the Parent, (ii) any accounting policy of the Borrower or (iii) any material accounting policy of any Originator that is relevant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (it being understood that any change to the manner in which any Originator accounts for the Pool Receivables shall be deemed “material” for such purpose).

 

(vii)         Notice of Purchase and Sale Termination Event or Unmatured Purchase and Sale Termination Event. The occurrence of a Purchase and Sale Termination Event or an Unmatured Purchase and Sale Termination Event under the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

 79 

 

 

(viii)        Material Adverse Change. Any material adverse change in the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Borrower, the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor or any Originator (including, without limitation, a change to the Credit and Collection Policy).

 

(d)            Conduct of Business. The Servicer will carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields, or fields complimentary or ancillary thereto, of enterprise as it is presently conducted (except as would not change the general nature of the business of such Servicer and its Affiliates taken as a whole) and in businesses reasonably similar or related thereto, and will do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic corporation in its jurisdiction of organization and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted if the failure to have such authority could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)            Compliance with Laws. The Servicer will comply with all Applicable Laws to which it may be subject if the failure to comply could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)             Furnishing of Information and Inspection of Receivables. The Servicer will furnish or cause to be furnished to each Credit Party from time to time such information with respect to the Pool Receivables and the other Collateral as any Credit Party may reasonably request. The Servicer will, (i) at the Servicer’s expense, during regular business hours with prior written notice, permit each Credit Party or their respective agents or representatives to (A) examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books and records relating to the Pool Receivables or other Collateral, (B) visit the offices and properties of the Servicer for the purpose of examining such books and records and (C) discuss matters relating to the Pool Receivables, the other Collateral or the Servicer’s performance hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party with any of the officers, directors, employees or independent public accountants of the Servicer (provided that representatives of the Servicer are present during such discussions) having knowledge of such matters and (ii) without limiting the provisions of clause (i) above, during regular business hours, at the Servicer’s expense, upon prior written notice from the Administrative Agent, permit certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Administrative Agent to conduct a review of its books and records with respect to the Pool Receivables and other Collateral; provided, that (x) only one (1) review may be conducted under each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in each case, during any twelve-month period, unless an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case no such review limitation shall apply and (y) the Servicer shall be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent or such certified public accountants or other auditors, as the case may be, for only one (1) such review conducted pursuant to each of clauses (i) and (ii) above in any twelve-month period, unless an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, in which case no such reimbursement limitation shall apply.

 

 80 

 

 

(g)            Payments on Receivables, Collection Accounts. The Servicer will at all times, instruct all Obligors to deliver payments on the Pool Receivables to a Collection Account or a Lock-Box (subject to Section 8.03(b) of this Agreement with respect to the Central Bank Collections and the SVB Collections). The Servicer will, at all times, maintain such books and records as are necessary to identify Collections received from time to time on Pool Receivables and to segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. If any payments on the Pool Receivables or other Collections are received by the Borrower, the Servicer or an Originator, it shall hold such payments in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and promptly (but in any event within two (2) Business Day after receipt) remit such funds into a Collection Account. The Servicer shall not permit funds other than Collections on Pool Receivables and other Collateral to be deposited into any Collection Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Collection Account, the Servicer shall, within two (2) Business Days, (x) identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds and (y) instruct such Person to no longer deposit any such funds into any such Collection Account. The Servicer will not, and will not permit the Borrower, any Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party is entitled, with any other funds. The Servicer shall only add a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box) or a Collection Account Bank to those listed on Schedule II to this Agreement, (1) if the Administrative Agent has received notice of such addition and an executed and acknowledged copy of an Account Control Agreement (or an amendment thereto) in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent from the applicable Collection Account Bank and (2) with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The Servicer shall only terminate a Collection Account Bank or close a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box) with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. To the extent that there exists any Linked Accounts, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Servicer shall promptly delink such accounts from the Collection Account.

 

(h)            Extension or Amendment of Pool Receivables. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 8.02, the Servicer will not alter the delinquency status or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable in any material respect, or amend, modify or waive, in any material respect, any term or condition of any related Contract. The Servicer shall at its expense, timely and fully perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Pool Receivables (if any), and timely and fully comply with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Pool Receivable and the related Contract.

 

(i)             Change in Credit and Collection Policy. The Servicer will not make any material change in the Credit and Collection Policy that would be reasonably expected to either (i) have a material adverse effect on the collectability of the Pool Receivables or (ii) have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect or a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lender. Promptly following any material change in the Credit and Collection Policy, the Servicer will deliver a copy of the updated Credit and Collection Policy to the Administrative Agent and the Lender.

 

 81 

 

 

(j)             Books and Records. The Borrower shall maintain and implement (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may maintain and implement on the Borrower’s behalf) administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Pool Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may keep and maintain on the Borrower’s behalf) all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Pool Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Pool Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Pool Receivable).

 

(k)            Identifying of Records. The Borrower shall identify (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may identify on the Borrower’s behalf) its master data processing records relating to Pool Receivables and related Contracts with a legend that indicates that the Pool Receivables have been pledged in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(l)             Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. The Borrower shall not (and shall not instruct or encourage the Servicer or any Sub-Servicer to) add, replace or terminate any Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box) or make any change in its (or their) instructions to the Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box), other than any instruction to remit payments to a different Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box), unless the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) prior written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) a signed and acknowledged Account Control Agreement (or amendment thereto) with respect to such new Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box), in each case (x) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) in accordance with the terms hereof and, if applicable, such Account Control Agreement.

 

(m)           Security Interest, Etc. The Borrower shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, take all action necessary to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Collateral in which an ownership or security interest may be created under the UCC and perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), including taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) as the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may reasonably request. In order to evidence the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Borrower shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), from time to time take such action, or execute (if necessary) and deliver such instruments as may be necessary (including, without limitation, such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) to maintain and perfect, as a first-priority interest, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Related Security and Collections in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC. The Borrower shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and present to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent’s authorization and approval, all financing statements, amendments, continuations or initial financing statements in lieu of a continuation statement, or other filings necessary to continue, maintain and perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest as a first-priority interest. The Administrative Agent’s approval of such filings shall authorize the Borrower or the Servicer to file such financing statements under the UCC without the signature of the Borrower, any Originator or the Administrative Agent where allowed by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything else in the Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall not have any authority to file a termination, partial termination, release, partial release, or any amendment that deletes the name of a debtor or excludes collateral of any such financing statements filed in connection with the Transaction Documents, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

 82 

 

 

(n)            Further Assurances; Change in Name or Jurisdiction of Origination, etc. The Servicer hereby authorizes and hereby agrees from time to time, at its own expense, promptly to execute (if necessary) and deliver all further instruments and documents, and to take all further actions, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or to enable the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) to exercise and enforce the Secured Parties’ rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Without limiting the foregoing, the Servicer hereby authorizes, and will, upon the request of the Administrative Agent (with such request being hereby deemed to be an authorization as to such filing by the Administrative Agent), at the Servicer’s own expense, execute (if necessary) and file such financing statements or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments and documents, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (with such request being hereby deemed to be an authorization as to such filing by the Administrative Agent), to perfect, protect or evidence any of the foregoing.

 

(o)            Sanctions and other Anti-Terrorism Laws; Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(i)            The Servicer covenants and agrees that it shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent and Lender in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event.

 

(ii)           The Servicer shall and shall cause each Covered Entity to conduct its business in compliance with all Anti-Corruption Laws and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with such Laws.

 

(p)            Borrower’s Tax Status. The Servicer shall not take or cause any action to be taken that could result in the Borrower (i) being treated other than as a “disregarded entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3 for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) becoming an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(q)            [Reserved].

 

(rq)           Sanctions and other Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Servicer will not and will not permitted any of its Subsidiaries to: (i) become a Sanctioned Person or allow its employees, officers, directors, consultants, brokers, and agents acting on its behalf in connection with this Agreement to become a Sanctioned Person; (ii) directly, or knowingly indirectly through a third party, engage in any transactions or other dealings with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction, including any use of the proceeds of an Loan to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction; (iii) repay the Loan with funds derived from any unlawful activity; (iv) permit any Collateral to become Embargoed Property; (v) engage in any transactions or other dealings with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Jurisdiction prohibited by any Applicable Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions relating to economic sanctions and any Anti-Terrorism Laws; or (vi) cause the Lender or Administrative Agent to violate any sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

 83 

 

 

(sr)           Anti-Corruption Laws. The Servicer will not, and will not permit any its Subsidiaries to directly or knowingly indirectly, use the Loans or any proceeds thereof for any purpose which would breach any Anti-Corruption Laws in any jurisdiction in which any Covered Entity conducts business.

 

SECTION 7.03.      Separate Existence of the Borrower. Each of the Borrower and the Servicer hereby acknowledges that the Secured Parties and the Administrative Agent are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in reliance upon the Borrower’s identity as a legal entity separate from any Originator, the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor and their Affiliates. Therefore, each of the Borrower and Servicer shall take all steps specifically required by this Agreement to continue the Borrower’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it apparent to third Persons that the Borrower is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of the Performance Guarantor, the Originators, the Servicer and any other Person, and is not a division of the Performance Guarantor, the Originators, the Servicer, its Affiliates or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to and consistent with the other covenants set forth herein, each of the Borrower and the Servicer has, since the formation of the Borrower, taken and shall take such actions as shall be required in order that:

 

(a)            Special Purpose Entity. The Borrower will be a special purpose company whose primary activities are restricted in its Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to: (i) purchasing or otherwise acquiring from the Originators, owning, holding, collecting, granting security interests or selling interests in, the Collateral, (ii) entering into agreements for the selling, servicing and financing of the Receivables Pool (including the Transaction Documents) and (iii) conducting such other activities as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its primary activities.

 

(b)            No Other Business or Debt. The Borrower shall not engage in any business or activity except as set forth in this Agreement nor, incur any indebtedness or liability other than as expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents.

 

 84 

 

 

(c)            Independent Director. Not fewer than one member of the Borrower’s board of directors (the “Independent Director”) shall be a natural person who (i) has never been, and shall at no time be, an equityholder, director, officer, manager, member, partner, officer, employee or associate, or any immediate relative of the foregoing, of any member of the Parent Group (as hereinafter defined) (other than his or her service as an Independent Director or “special member” of the Borrower or an independent director or “special member” of any other bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity formed for the sole purpose of securitizing, or facilitating the securitization of, financial assets of any member or members of the Parent Group), (ii) is not a material customer or supplier of any member of the Parent Group (other than his or her service as an Independent Director of the Borrower or an independent director of any other bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity formed for the sole purpose of securitizing, or facilitating the securitization of, financial assets of any member or members of the Parent Group), (iii) is not a member of the immediate family of any person described in (ii) above, and (iv) has (x) prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or limited liability company whose organizational or charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (y) at least three years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities. For purposes of this clause (c), “Parent Group” shall mean (i) the Parent, the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor and each Originator, (ii) each person that directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, five percent (5%) or more of the Capital Stock in the Parent, (iii) each person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Parent and (iv) each of such person’s officers, directors, managers, joint venturers and partners; provided that the term Parent Group shall not include any Person or relationship which exists solely as a result of direct or indirect ownership of, or control by, one or more common Initial Investors. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. A person shall be deemed to be an “associate” of (A) a corporation or organization of which such person is an officer, director, partner or manager or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities, (B) any trust or other estate in which such person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity and (C) any relative or spouse of a person described in clause (A) or (B) of this sentence, or any immediate relative of such spouse.

 

The Borrower shall (A) give written notice to the Administrative Agent of the election or appointment, or proposed election or appointment, of a new Independent Director of the Borrower, which notice shall be given not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date such appointment or election would be effective (except when such election or appointment is necessary to fill a vacancy caused by the death, disability, or incapacity of the existing Independent Director, or the failure of such Independent Director to satisfy the criteria for an Independent Director set forth in this clause (c), in which case the Borrower shall provide written notice of such election or appointment within one (1) Business Day) and (B) with any such written notice, certify to the Administrative Agent that the Independent Director satisfies the criteria for an Independent Director set forth in this clause (c).

 

The Borrower’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement shall provide that: (A) the Borrower’s board of directors shall not approve, or take any other action to cause the filing of, a voluntary bankruptcy petition with respect to the Borrower unless the Independent Director shall approve the taking of such action in writing before the taking of such action and (B) such provision and each other provision requiring an Independent Director cannot be amended without the prior written consent of the Independent Director.

 

 85 

 

 

The Independent Director shall not at any time serve as a trustee in bankruptcy for the Borrower, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator, the Servicer or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

(d)            Organizational Documents. The Borrower shall maintain its organizational documents in conformity with this Agreement, such that it does not amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify its ability to comply with the terms and provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, Section 7.01(o).

 

(e)            Conduct of Business. The Borrower shall conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its organizational documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary company formalities, including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special members’ and board of directors’ meetings appropriate to authorize all company action, keeping separate and accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts. The Borrower will hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from any other Person. The Borrower will conduct its business solely in its own name. The Borrower shall not identify itself or any of its Affiliates as a division or department of any other Person.

 

(f)             Compensation. Any employee, consultant or agent of the Borrower will be compensated solely from the Borrower’s funds for services provided to the Borrower, and to the extent that Borrower shares the same officers or other employees as the Servicer (or any other Affiliate thereof), the salaries and expenses relating to providing benefits to such officers and other employees shall be fairly allocated among such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary and benefit costs associated with such common officers and employees. The Borrower will not engage any agents other than its attorneys, auditors and other professionals, and a servicer and any other agent contemplated by the Transaction Documents for the Receivables Pool, which servicer will be fully compensated for its services by payment of the Servicing Fee. The Borrower will maintain a sufficient number of employees (if any) in light of its contemplated business operations.

 

(g)            Servicing and Costs. The Borrower will contract with the Servicer to perform for the Borrower all operations required on a daily basis to service the Receivables Pool. The Borrower will not incur any indirect or overhead expenses for items shared with the Servicer (or any other Affiliate thereof) that are not reflected in the Servicing Fee. To the extent, if any, that the Borrower (or any Affiliate thereof) shares items of expenses not reflected in the Servicing Fee, such as legal, auditing and other professional services, such expenses will be allocated to the extent practical on the basis of actual use or the value of services rendered, and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to the actual use or the value of services rendered.

 

 86 

 

 

(h)            Operating Expenses. The Borrower’s operating expenses will not be paid by the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator or any Affiliate thereof.

 

(i)             Stationery. The Borrower use its own separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name.

 

(j)             Books and Records. The Borrower’s books and records will be maintained separately from those of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and any of their Affiliates and in a manner such that it will not be difficult or costly to segregate, ascertain or otherwise identify the assets and liabilities of the Borrower.

 

(k)            Disclosure of Transactions. All financial statements of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliate thereof that are consolidated to include the Borrower will disclose that (i) the Borrower’s sole business consists of the purchase or acceptance through capital contributions of the Receivables and Related Rights from the Originators and the subsequent retransfer of or granting of a security interest in such Receivables and Related Rights to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the Borrower is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who will be entitled, upon its liquidation, to be satisfied out of the Borrower’s assets prior to any assets or value in the Borrower becoming available to the Borrower’s equity holders and (iii) the assets of the Borrower are not available to pay creditors of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliate thereof. Further, the Borrower shall maintain its own separate balance sheet, which shall list its own assets.

 

(l)             Segregation of Assets. The Borrower’s assets will be maintained in a manner that facilitates their identification and segregation from those of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliates thereof.

 

(m)           Corporate Formalities. The Borrower will strictly observe limited liability company formalities in its dealings with the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliates thereof, and funds or other assets of the Borrower will not be commingled with those of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliates thereof except as permitted by this Agreement in connection with servicing the Pool Receivables. The Borrower shall not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Servicer solely in its capacity as such) has independent access. The Borrower is not named, and has not entered into any agreement to be named, directly or indirectly, as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee on any insurance policy with respect to any loss relating to the property of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Subsidiaries or other Affiliates thereof. The Borrower will pay to the appropriate Affiliate the marginal increase or, in the absence of such increase, the market amount of its portion of the premium payable with respect to any insurance policy that covers the Borrower and such Affiliate.

 

 87 

 

 

(n)            Arm’s-Length Relationships. The Borrower will maintain arm’s-length relationships with the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and any Affiliates thereof. Any Person that renders or otherwise furnishes services to the Borrower will be compensated by the Borrower at commercially reasonable rates for such services it renders or otherwise furnishes to the Borrower. Neither the Borrower on the one hand, nor the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator or any Affiliate thereof, on the other hand, will be or will hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of the other or the decisions or actions respecting the daily business and affairs of the other. The Borrower, the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and their respective Affiliates will immediately correct any known misrepresentation with respect to the foregoing, and they will not operate or purport to operate as an integrated single economic unit with respect to each other or in their dealing with any other entity. The Borrower will only enter into a contract, agreement or transaction with the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and any Affiliate thereof in the ordinary course of business and upon terms and conditions that are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those that would be available on an arm’s-length basis with unaffiliated third parties.

 

(o)            Allocation of Overhead. To the extent that Borrower, on the one hand, and the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator or any Affiliate thereof, on the other hand, have offices in the same location, there shall be a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs between them, and the Borrower shall bear its fair share of such expenses, which may be paid through the Servicing Fee or otherwise.

 

(p)            No Commingling. The Borrower shall hold all of its assets solely in its own name. The Borrower will not commingle its assets with those of any other Person, including the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and any Affiliates thereof, except as permitted by Section 7.01(h) of this Agreement.

 

(q)            Tax Returns. The Borrower will file its own tax returns separate from those of any other Person, except to the extent it is treated as a “disregarded entity” for tax purposes and is not required to file tax returns under applicable law.

 

(r)             Obligations or Securities of Affiliates. The Borrower will not acquire obligations or securities of its Affiliates.

 

SECTION 7.04.      Financial Covenants. The Parent and its Subsidiaries shall comply with the Financial Covenant(s); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable grace period and cure rights in accordance with the terms thereof shall apply to such compliance.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLES

 

SECTION 8.01.      Appointment of the Servicer.

 

(a)            The servicing, administering and collection of the Pool Receivables shall be conducted by the Person so designated from time to time as the Servicer in accordance with this Section 8.01. Until the Administrative Agent gives notice to Waystar (in accordance with this Section 8.01) of the designation of a new Servicer, Waystar is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may (with the consent of the Lender) and shall (at the direction of the Lender) designate as Servicer any Person (including itself) to succeed Waystar or any successor Servicer, on the condition in each case that any such Person so designated shall agree to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

 88 

 

 

(b)            Upon the designation of a successor Servicer as set forth in clause (a) above, Waystar agrees that it will terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines will facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the new Servicer, and Waystar shall cooperate with and assist such new Servicer. Such cooperation shall include access to and transfer of records (including all Contracts) related to Pool Receivables and use by the new Servicer of all licenses (or the obtaining of new licenses), hardware or software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security.

 

(c)            Waystar acknowledges that, in making its decision to execute and deliver this Agreement, each Credit Party has relied on Waystar’ agreement to act as Servicer hereunder. Accordingly, Waystar agrees that it will not voluntarily resign as Servicer without the prior written consent of each Credit Party.

 

(d)            The Servicer may delegate its duties and obligations hereunder to any subservicer (each a “Sub-Servicer”); provided, that, in each such delegation: (i) such Sub-Servicer shall agree in writing to perform the delegated duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the Servicer shall remain liable for the performance of the duties and obligations so delegated, (iii) the Borrower and each Credit Party shall have the right to look solely to the Servicer for performance, (iv) the terms of any agreement with any Sub-Servicer shall provide that the Administrative Agent may terminate such agreement upon the termination of the Servicer hereunder by giving notice of its desire to terminate such agreement to the Servicer (and the Servicer shall provide appropriate notice to each such Sub-Servicer) and (v) if such Sub-Servicer is not an Affiliate of the Parent, each Credit Party shall have consented in writing in advance to such delegation.

 

SECTION 8.02.      Duties of the Servicer.

 

(a)            The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such action as may be necessary to service, administer and collect each Pool Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with this Agreement and all Applicable Laws, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and consistent with the past practices of the Originators. The Servicer shall set aside, for the accounts of the Lender, the amount of Collections to which the Lender is entitled in accordance with Article III hereof. The Servicer may, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and consistent with past practices of the Originators, take such action, including modifications, waivers or restructurings of Pool Receivables and related Contracts, as the Servicer may reasonably determine to be appropriate to (i) maximize Collections thereof, (ii) reflect adjustments (x) expressly permitted under the Credit and Collection Policy or (y) as expressly required under Applicable Laws or the applicable Contract; provided, that for purposes of this Agreement: (i) such action shall not, and shall not be deemed to, change the number of days such Pool Receivable has remained unpaid from the date of the original due date related to such Pool Receivable, (ii) such action shall not alter the status of such Pool Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable or limit the rights of any Secured Party under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and (iii) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Servicer may take such action only upon the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall deliver to the Servicer and the Servicer shall hold for the benefit of the Administrative Agent (individually and for the benefit of the Lender), in accordance with their respective interests, all records and documents (including computer tapes or disks) with respect to each Pool Receivable.

 

 89 

 

 

(b)            The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following actual receipt of collected funds, turn over to the Borrower the collections of any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, less, if Waystar or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Servicer of servicing, collecting and administering such collections. The Servicer, if other than Waystar or an Affiliate thereof, shall, as soon as practicable upon demand, deliver to the Borrower all records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, and copies of records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is a Pool Receivable.

 

(c)            The Servicer’s obligations hereunder shall terminate on the Final Payout Date. Promptly following the Final Payout Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Borrower all books, records and related materials that the Borrower previously provided to the Servicer, or that have been obtained by the Servicer, in connection with this Agreement.

 

SECTION 8.03.      Collection Account Arrangements.

 

(a)            On or prior to the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have entered into Account Control Agreements with all of the Collection Account Banks and delivered executed counterparts of each to the Administrative Agent. (i) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (ii) at the election ofwith five (5) Business Day’s prior written notice to the Borrower following a Liquidity Event or (iii) to the extent the Borrower fails to satisfy any MarginBorrowing Base Deficit due to the applicability of a Supplemental Reserve within one (1) Business Day, the Administrative Agent may (with the consent of the Lender) and shall (upon the direction of the Lender) at any time thereafter give notice to each Collection Account Bank that the Administrative Agent is exercising its rights under the Account Control Agreements to do any or all of the following: (a) to have the exclusive ownership and control of the Collection Accounts transferred to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and to exercise exclusive dominion and control over the funds deposited therein, (b) to have the proceeds that are sent to the respective Collection Accounts redirected pursuant to the Administrative Agent’s instructions rather than deposited in the applicable Collection Account and (c) to take any or all other actions permitted under the applicable Account Control Agreement. The Borrower hereby agrees that if the Administrative Agent at any time takes any action set forth in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive control (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) of the proceeds (including Collections) of all Pool Receivables and the Borrower hereby further agrees to take any other action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to transfer such control. Any proceeds of Pool Receivables received by the Borrower or the Servicer thereafter shall be sent immediately to, or as otherwise instructed by, the Administrative Agent.

 

 90 

 

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Purchase and Sale Agreement to the contrary, payments on Pool Receivables that are being delivered to an account at Central Bank of the Midwest (collectively, “Central Bank”; such payments, the “Central Bank Collections”) or Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”; such payments, the “SVB Collections”; SVB together with Central Bank, each an “Originator Bank” and collectively, the “Originator Banks”) may be directed and paid into one or more lock-boxes or other deposit accounts held in the name of the applicable Originator at such Originator Bank (each, an “Originator Account”) (it being understood that (1) the related Originator shall agree that any such funds and any funds on deposit in any applicable Originator Account are being held in trust for the benefit of the Borrower and its assigns, (2) any funds received by an Originator directly shall be remitted to a Collection Account at PNC Bank, National Association (as further identified on Schedule II to this Agreement) within two (2) Business Days of identification thereof, (3) any funds received in an Originator Account shall be swept daily to a Collection Account at PNC Bank, National Association (as further identified on Schedule II to this Agreement) pursuant to daily sweep orders, (4) all such funds shall be applied pursuant to this Agreement and the Purchase and Sale Agreement as if such funds were remitted to a Collection Account and (5) with respect to each lock-box or other deposit account into which the SVB Collections are being delivered, on or prior to the Closing Date, the related Originator shall have entered into and delivered to the Administrative Agent executed counterparts of an Account Control Agreement with SVB in favor of the Administrative Agent) and, in each case, subject to the conditions that, (i) the SVB Collections for any calendar month shall not exceed 1.00% of the aggregate amount received with respect to all Pool Receivables during such calendar month (such amount, the “SVB Collections Cap”) and (ii) by no later than, with respect to the Central Bank Collections, August 12, 2022 and, with respect to the SVB Collections, February 11, 2022, the Borrower or the related Originator shall have instructed all Obligors remitting payments for any Pool Receivables to an Originator or an Originator Account to remit payment for such Pool Receivables to a lock-box and/or Collection Account at PNC Bank, National Association (as further identified on Schedule II to this Agreement); provided, that to the extent the SVB Collections for any calendar month exceeds the related SVB Collections Cap, the Borrower or the related Originator shall have instructed all related Obligors to remit payment for such Pool Receivables to a Collection Account at PNC Bank, National Association (as further identified on Schedule II to this Agreement) within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which such SVB Collections exceeded the related SVB Collections Cap.

 

SECTION 8.04.      Enforcement Rights.

 

(a)            At any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

 

(i)            the Administrative Agent (at the Borrower’s expense) may direct the Obligors that payment of all amounts payable under any Pool Receivable is to be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee;

 

 91 

 

 

(ii)           the Administrative Agent may instruct the Borrower or the Servicer to give notice of the Secured Parties’ interest in Pool Receivables to each Obligor, which notice shall direct that payments be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and the Borrower or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall give such notice at the expense of the Borrower or the Servicer, as the case may be; provided, that if the Borrower or the Servicer, as the case may be, fails to so notify each Obligor within two (2) Business Days following instruction by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent (at the Borrower’s or the Servicer’s, as the case may be, expense) may so notify the Obligors;

 

(iii)          the Administrative Agent may request the Servicer to, and upon such request the Servicer shall: (A) assemble all of the records necessary to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and transfer or license to a successor Servicer the use of all software necessary to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and make the same available to the Administrative Agent or its designee (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) at a place selected by the Administrative Agent and (B) segregate all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and, promptly upon receipt, remit all such cash, checks and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, to the Administrative Agent or its designee;

 

(iv)          the Administrative Agent may notify the Collection Account Banks that the Borrower and the Servicer will no longer have any access to the Collection Accounts;

 

(v)           the Administrative Agent may (or, at the direction of the Lender shall) replace the Person then acting as Servicer; and

 

(vi)          the Administrative Agent may collect any amounts due from an Originator under the Purchase and Sale Agreement or the Performance Guarantor under the Performance Guaranty.

 

(b)            The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Borrower, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Borrower and on behalf of the Borrower necessary or desirable, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to collect any and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Collateral, including endorsing the name of the Borrower on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection, none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever.

 

 92 

 

 

(c)            The Servicer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Servicer, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Servicer and on behalf of the Servicer necessary or desirable, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to collect any and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Collateral, including endorsing the name of the Servicer on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection, none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever.

 

SECTION 8.05.      Responsibilities of the Borrower.

 

(a)            Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower shall: (i) perform all of its obligations, if any, under the Contracts related to the Pool Receivables to the same extent as if interests in such Pool Receivables had not been transferred in connection herewith, and the exercise by the Administrative Agent, or the Lender of their respective rights hereunder shall not relieve the Borrower from such obligations and (ii) pay when due any taxes, including any sales taxes payable in connection with the Pool Receivables and their creation and satisfaction. No Credit Party shall have any obligation or liability with respect to any Collateral, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator thereunder.

 

(b)            Waystar hereby irrevocably agrees that if at any time it shall cease to be the Servicer hereunder, it shall act (if the then-current Servicer so requests) as the data-processing agent of the Servicer and, in such capacity, Waystar shall conduct the data-processing functions of the administration of the Receivables and the Collections thereon in substantially the same way that Waystar conducted such data-processing functions while it acted as the Servicer. In connection with any such processing functions, the Borrower shall pay to Waystar its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower’s own funds (subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 3.01).

 

SECTION 8.06.      Servicing Fee.

 

(a)            Subject to clause (b) below, the Borrower shall pay the Servicer a fee (the “Servicing Fee”) equal to one percent (1.00%) per annum (the “Servicing Fee Rate”) of the daily average aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Pool Receivables. Accrued Servicing Fees shall be payable from Collections to the extent of available funds in accordance with Section 4.01.

 

(b)            If the Servicer ceases to be Waystar or an Affiliate thereof, the Servicing Fee shall be the greater of: (i) the amount calculated pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) an alternative amount specified by the successor Servicer not to exceed 110% of the aggregate reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such successor Servicer in connection with the performance of its obligations as Servicer hereunder.

 

 93 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

SECTION 9.01.      Events of Default. If any of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a)            (i) the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (other than any such failure which would constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 9.01(a)), and such failure, solely to the extent capable of cure, shall continue unremedied for ten (10) calendar days solely to the extent (A) such failure is capable of being cured (as determined by the Administrative Agent) and (B) the Borrower, such Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer provides written notice to the Administrative Agent detailing the action which it is taking in order to cure such failure, (ii) the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall fail to make when due any payment or deposit to be made by it under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and such failure shall continue unremedied for two (2) Business Days (unless such failure is related to an Event of Default set forth in Section 9.01(h)), (iii) Waystar shall resign as Servicer, and no successor Servicer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been appointed or (iv) the Borrower, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall fail to comply with the covenant set forth in Section 7.04;

 

(b)            any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer (or any of their respective officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any information or report delivered by the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered;

 

(c)            the Borrower or the Servicer shall fail to deliver an Information Package or Interim Report pursuant to this Agreement, and such failure shall remain unremedied for two (2) Business Days with respect to an Information Package or one (1) Business Day with respect to an Interim Report;

 

(d)            this Agreement or any security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall for any reason cease to create, or for any reason cease to be, a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral, free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

 

(e)            the Borrower or the Performance Guarantor shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any Insolvency Proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower or the Performance Guarantor and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against such Person (but not instituted by such Person), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall take any corporate or organizational action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this Section 9.01(e);

 

 94 

 

 

(f)             (i) the average for three (3) consecutive Fiscal Months of: (A) the Default Ratio shall exceed three and a half percent (3.50%), (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed fourteen percent (14.00%) or (C) the Dilution Ratio shall exceed five percent (5.00%) or (ii) the Days’ Sales Outstanding shall exceed sixty five (65) calendar days;

 

(g)            a Change in Control shall occur;

 

(h)            a Borrowing Base Deficit shall occur, and (i) to the extent caused by the application of the Supplemental Reserve Percentage, shall not have been cured within one (1) Business Day and (ii) otherwise, shall not have been cured within two (2) Business Days;

 

(i)             (i) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Debt when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period (not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days), if any, specified in the agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such Debt (whether or not such failure shall have been waived under the related agreement); (ii) the Performance Guarantor, individually or in the aggregate, shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Debt that is outstanding in a principal amount of at least twenty five million dollars ($25,000,000) in the aggregate when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period (not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days), if any, specified in the agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such Debt (whether or not such failure shall have been waived under the related agreement); (iii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to any such Debt (as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 9.01(i)) and shall continue after the applicable grace period (not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days), if any, specified in such agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument (whether or not such failure shall have been waived under the related agreement), if the effect of such event or condition is to give the applicable debtholders the right (whether acted upon or not) to accelerate or permit the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt (as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 9.01(i)) or to terminate the commitment of any lender thereunder, or (iv) any such Debt (as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 9.01(i)) shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made or the commitment of any lender thereunder terminated, in each case before the stated maturity thereof;

 

 95 

 

 

(j)             (i) the Performance Guarantor shall fail to perform any of its obligations under the Performance Guaranty (other than any such failure which would constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) of this Section 9.01(j)), and such failure shall continue unremedied for five (5) calendar days, solely to the extent (A) such failure is capable of being cured (as determined by the Administrative Agent) and (B) the Performance Guarantor provides written notice to the Administrative Agent detailing the action which it is taking in order to cure such failure, or (ii) the Performance Guarantor shall fail to make when due any payment or deposit to be made by it under the Performance Guaranty and such failure shall continue unremedied for two (2) Business Days (unless such failure is related to an Event of Default set forth in Section 9.01(h));

 

(k)            the Borrower shall fail (x) at any time (other than for ten (10) Business Days following notice of the death or resignation of any Independent Director) to have an Independent Director who satisfies each requirement and qualification specified in Section 7.03(c) of this Agreement for Independent Directors, on the Borrower’s board of directors or (y) to timely notify the Administrative Agent of any replacement or appointment of any director that is to serve as an Independent Director on the Borrower’s board of directors as required pursuant to Section 7.03(c) of this Agreement;

 

(l)             [reserved];

 

(ml)          either (i) the Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to any assets of the Borrower, any Originator or the Parent or (ii) the PBGC shall, or shall indicate its intention to, file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA with regard to any of the assets of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator or the Parent;

 

(nm)         (i) the occurrence of a Reportable Event; (ii) the adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code; (iii) the existence with respect to any Multiemployer Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 431 of the Code or Section 304 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (iv) the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (v) the incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the receipt by any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or any plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vii) the receipt by the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of a prohibited transaction with respect to any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code); or (ix) the occurrence or existence of any other similar event or condition with respect to a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, with respect to each of clause (i) through (ix), either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Borrower Material Adverse Effect or a Material Adverse Effect;

 

 96 

 

 

(on)          a Purchase and Sale Termination Event shall occur under the Purchase and Sale Agreement;

 

(po)          the Borrower shall be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act or becomes a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule;

 

(qp)          any material provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer (or any of their respective Affiliates) shall so state in writing;

 

(rq)          one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or to the extent not covered by a reputable and solvent insurance company) and such judgments and decrees either shall be final and non-appealable or shall not be vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal for any period of sixty (60) consecutive calendar days, and the aggregate amount of all such judgments equals or exceeds fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) (or solely with respect to the Borrower, fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000)); or

 

(sr)           a Material Adverse Effect shall occur and remain unremedied for ten (10) Business Days or a Borrower Material Adverse Effect shall occur;

 

then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent may (or, at the direction of the Lender shall) by notice to the Borrower (x) declare the Termination Date to have occurred (in which case the Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred), (y) declare the Final Maturity Date to have occurred (in which case the Final Maturity Date shall be deemed to have occurred) and (z) declare the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations to be immediately due and payable (in which case the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations shall be immediately due and payable); provided that, automatically upon the occurrence of any event (without any requirement for the giving of notice) described in subsection (e) of this Section 9.01, the Termination Date shall occur and the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations shall be immediately due and payable. Upon any such declaration or designation or upon such automatic termination, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies which they may have under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, all other rights and remedies provided after default under the UCC and under other Applicable Law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative. Any proceeds from liquidation of the Collateral shall be applied in the order of priority set forth in Section 3.01.

 

 97 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

SECTION 10.01.     Authorization and Action. Each Credit Party hereby appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties other than those expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents, and no implied obligations or liabilities shall be read into any Transaction Document, or otherwise exist, against the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent does not assume, nor shall it be deemed to have assumed, any obligation to, or relationship of trust or agency with, the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof or any Credit Party except for any obligations expressly set forth herein. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, in no event shall the Administrative Agent ever be required to take any action which exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to any provision of any Transaction Document or Applicable Law.

 

SECTION 10.02.     Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Etc. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them as Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Administrative Agent’s servicing, administering or collecting Pool Receivables in the event it replaces the Servicer in such capacity pursuant to Section 8.01), in the absence of its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: (a) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for any Credit Party or the Servicer), independent certified public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (b) makes no warranty or representation to any Credit Party (whether written or oral) and shall not be responsible to any Credit Party for any statements, warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made by any other party in or in connection with this Agreement; (c) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on the part of any Credit Party or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any Credit Party; (d) shall not be responsible to any Credit Party for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (e) shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in so relying, upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by facsimile) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

 

SECTION 10.03.     Administrative Agent and Affiliates. With respect to any Credit Extension or interests therein owned by any Credit Party that is also the Administrative Agent, such Credit Party shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Credit Party and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any of its Affiliates may generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, all as if the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to any other Secured Party.

 

 98 

 

 

SECTION 10.04.     Indemnification of Administrative Agent. The Lender agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided that the Lender shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

SECTION 10.05.     Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

SECTION 10.06.     Action or Inaction by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take action under any Transaction Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lender, and assurance of its indemnification by the Lender, as it deems appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in accordance with a request or at the direction of the Lender and such request or direction and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all Credit Parties. Each Credit Party agrees that unless any action to be taken by the Administrative Agent under a Transaction Document (i) specifically requires the advice or concurrence of another Credit Party or (ii) may be taken by the Administrative Agent alone or without any advice or concurrence of another Credit Party, then the Administrative Agent may take action based upon the advice or concurrence of such other Credit Party.

 

SECTION 10.07.     Notice of Events of Default; Action by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from the Lender or the Borrower stating that an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred hereunder and describing such Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default. If the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to the Lender. The Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, concerning an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default or any other matter hereunder as the Administrative Agent deems advisable and in the best interests of the Secured Parties.

 

 99 

 

 

SECTION 10.08.     Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Parties. The Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent. The Lender represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that, independently and without reliance upon another Credit Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will continue to make its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Borrower, each Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer and the Pool Receivables and its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to take, or omit, action under any Transaction Document. Except for items expressly required to be delivered under any Transaction Document by the Administrative Agent to the Lender, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide the Lender with any information concerning the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer that comes into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its directors, officers, agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

SECTION 10.09.     Successor Administrative Agent.

 

(a)            The Administrative Agent may, upon at least thirty (30) calendar days’ notice to the Borrower, the Servicer and the Lender, resign as Administrative Agent. Except as provided below, such resignation shall not become effective until a successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Lender as a successor Administrative Agent and has accepted such appointment. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Lender, within thirty (30) calendar days after the departing Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, the departing Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Secured Parties, appoint a successor Administrative Agent as successor Administrative Agent. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Lender within sixty (60) calendar days after the departing Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, the departing Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Secured Parties, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.

 

(b)            Upon such acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the resigning Administrative Agent, and the resigning Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Transaction Documents. After any resigning Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article X and Article XI shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 10.10.     Structuring Agent. Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Structuring Agent shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement, other than the Structuring Agent’s right to receive fees pursuant to Section 2.03 and expenses (if any) pursuant to Section 12.04. Each Credit Party acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on the Structuring Agent in deciding to enter into this Agreement and to take, or omit to take, any action under any Transaction Document.

 

 100 

 

 

SECTION 10.11.     Erroneous Payment.

 

(a)            If the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender or Secured Party such Lender (any such Lender, Secured Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause (b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender, Secured Party or other Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender or Secured Party shall (or, with respect to any Payment Recipient who received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Overnight Bank Funding Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(b)            Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), each Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender or Secured Party such Lender, hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Lender or Secured Party, or other such recipient, otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case:

 

(i)             (A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and

 

(ii)            such Lender or Secured Party shall (and shall cause any other recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf to) promptly (and, in all events, within one (1) Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 10.11(b).

 

 101 

 

 

(c)            Each Lender or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or Secured Party under any Transaction Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately preceding clause (a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)            In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with immediately preceding clause (a), from any Lender that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender at any time, (i) such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the “Erroneous Payment Impacted Loan”) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the Erroneous Payment Impacted Loan, the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby (together with the Borrower) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender shall deliver any notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender shall cease to be a Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender and (iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender or Secured Party under the Transaction Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”).

 

 102 

 

 

(e)            The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Borrower Obligations owed by the Borrower, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.

 

(f)             To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine

 

(g)            Each party’s obligations, agreements and waivers under this Section 10.11 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, the termination of the Commitments and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Borrower Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Transaction Document.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 11.01.     Indemnities by the Borrower.

 

(a)            Without limiting any other rights that any Credit Party, the Affected Persons and their respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each, a “Borrower Indemnified Party”) may have hereunder or under Applicable Law, the Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify each Borrower Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, expenses, damages, losses and liabilities suffered or sustained (including Attorney Costs) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “Borrower Indemnified Amounts”) arising out of, relating to or in connection this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the use of proceeds of the Credit Extensions or the security interest in respect of any Pool Receivable or any other Collateral; excluding, however, (x) any portion of Borrower Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that portion of such Borrower Indemnified Amounts resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct by the Borrower Indemnified Party seeking indemnification, and (y) Taxes that are covered by Section 4.03. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, the Borrower shall pay on demand (it being understood that if any portion of such payment obligation is made from Collections, such payment will be made at the time and in the order of priority set forth in Section 3.01), to each Borrower Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Borrower Indemnified Party from and against any and all Borrower Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following (but excluding Borrower Indemnified Amounts and Taxes described in clauses (x) and (y) above):

 

(i)            any Pool Receivable which the Borrower or the Servicer includes as an Eligible Receivable as part of the Net Receivables Pool Balance but which is not an Eligible Receivable at such time;

 

 103 

 

 

(ii)           any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Borrower (or any of its respective officers) under or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents, any Information Package, Interim Report or any other information or report delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant hereto which shall have been untrue or incorrect when made or deemed made;

 

(iii)          the failure by the Borrower to comply with any Applicable Law with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract; or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such Applicable Law;

 

(iv)          the failure to vest in the Administrative Agent a first priority perfected security interest in all or any portion of the Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Lien;

 

(v)           the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements, financing statement amendments, continuation statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other Applicable Laws with respect to any Pool Receivable and the other Collateral and Collections in respect thereof, whether at the time of any Credit Extension or at any subsequent time;

 

(vi)         any dispute, claim or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy), of an Obligor to the payment of any Pool Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Pool Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from or relating to collection activities with respect to such Pool Receivable;

 

(vii)         any failure of the Borrower to perform any of its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof and of each other Transaction Document related to Pool Receivables or to timely and fully comply with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Pool Receivable;

 

(viii)        any products liability, environmental or other claim arising out of or in connection with any Pool Receivable or other merchandise, goods or services which are the subject of or related to any Pool Receivable;

 

(ix)          the commingling of Collections of Pool Receivables at any time with other funds;

 

(x)           any investigation, litigation or proceeding (actual or threatened) related to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the use of proceeds of any Credit Extensions or in respect of any Pool Receivable or other Collateral or any related Contract;

 

 104 

 

 

(xi)          any failure of the Borrower to comply with its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

(xii)         any setoff with respect to any Pool Receivable;

 

(xiii)        any claim brought by any Person other than a Borrower Indemnified Party arising from any activity by the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower in servicing, administering or collecting any Pool Receivable;

 

(xiv)        the failure by the Borrower to pay when due any taxes, including, without limitation, sales, excise or personal property taxes;

 

(xv)         any failure of a Collection Account Bank to comply with the terms of the applicable Account Control Agreement, the termination by a Collection Account Bank prior to the appointment of a successor collection account bank or any amounts payable by the Administrative Agent to a Collection Account Bank under any Account Control Agreement;

 

(xvi)        any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Pool Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Pool Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of goods or the rendering of services related to such Pool Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish any such goods or services or other similar claim or defense not arising from the financial inability of any Obligor to pay undisputed indebtedness;

 

(xvii)       any action taken by the Administrative Agent as attorney-in-fact for the Borrower, any Originator or the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

(xviii)      the use of proceeds of any Credit Extension;

 

(xix)         any reduction in Capital as a result of the distribution of Collections if all or a portion of such distributions shall thereafter be rescinded or otherwise must be returned for any reason; or

 

(xx)          any failure by any Originator to provide an Obligor with an invoice evidencing indebtedness related to a Pool Receivable.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, solely for purposes of the Borrower’s indemnification obligations in clauses (ii), (iii), (vii) and (xi) of this Article XI, any representation, warranty or covenant qualified by the occurrence or non-occurrence of a material adverse effect or similar concepts of materiality shall be deemed to be not so qualified.

 

 105 

 

 

(c)            If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable (other than pursuant to the exclusions contained in Section 11.01(a)) to any Borrower Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Borrower shall contribute to such Borrower Indemnified Party the amount paid or payable by such Borrower Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Borrower and its Affiliates on the one hand and such Borrower Indemnified Party on the other hand in the matters contemplated by this Agreement as well as the relative fault of the Borrower and its Affiliates and such Borrower Indemnified Party with respect to such loss, claim, damage or liability and any other relevant equitable considerations. The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Borrower under this Section 11.01 shall be in addition to any liability which the Borrower may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to each Borrower Indemnified Party, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Borrower and the Borrower Indemnified Parties.

 

(d)            Any indemnification or contribution under this Section 11.01 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.02.     Indemnification by the Servicer.

 

(a)            The Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Borrower, each Credit Party, the Affected Persons and their respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each, a “Servicer Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all claims, expenses, damages, losses and liabilities suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of activities of the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including any judgment, award, settlement, Attorney Costs and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as, “Servicer Indemnified Amounts”); excluding (x) any portion of Servicer Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that portion of such Servicer Indemnified Amounts resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by the Servicer Indemnified Party seeking indemnification, (y) Taxes that are covered by Section 4.03 and (z) Servicer Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes losses in respect of Pool Receivables that are uncollectible solely on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy, lack of creditworthiness or other financial inability to pay of the related Obligor. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, the Servicer shall pay on demand, to each Servicer Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Servicer Indemnified Party from and against any and all Servicer Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following (but excluding Servicer Indemnified Amounts described in clauses (x), (y) and (z) above):

 

(i)            any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its respective officers) under or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents, any Information Package, Interim Report or any other written information or written report delivered by or on behalf of the Servicer pursuant hereto which shall have been untrue or incorrect when made or deemed made;

 

 106 

 

 

(ii)           the failure by the Servicer to comply with any Applicable Law with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract; or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such Applicable Law;

 

(iii)          the commingling of Collections of Pool Receivables at any time with other funds; or

 

(iv)          any failure of the Servicer to comply with its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including, without limitation, the failure or delay by the Servicer to provide, or cause the applicable Originator to provide, any Obligor with an invoice or other evidence of Indebtedness related to a Pool Receivable).

 

(b)            If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable (other than pursuant to the exclusions contained in Section 11.02(a)) to any Servicer Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Servicer shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Servicer Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Servicer and its Affiliates on the one hand and such Servicer Indemnified Party on the other hand in the matters contemplated by this Agreement as well as the relative fault of the Servicer and its Affiliates and such Servicer Indemnified Party with respect to such loss, claim, damage or liability and any other relevant equitable considerations. The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Servicer under this Section 11.02 shall be in addition to (but without duplication of) any liability which the Servicer may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to Servicer Indemnified Party, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Servicer and the Servicer Indemnified Parties.

 

(c)            Any indemnification or contribution under this Section 11.02 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.01.     Amendments, Etc.

 

No failure on the part of any Credit Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof shall be effective unless in a writing signed by each Credit Party (and, in the case of any amendment, also signed by the Borrower), and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that (A) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Servicer, affect the rights or duties of the Servicer under this Agreement; (B) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Credit Party:

 

 107 

 

 

(a)            change (directly or indirectly) the definitions of, Borrowing Base Deficit, Defaulted Receivable, Delinquent Receivable, Eligible Receivable, Facility Limit, Final Maturity Date, Net Receivables Pool Balance, Adjusted Net Receivables Pool Balance or Total Reserves contained in this Agreement, or increase the then existing Concentration Percentage for any Obligor or change the calculation of the Borrowing Base;

 

(b)            reduce the amount of Capital or Interest or any Fee that is payable on account of any Loan or with respect to any other Credit Extension or delay any scheduled date for payment thereof;

 

(c)            change any Event of Default;

 

(d)            release all or a material portion of the Collateral from the Administrative Agent’s security interest created hereunder;

 

(e)            release the Performance Guarantor from any of its obligations under the Performance Guaranty or terminate the Performance Guaranty;

 

(f)             change any of the provisions of this Section 12.01; or

 

(g)            change the order of priority in which Collections are applied pursuant to Section 3.01.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall increase the Lender’s Commitment hereunder without the consent of the Lender and (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall reduce any Fees payable by the Borrower to any Credit Party or delay the dates on which any such Fees are payable, in either case, without the consent of such Credit Party.

 

SECTION 12.02.     Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which shall include facsimile communication) and faxed or delivered, to each party hereto, at its address set forth under its name on Schedule III hereto or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. Notices and communications by facsimile shall be effective when sent (and shall be followed by hard copy sent by regular mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received.

 

SECTION 12.03.     Assignability; Addition of Lenders.

 

(a)            Assignment by Lender. The Lender may assign to any Eligible Assignee all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and any Loan or interests therein owned by it); provided, however that

 

 108 

 

 

(i)            except for an assignment by the Lender to an Affiliate of the Lender, each such assignment shall require the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that such consent shall not be required if an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing);

 

(ii)           each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(iii)          the amount being assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than the lesser of (x) five million dollars ($5,000,000) and (y) all of the assigning Lender’s Commitment; and

 

(iv)          the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement.

 

Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement, and to the extent that rights and obligations under this Agreement have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, have the rights and obligations of the Lender hereunder and (y) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, relinquish such rights and be released from such obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

 

(b)            Register. The Administrative Agent shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain at its address referred to on Schedule III of this Agreement (or such other address of the Administrative Agent notified by the Administrative Agent to the other parties hereto) a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance Agreement delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the name and address of the Lender, the Commitment of the Lender and the aggregate outstanding Capital (and stated interest) of the Loans of the Lender from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent, the Lender, and the other Credit Parties may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the Lender under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Servicer and the Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(c)            Procedure. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement executed and delivered by an assigning Lender and an Eligible Assignee or assignee Lender, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement has been duly completed, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and the Servicer.

 

 109 

 

 

(d)            Participations. The Lender may sell participations to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, a “Participant”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and the interests in the Loans owned by it); provided, however, that

 

(i)            the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment to the Borrower hereunder) shall remain unchanged, and

 

(ii)           the Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties to this Agreement for the performance of such obligations.

 

The Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Servicer shall have the right to continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection with the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

(e)            Participant Register. The Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitment, Loans or its other obligations under this Agreement) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

(f)             Assignments by Administrative Agent. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Administrative Agent herein shall be assignable by the Administrative Agent and its successors and assigns; provided that in the case of an assignment to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such assignment shall require the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

(g)            Assignments by the Borrower or the Servicer. Neither the Borrower nor, except as provided in Section 8.01, the Servicer may assign any of its respective rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of each Credit Party (such consent to be provided or withheld in the sole discretion of such Person).

 

(h)            Pledge to a Federal Reserve Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (i) the Lender or any of their respective Affiliates may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its interest in, to and under this Agreement (including, without limitation, rights to payment of Capital and Interest) and any other Transaction Document to secure its obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, without notice to or the consent of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Affiliate thereof or any Credit Party; provided, however, that that no such pledge shall relieve such assignor of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 110 

 

 

(i)             Pledge to a Security Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Lender or any of their respective Affiliates may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its interest in, to and under this Agreement (including, without limitation, rights to payment of Capital and Interest) and any other Transaction Document to a security trustee in connection with the funding by such Person of Loans, without notice to or the consent of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Affiliate thereof or any Credit Party; provided, however, that that no such pledge shall relieve such assignor of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.04.     Costs and Expenses. In addition to the rights of indemnification granted under Section 11.01 hereof, the Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, related to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (together with all amendments, restatements, supplements, consents and waivers, if any, from time to time hereto and thereto), including, without limitation, (i) the reasonable Attorney Costs for the Administrative Agent, the Structuring Agent and the other Credit Parties and any of their respective Affiliates with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Administrative Agent, the Structuring Agent and the other Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (ii) reasonable accountants’, auditors’ and consultants’ fees and expenses for the Administrative Agent, the Structuring Agent and the other Credit Parties and any of their respective Affiliates incurred in connection with the administration and maintenance of this Agreement or advising any Credit Party as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement or as to any actual or reasonably claimed breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable Attorney Costs), of the Administrative Agent, the Structuring Agent and the other Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates, incurred in connection with the enforcement of any of their respective rights or remedies under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

SECTION 12.05.     No Proceedings.

 

(a)            Each of the Servicer, the Lender and each assignee of a Loan or any interest therein, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Borrower any Insolvency Proceeding until one year and one day after the Final Payout Date; provided, that the Administrative Agent may take any such action in its sole discretion following the occurrence of an Event of Default. The provisions of this Section 12.05 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

 111 

 

 

SECTION 12.06.     Confidentiality.

 

(a)            Each of the Borrower and the Servicer covenants and agrees to hold in confidence, and not disclose to any Person, the terms of this Agreement or any Fee Letter (including any fees payable in connection with this Agreement, such Fee Letter or any other Transaction Document or the identity of any Credit Party), except as each Credit Party may have consented to in writing prior to any proposed disclosure; provided, however, that it may disclose such information (i) to its Advisors and Representatives, (ii) to the extent such information has become available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by or through the Borrower, the Servicer or their Advisors, Representatives, the Initial Investors and the Permitted Holders, or (iii) to the extent it should be (A) required by Applicable Law, or in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding or (B) requested by any Governmental Authority to disclose such information; provided, that, in the case of clause (iii) above, the Borrower and the Servicer will use reasonable efforts to maintain confidentiality and will (unless otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law) notify the Administrative Agent and the affected Credit Party of its intention to make any such disclosure prior to making such disclosure. Each of the Borrower and the Servicer agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Section 13.06 by its Representatives and Advisors and agrees that its Representatives and Advisors will be advised by it of the confidential nature of such information and shall agree to comply with this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that each of the Borrower, the Servicer and their respective Affiliates may publish a press release or otherwise publicly announce the existence and principal amount of the Commitment under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be provided a reasonable opportunity to review such press release or other public announcement prior to its release and provide comment thereon; and provided, further, that no such press release shall name or otherwise identify the Administrative Agent, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates without such Person’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower consents to the publication by the Administrative Agent any other Credit Party of a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)            Each Credit Party, severally and with respect to itself only, agrees to hold in confidence, and not disclose to any Person, any confidential and proprietary information concerning the Borrower, the Servicer and their respective Affiliates and their businesses or the terms of this Agreement (including any fees payable in connection with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents), except as the Borrower or the Servicer may have consented to in writing prior to any proposed disclosure; provided, however, that it may disclose such information (i) to its Advisors and Representatives, (ii) to its assignees and Participants and potential assignees and Participants and their respective counsel if they agree in writing to hold it confidential, (iii) to the extent such information has become available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by or through it or its Representatives or Advisors, (iv) at the request of a bank examiner or other regulatory authority or in connection with an examination of any of the Administrative Agent, or the Lender or their respective Affiliates or (v) to the extent it should be (A) required by Applicable Law, or in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding or (B) requested by any Governmental Authority to disclose such information; provided, that, in the case of clause (vi) above, each Credit Party will use reasonable efforts to maintain confidentiality and will (unless otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law) notify the Borrower and the Servicer of its making any such disclosure as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter. Each Credit Party, severally and with respect to itself only, agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Section 12.06 by its Representatives and Advisors and agrees that its Representatives and Advisors will be advised by it of the confidential nature of such information and shall agree to comply with this Section.

 

 112 

 

 

(c)            As used in this Section, (i) “Advisors” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s accountants, attorneys and other confidential advisors and (ii) “Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates, Subsidiaries, directors, managers, officers, employees, members, investors, financing sources, insurers, professional advisors, representatives and agents; provided that such Persons shall not be deemed to Representatives of a Person unless (and solely to the extent that) confidential information is furnished to such Person.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent not inconsistent with applicable securities laws, each party hereto (and each of its employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as defined in Section 1.6011-4 of the Treasury Regulations) of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such Person relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

SECTION 12.07.     GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION, THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE INTERESTS OF EACH CREDIT PARTY IN THE COLLATERAL IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

SECTION 12.08.     Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart hereof by facsimile or other electronic means shall be equally effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart. The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

SECTION 12.09.     Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Termination. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents contain the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.03, 10.04, 10.06, 11.01, 11.02, 12.04, 12.05, 12.06, 12.09, 12.11 and 12.13 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

 113 

 

 

SECTION 12.10.     CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

 

(a)            EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO (I) WITH RESPECT TO THE BORROWER AND THE SERVICER, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION, AND (II) WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION, IN EACH CASE, OF ANY NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING (I) IF BROUGHT BY THE BORROWER, THE SERVICER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED, AND (II) IF BROUGHT BY ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED, IN EACH CASE, IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 12.10 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY CREDIT PARTY TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE BORROWER OR THE SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE SERVICER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

 

(b)            EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE SERVICER CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES OF SUCH PROCESS TO IT AT ITS ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 12.02. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 12.10 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY CREDIT PARTY TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

SECTION 12.11.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

 

 114 

 

 

SECTION 12.12.     Ratable Payments. If any Credit Party, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it with respect to any Borrower Obligations in a greater proportion than that received by any other Credit Party entitled to receive a ratable share of such Borrower Obligations, such Credit Party agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase for cash without recourse or warranty a portion of such Borrower Obligations held by the other Credit Parties so that after such purchase each Credit Party will hold its ratable proportion of such Borrower Obligations; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Credit Party, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

SECTION 12.13.     Limitation of Liability.

 

(a)            No claim may be made by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof or any other Person against any Credit Party or their respective Affiliates, members, directors, officers, employees, incorporators, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith or therewith; and each of the Borrower and the Servicer hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor. None of the Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof or any other Person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof in connection with or as a result of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof result from the breach of contract, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Credit Party in performing its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

(b)            The obligations of each Credit Party under this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of such Person. No recourse shall be had for any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement or any other Transaction Document against any member, director, officer, employee or incorporator of any such Person.

 

SECTION 12.14.     Intent of the Parties. The Borrower has structured this Agreement with the intention that the Loans and the obligations of the Borrower hereunder will be treated under United States federal, and applicable state, local and foreign tax law as debt (the “Intended Tax Treatment”). The Borrower, the Servicer and the Credit Parties agree to file no tax return, or take any action, inconsistent with the Intended Tax Treatment unless required by law. Each assignee and each Participant acquiring an interest in a Credit Extension, by its acceptance of such assignment or participation, agrees to comply with the immediately preceding sentence.

 

 115 

 

 

SECTION 12.15.     USA Patriot Act. Each Credit Party hereby notifies the Borrower and the Servicer that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) (the “PATRIOT Act”), such Credit Party may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, the Originators, the Servicer and the Performance Guarantor, which information includes the name, address, tax identification number and other information regarding the Borrower, the Originators, the Servicer and the Performance Guarantor that will allow such Credit Party to identify the Borrower, the Originators, the Servicer and the Performance Guarantor in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act. Each of the Borrower and the Servicer agrees to provide each Credit Party such information and documentation as may reasonably be requested by such Credit Party, from time to time, for purposes of compliance by such Credit Party with Applicable Laws (including without limitation the PATRIOT Act and other “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations) and any policy or procedure implemented by such Credit Party to comply therewith.

 

SECTION 12.16.     Right of Setoff. Each Credit Party is hereby authorized (in addition to any other rights it may have), at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, to setoff, appropriate and apply (without presentment, demand, protest or other notice which are hereby expressly waived) any deposits and any other indebtedness held or owing by such Credit Party (including by any branches or agencies of such Credit Party) to, or for the account of, the Borrower or the Servicer against amounts owing by the Borrower or the Servicer hereunder (even if contingent or unmatured); provided that such Credit Party shall notify the Borrower or the Servicer, as applicable, promptly following such setoff. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances may (a) any Credit Party set-off for any amounts under this Section 12.16 arising from the insolvency, bankruptcy, lack of creditworthiness or other financial inability to pay of an Obligor with respect to any Receivable and (b) any Credit Party set-off against Waystar or any Originator for any debt, obligation or amount owed to it by the Borrower.

 

SECTION 12.17.     Severability. Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 12.18.     Mutual Negotiations. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are the product of mutual negotiations by the parties thereto and their counsel, and no party shall be deemed the draftsperson of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any provision hereof or thereof or to have provided the same. Accordingly, in the event of any inconsistency or ambiguity of any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, such inconsistency or ambiguity shall not be interpreted against any party because of such party’s involvement in the drafting thereof.

 

SECTION 12.19.     Captions, Headings and Cross References. The various captions and headings (including the table of contents) in this Agreement are provided solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Agreement to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are to such Section Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement, as the case may be, and references in any Section, subsection, or clause to any subsection, clause or subclause are to such subsection, clause or subclause of such Section, subsection or clause.

 

 116 

 

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 117 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the use of our report dated August 24, 2023, except as to Note 16, which is as of September 25, 2023, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Waystar Holding Corp., included herein, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

  /s/ KPMG LLP

 

Louisville, Kentucky
November 29, 2023